File: | clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp |
Warning: | line 2578, column 26 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===------- CGObjCMac.cpp - Interface to Apple Objective-C Runtime -------===// | ||||
2 | // | ||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||
6 | // | ||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
8 | // | ||||
9 | // This provides Objective-C code generation targeting the Apple runtime. | ||||
10 | // | ||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
12 | |||||
13 | #include "CGBlocks.h" | ||||
14 | #include "CGCleanup.h" | ||||
15 | #include "CGObjCRuntime.h" | ||||
16 | #include "CGRecordLayout.h" | ||||
17 | #include "CodeGenFunction.h" | ||||
18 | #include "CodeGenModule.h" | ||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||
20 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" | ||||
21 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" | ||||
22 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||
23 | #include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" | ||||
24 | #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" | ||||
25 | #include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h" | ||||
26 | #include "clang/Basic/CodeGenOptions.h" | ||||
27 | #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" | ||||
28 | #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h" | ||||
29 | #include "clang/CodeGen/ConstantInitBuilder.h" | ||||
30 | #include "llvm/ADT/CachedHashString.h" | ||||
31 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" | ||||
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" | ||||
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" | ||||
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | ||||
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/UniqueVector.h" | ||||
36 | #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" | ||||
37 | #include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h" | ||||
38 | #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h" | ||||
39 | #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" | ||||
40 | #include "llvm/IR/Module.h" | ||||
41 | #include "llvm/Support/ScopedPrinter.h" | ||||
42 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" | ||||
43 | #include <cstdio> | ||||
44 | |||||
45 | using namespace clang; | ||||
46 | using namespace CodeGen; | ||||
47 | |||||
48 | namespace { | ||||
49 | |||||
50 | // FIXME: We should find a nicer way to make the labels for metadata, string | ||||
51 | // concatenation is lame. | ||||
52 | |||||
53 | class ObjCCommonTypesHelper { | ||||
54 | protected: | ||||
55 | llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext; | ||||
56 | |||||
57 | private: | ||||
58 | // The types of these functions don't really matter because we | ||||
59 | // should always bitcast before calling them. | ||||
60 | |||||
61 | /// id objc_msgSend (id, SEL, ...) | ||||
62 | /// | ||||
63 | /// The default messenger, used for sends whose ABI is unchanged from | ||||
64 | /// the all-integer/pointer case. | ||||
65 | llvm::FunctionCallee getMessageSendFn() const { | ||||
66 | // Add the non-lazy-bind attribute, since objc_msgSend is likely to | ||||
67 | // be called a lot. | ||||
68 | llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy }; | ||||
69 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction( | ||||
70 | llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, params, true), "objc_msgSend", | ||||
71 | llvm::AttributeList::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), | ||||
72 | llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, | ||||
73 | llvm::Attribute::NonLazyBind)); | ||||
74 | } | ||||
75 | |||||
76 | /// void objc_msgSend_stret (id, SEL, ...) | ||||
77 | /// | ||||
78 | /// The messenger used when the return value is an aggregate returned | ||||
79 | /// by indirect reference in the first argument, and therefore the | ||||
80 | /// self and selector parameters are shifted over by one. | ||||
81 | llvm::FunctionCallee getMessageSendStretFn() const { | ||||
82 | llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy }; | ||||
83 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, | ||||
84 | params, true), | ||||
85 | "objc_msgSend_stret"); | ||||
86 | } | ||||
87 | |||||
88 | /// [double | long double] objc_msgSend_fpret(id self, SEL op, ...) | ||||
89 | /// | ||||
90 | /// The messenger used when the return value is returned on the x87 | ||||
91 | /// floating-point stack; without a special entrypoint, the nil case | ||||
92 | /// would be unbalanced. | ||||
93 | llvm::FunctionCallee getMessageSendFpretFn() const { | ||||
94 | llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy }; | ||||
95 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.DoubleTy, | ||||
96 | params, true), | ||||
97 | "objc_msgSend_fpret"); | ||||
98 | } | ||||
99 | |||||
100 | /// _Complex long double objc_msgSend_fp2ret(id self, SEL op, ...) | ||||
101 | /// | ||||
102 | /// The messenger used when the return value is returned in two values on the | ||||
103 | /// x87 floating point stack; without a special entrypoint, the nil case | ||||
104 | /// would be unbalanced. Only used on 64-bit X86. | ||||
105 | llvm::FunctionCallee getMessageSendFp2retFn() const { | ||||
106 | llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy }; | ||||
107 | llvm::Type *longDoubleType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(VMContext); | ||||
108 | llvm::Type *resultType = | ||||
109 | llvm::StructType::get(longDoubleType, longDoubleType); | ||||
110 | |||||
111 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(resultType, | ||||
112 | params, true), | ||||
113 | "objc_msgSend_fp2ret"); | ||||
114 | } | ||||
115 | |||||
116 | /// id objc_msgSendSuper(struct objc_super *super, SEL op, ...) | ||||
117 | /// | ||||
118 | /// The messenger used for super calls, which have different dispatch | ||||
119 | /// semantics. The class passed is the superclass of the current | ||||
120 | /// class. | ||||
121 | llvm::FunctionCallee getMessageSendSuperFn() const { | ||||
122 | llvm::Type *params[] = { SuperPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy }; | ||||
123 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, | ||||
124 | params, true), | ||||
125 | "objc_msgSendSuper"); | ||||
126 | } | ||||
127 | |||||
128 | /// id objc_msgSendSuper2(struct objc_super *super, SEL op, ...) | ||||
129 | /// | ||||
130 | /// A slightly different messenger used for super calls. The class | ||||
131 | /// passed is the current class. | ||||
132 | llvm::FunctionCallee getMessageSendSuperFn2() const { | ||||
133 | llvm::Type *params[] = { SuperPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy }; | ||||
134 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, | ||||
135 | params, true), | ||||
136 | "objc_msgSendSuper2"); | ||||
137 | } | ||||
138 | |||||
139 | /// void objc_msgSendSuper_stret(void *stretAddr, struct objc_super *super, | ||||
140 | /// SEL op, ...) | ||||
141 | /// | ||||
142 | /// The messenger used for super calls which return an aggregate indirectly. | ||||
143 | llvm::FunctionCallee getMessageSendSuperStretFn() const { | ||||
144 | llvm::Type *params[] = { Int8PtrTy, SuperPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy }; | ||||
145 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction( | ||||
146 | llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, params, true), | ||||
147 | "objc_msgSendSuper_stret"); | ||||
148 | } | ||||
149 | |||||
150 | /// void objc_msgSendSuper2_stret(void * stretAddr, struct objc_super *super, | ||||
151 | /// SEL op, ...) | ||||
152 | /// | ||||
153 | /// objc_msgSendSuper_stret with the super2 semantics. | ||||
154 | llvm::FunctionCallee getMessageSendSuperStretFn2() const { | ||||
155 | llvm::Type *params[] = { Int8PtrTy, SuperPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy }; | ||||
156 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction( | ||||
157 | llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, params, true), | ||||
158 | "objc_msgSendSuper2_stret"); | ||||
159 | } | ||||
160 | |||||
161 | llvm::FunctionCallee getMessageSendSuperFpretFn() const { | ||||
162 | // There is no objc_msgSendSuper_fpret? How can that work? | ||||
163 | return getMessageSendSuperFn(); | ||||
164 | } | ||||
165 | |||||
166 | llvm::FunctionCallee getMessageSendSuperFpretFn2() const { | ||||
167 | // There is no objc_msgSendSuper_fpret? How can that work? | ||||
168 | return getMessageSendSuperFn2(); | ||||
169 | } | ||||
170 | |||||
171 | protected: | ||||
172 | CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM; | ||||
173 | |||||
174 | public: | ||||
175 | llvm::IntegerType *ShortTy, *IntTy, *LongTy; | ||||
176 | llvm::PointerType *Int8PtrTy, *Int8PtrPtrTy; | ||||
177 | llvm::Type *IvarOffsetVarTy; | ||||
178 | |||||
179 | /// ObjectPtrTy - LLVM type for object handles (typeof(id)) | ||||
180 | llvm::PointerType *ObjectPtrTy; | ||||
181 | |||||
182 | /// PtrObjectPtrTy - LLVM type for id * | ||||
183 | llvm::PointerType *PtrObjectPtrTy; | ||||
184 | |||||
185 | /// SelectorPtrTy - LLVM type for selector handles (typeof(SEL)) | ||||
186 | llvm::PointerType *SelectorPtrTy; | ||||
187 | |||||
188 | private: | ||||
189 | /// ProtocolPtrTy - LLVM type for external protocol handles | ||||
190 | /// (typeof(Protocol)) | ||||
191 | llvm::Type *ExternalProtocolPtrTy; | ||||
192 | |||||
193 | public: | ||||
194 | llvm::Type *getExternalProtocolPtrTy() { | ||||
195 | if (!ExternalProtocolPtrTy) { | ||||
196 | // FIXME: It would be nice to unify this with the opaque type, so that the | ||||
197 | // IR comes out a bit cleaner. | ||||
198 | CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &Types = CGM.getTypes(); | ||||
199 | ASTContext &Ctx = CGM.getContext(); | ||||
200 | llvm::Type *T = Types.ConvertType(Ctx.getObjCProtoType()); | ||||
201 | ExternalProtocolPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(T); | ||||
202 | } | ||||
203 | |||||
204 | return ExternalProtocolPtrTy; | ||||
205 | } | ||||
206 | |||||
207 | // SuperCTy - clang type for struct objc_super. | ||||
208 | QualType SuperCTy; | ||||
209 | // SuperPtrCTy - clang type for struct objc_super *. | ||||
210 | QualType SuperPtrCTy; | ||||
211 | |||||
212 | /// SuperTy - LLVM type for struct objc_super. | ||||
213 | llvm::StructType *SuperTy; | ||||
214 | /// SuperPtrTy - LLVM type for struct objc_super *. | ||||
215 | llvm::PointerType *SuperPtrTy; | ||||
216 | |||||
217 | /// PropertyTy - LLVM type for struct objc_property (struct _prop_t | ||||
218 | /// in GCC parlance). | ||||
219 | llvm::StructType *PropertyTy; | ||||
220 | |||||
221 | /// PropertyListTy - LLVM type for struct objc_property_list | ||||
222 | /// (_prop_list_t in GCC parlance). | ||||
223 | llvm::StructType *PropertyListTy; | ||||
224 | /// PropertyListPtrTy - LLVM type for struct objc_property_list*. | ||||
225 | llvm::PointerType *PropertyListPtrTy; | ||||
226 | |||||
227 | // MethodTy - LLVM type for struct objc_method. | ||||
228 | llvm::StructType *MethodTy; | ||||
229 | |||||
230 | /// CacheTy - LLVM type for struct objc_cache. | ||||
231 | llvm::Type *CacheTy; | ||||
232 | /// CachePtrTy - LLVM type for struct objc_cache *. | ||||
233 | llvm::PointerType *CachePtrTy; | ||||
234 | |||||
235 | llvm::FunctionCallee getGetPropertyFn() { | ||||
236 | CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &Types = CGM.getTypes(); | ||||
237 | ASTContext &Ctx = CGM.getContext(); | ||||
238 | // id objc_getProperty (id, SEL, ptrdiff_t, bool) | ||||
239 | CanQualType IdType = Ctx.getCanonicalParamType(Ctx.getObjCIdType()); | ||||
240 | CanQualType SelType = Ctx.getCanonicalParamType(Ctx.getObjCSelType()); | ||||
241 | CanQualType Params[] = { | ||||
242 | IdType, SelType, | ||||
243 | Ctx.getPointerDiffType()->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified(), Ctx.BoolTy}; | ||||
244 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
245 | Types.GetFunctionType( | ||||
246 | Types.arrangeBuiltinFunctionDeclaration(IdType, Params)); | ||||
247 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_getProperty"); | ||||
248 | } | ||||
249 | |||||
250 | llvm::FunctionCallee getSetPropertyFn() { | ||||
251 | CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &Types = CGM.getTypes(); | ||||
252 | ASTContext &Ctx = CGM.getContext(); | ||||
253 | // void objc_setProperty (id, SEL, ptrdiff_t, id, bool, bool) | ||||
254 | CanQualType IdType = Ctx.getCanonicalParamType(Ctx.getObjCIdType()); | ||||
255 | CanQualType SelType = Ctx.getCanonicalParamType(Ctx.getObjCSelType()); | ||||
256 | CanQualType Params[] = { | ||||
257 | IdType, | ||||
258 | SelType, | ||||
259 | Ctx.getPointerDiffType()->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified(), | ||||
260 | IdType, | ||||
261 | Ctx.BoolTy, | ||||
262 | Ctx.BoolTy}; | ||||
263 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
264 | Types.GetFunctionType( | ||||
265 | Types.arrangeBuiltinFunctionDeclaration(Ctx.VoidTy, Params)); | ||||
266 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_setProperty"); | ||||
267 | } | ||||
268 | |||||
269 | llvm::FunctionCallee getOptimizedSetPropertyFn(bool atomic, bool copy) { | ||||
270 | CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &Types = CGM.getTypes(); | ||||
271 | ASTContext &Ctx = CGM.getContext(); | ||||
272 | // void objc_setProperty_atomic(id self, SEL _cmd, | ||||
273 | // id newValue, ptrdiff_t offset); | ||||
274 | // void objc_setProperty_nonatomic(id self, SEL _cmd, | ||||
275 | // id newValue, ptrdiff_t offset); | ||||
276 | // void objc_setProperty_atomic_copy(id self, SEL _cmd, | ||||
277 | // id newValue, ptrdiff_t offset); | ||||
278 | // void objc_setProperty_nonatomic_copy(id self, SEL _cmd, | ||||
279 | // id newValue, ptrdiff_t offset); | ||||
280 | |||||
281 | SmallVector<CanQualType,4> Params; | ||||
282 | CanQualType IdType = Ctx.getCanonicalParamType(Ctx.getObjCIdType()); | ||||
283 | CanQualType SelType = Ctx.getCanonicalParamType(Ctx.getObjCSelType()); | ||||
284 | Params.push_back(IdType); | ||||
285 | Params.push_back(SelType); | ||||
286 | Params.push_back(IdType); | ||||
287 | Params.push_back(Ctx.getPointerDiffType()->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()); | ||||
288 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
289 | Types.GetFunctionType( | ||||
290 | Types.arrangeBuiltinFunctionDeclaration(Ctx.VoidTy, Params)); | ||||
291 | const char *name; | ||||
292 | if (atomic && copy) | ||||
293 | name = "objc_setProperty_atomic_copy"; | ||||
294 | else if (atomic && !copy) | ||||
295 | name = "objc_setProperty_atomic"; | ||||
296 | else if (!atomic && copy) | ||||
297 | name = "objc_setProperty_nonatomic_copy"; | ||||
298 | else | ||||
299 | name = "objc_setProperty_nonatomic"; | ||||
300 | |||||
301 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, name); | ||||
302 | } | ||||
303 | |||||
304 | llvm::FunctionCallee getCopyStructFn() { | ||||
305 | CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &Types = CGM.getTypes(); | ||||
306 | ASTContext &Ctx = CGM.getContext(); | ||||
307 | // void objc_copyStruct (void *, const void *, size_t, bool, bool) | ||||
308 | SmallVector<CanQualType,5> Params; | ||||
309 | Params.push_back(Ctx.VoidPtrTy); | ||||
310 | Params.push_back(Ctx.VoidPtrTy); | ||||
311 | Params.push_back(Ctx.getSizeType()); | ||||
312 | Params.push_back(Ctx.BoolTy); | ||||
313 | Params.push_back(Ctx.BoolTy); | ||||
314 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
315 | Types.GetFunctionType( | ||||
316 | Types.arrangeBuiltinFunctionDeclaration(Ctx.VoidTy, Params)); | ||||
317 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_copyStruct"); | ||||
318 | } | ||||
319 | |||||
320 | /// This routine declares and returns address of: | ||||
321 | /// void objc_copyCppObjectAtomic( | ||||
322 | /// void *dest, const void *src, | ||||
323 | /// void (*copyHelper) (void *dest, const void *source)); | ||||
324 | llvm::FunctionCallee getCppAtomicObjectFunction() { | ||||
325 | CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &Types = CGM.getTypes(); | ||||
326 | ASTContext &Ctx = CGM.getContext(); | ||||
327 | /// void objc_copyCppObjectAtomic(void *dest, const void *src, void *helper); | ||||
328 | SmallVector<CanQualType,3> Params; | ||||
329 | Params.push_back(Ctx.VoidPtrTy); | ||||
330 | Params.push_back(Ctx.VoidPtrTy); | ||||
331 | Params.push_back(Ctx.VoidPtrTy); | ||||
332 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
333 | Types.GetFunctionType( | ||||
334 | Types.arrangeBuiltinFunctionDeclaration(Ctx.VoidTy, Params)); | ||||
335 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_copyCppObjectAtomic"); | ||||
336 | } | ||||
337 | |||||
338 | llvm::FunctionCallee getEnumerationMutationFn() { | ||||
339 | CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &Types = CGM.getTypes(); | ||||
340 | ASTContext &Ctx = CGM.getContext(); | ||||
341 | // void objc_enumerationMutation (id) | ||||
342 | SmallVector<CanQualType,1> Params; | ||||
343 | Params.push_back(Ctx.getCanonicalParamType(Ctx.getObjCIdType())); | ||||
344 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
345 | Types.GetFunctionType( | ||||
346 | Types.arrangeBuiltinFunctionDeclaration(Ctx.VoidTy, Params)); | ||||
347 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_enumerationMutation"); | ||||
348 | } | ||||
349 | |||||
350 | llvm::FunctionCallee getLookUpClassFn() { | ||||
351 | CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &Types = CGM.getTypes(); | ||||
352 | ASTContext &Ctx = CGM.getContext(); | ||||
353 | // Class objc_lookUpClass (const char *) | ||||
354 | SmallVector<CanQualType,1> Params; | ||||
355 | Params.push_back( | ||||
356 | Ctx.getCanonicalType(Ctx.getPointerType(Ctx.CharTy.withConst()))); | ||||
357 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
358 | Types.GetFunctionType(Types.arrangeBuiltinFunctionDeclaration( | ||||
359 | Ctx.getCanonicalType(Ctx.getObjCClassType()), | ||||
360 | Params)); | ||||
361 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_lookUpClass"); | ||||
362 | } | ||||
363 | |||||
364 | /// GcReadWeakFn -- LLVM objc_read_weak (id *src) function. | ||||
365 | llvm::FunctionCallee getGcReadWeakFn() { | ||||
366 | // id objc_read_weak (id *) | ||||
367 | llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo() }; | ||||
368 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
369 | llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, args, false); | ||||
370 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_read_weak"); | ||||
371 | } | ||||
372 | |||||
373 | /// GcAssignWeakFn -- LLVM objc_assign_weak function. | ||||
374 | llvm::FunctionCallee getGcAssignWeakFn() { | ||||
375 | // id objc_assign_weak (id, id *) | ||||
376 | llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy, ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo() }; | ||||
377 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
378 | llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, args, false); | ||||
379 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_assign_weak"); | ||||
380 | } | ||||
381 | |||||
382 | /// GcAssignGlobalFn -- LLVM objc_assign_global function. | ||||
383 | llvm::FunctionCallee getGcAssignGlobalFn() { | ||||
384 | // id objc_assign_global(id, id *) | ||||
385 | llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy, ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo() }; | ||||
386 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
387 | llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, args, false); | ||||
388 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_assign_global"); | ||||
389 | } | ||||
390 | |||||
391 | /// GcAssignThreadLocalFn -- LLVM objc_assign_threadlocal function. | ||||
392 | llvm::FunctionCallee getGcAssignThreadLocalFn() { | ||||
393 | // id objc_assign_threadlocal(id src, id * dest) | ||||
394 | llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy, ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo() }; | ||||
395 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
396 | llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, args, false); | ||||
397 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_assign_threadlocal"); | ||||
398 | } | ||||
399 | |||||
400 | /// GcAssignIvarFn -- LLVM objc_assign_ivar function. | ||||
401 | llvm::FunctionCallee getGcAssignIvarFn() { | ||||
402 | // id objc_assign_ivar(id, id *, ptrdiff_t) | ||||
403 | llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy, ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo(), | ||||
404 | CGM.PtrDiffTy }; | ||||
405 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
406 | llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, args, false); | ||||
407 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_assign_ivar"); | ||||
408 | } | ||||
409 | |||||
410 | /// GcMemmoveCollectableFn -- LLVM objc_memmove_collectable function. | ||||
411 | llvm::FunctionCallee GcMemmoveCollectableFn() { | ||||
412 | // void *objc_memmove_collectable(void *dst, const void *src, size_t size) | ||||
413 | llvm::Type *args[] = { Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy, LongTy }; | ||||
414 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(Int8PtrTy, args, false); | ||||
415 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_memmove_collectable"); | ||||
416 | } | ||||
417 | |||||
418 | /// GcAssignStrongCastFn -- LLVM objc_assign_strongCast function. | ||||
419 | llvm::FunctionCallee getGcAssignStrongCastFn() { | ||||
420 | // id objc_assign_strongCast(id, id *) | ||||
421 | llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy, ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo() }; | ||||
422 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
423 | llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, args, false); | ||||
424 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_assign_strongCast"); | ||||
425 | } | ||||
426 | |||||
427 | /// ExceptionThrowFn - LLVM objc_exception_throw function. | ||||
428 | llvm::FunctionCallee getExceptionThrowFn() { | ||||
429 | // void objc_exception_throw(id) | ||||
430 | llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy }; | ||||
431 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
432 | llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, args, false); | ||||
433 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_exception_throw"); | ||||
434 | } | ||||
435 | |||||
436 | /// ExceptionRethrowFn - LLVM objc_exception_rethrow function. | ||||
437 | llvm::FunctionCallee getExceptionRethrowFn() { | ||||
438 | // void objc_exception_rethrow(void) | ||||
439 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, false); | ||||
440 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_exception_rethrow"); | ||||
441 | } | ||||
442 | |||||
443 | /// SyncEnterFn - LLVM object_sync_enter function. | ||||
444 | llvm::FunctionCallee getSyncEnterFn() { | ||||
445 | // int objc_sync_enter (id) | ||||
446 | llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy }; | ||||
447 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
448 | llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.IntTy, args, false); | ||||
449 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_sync_enter"); | ||||
450 | } | ||||
451 | |||||
452 | /// SyncExitFn - LLVM object_sync_exit function. | ||||
453 | llvm::FunctionCallee getSyncExitFn() { | ||||
454 | // int objc_sync_exit (id) | ||||
455 | llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy }; | ||||
456 | llvm::FunctionType *FTy = | ||||
457 | llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.IntTy, args, false); | ||||
458 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_sync_exit"); | ||||
459 | } | ||||
460 | |||||
461 | llvm::FunctionCallee getSendFn(bool IsSuper) const { | ||||
462 | return IsSuper ? getMessageSendSuperFn() : getMessageSendFn(); | ||||
463 | } | ||||
464 | |||||
465 | llvm::FunctionCallee getSendFn2(bool IsSuper) const { | ||||
466 | return IsSuper ? getMessageSendSuperFn2() : getMessageSendFn(); | ||||
467 | } | ||||
468 | |||||
469 | llvm::FunctionCallee getSendStretFn(bool IsSuper) const { | ||||
470 | return IsSuper ? getMessageSendSuperStretFn() : getMessageSendStretFn(); | ||||
471 | } | ||||
472 | |||||
473 | llvm::FunctionCallee getSendStretFn2(bool IsSuper) const { | ||||
474 | return IsSuper ? getMessageSendSuperStretFn2() : getMessageSendStretFn(); | ||||
475 | } | ||||
476 | |||||
477 | llvm::FunctionCallee getSendFpretFn(bool IsSuper) const { | ||||
478 | return IsSuper ? getMessageSendSuperFpretFn() : getMessageSendFpretFn(); | ||||
479 | } | ||||
480 | |||||
481 | llvm::FunctionCallee getSendFpretFn2(bool IsSuper) const { | ||||
482 | return IsSuper ? getMessageSendSuperFpretFn2() : getMessageSendFpretFn(); | ||||
483 | } | ||||
484 | |||||
485 | llvm::FunctionCallee getSendFp2retFn(bool IsSuper) const { | ||||
486 | return IsSuper ? getMessageSendSuperFn() : getMessageSendFp2retFn(); | ||||
487 | } | ||||
488 | |||||
489 | llvm::FunctionCallee getSendFp2RetFn2(bool IsSuper) const { | ||||
490 | return IsSuper ? getMessageSendSuperFn2() : getMessageSendFp2retFn(); | ||||
491 | } | ||||
492 | |||||
493 | ObjCCommonTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm); | ||||
494 | }; | ||||
495 | |||||
496 | /// ObjCTypesHelper - Helper class that encapsulates lazy | ||||
497 | /// construction of varies types used during ObjC generation. | ||||
498 | class ObjCTypesHelper : public ObjCCommonTypesHelper { | ||||
499 | public: | ||||
500 | /// SymtabTy - LLVM type for struct objc_symtab. | ||||
501 | llvm::StructType *SymtabTy; | ||||
502 | /// SymtabPtrTy - LLVM type for struct objc_symtab *. | ||||
503 | llvm::PointerType *SymtabPtrTy; | ||||
504 | /// ModuleTy - LLVM type for struct objc_module. | ||||
505 | llvm::StructType *ModuleTy; | ||||
506 | |||||
507 | /// ProtocolTy - LLVM type for struct objc_protocol. | ||||
508 | llvm::StructType *ProtocolTy; | ||||
509 | /// ProtocolPtrTy - LLVM type for struct objc_protocol *. | ||||
510 | llvm::PointerType *ProtocolPtrTy; | ||||
511 | /// ProtocolExtensionTy - LLVM type for struct | ||||
512 | /// objc_protocol_extension. | ||||
513 | llvm::StructType *ProtocolExtensionTy; | ||||
514 | /// ProtocolExtensionTy - LLVM type for struct | ||||
515 | /// objc_protocol_extension *. | ||||
516 | llvm::PointerType *ProtocolExtensionPtrTy; | ||||
517 | /// MethodDescriptionTy - LLVM type for struct | ||||
518 | /// objc_method_description. | ||||
519 | llvm::StructType *MethodDescriptionTy; | ||||
520 | /// MethodDescriptionListTy - LLVM type for struct | ||||
521 | /// objc_method_description_list. | ||||
522 | llvm::StructType *MethodDescriptionListTy; | ||||
523 | /// MethodDescriptionListPtrTy - LLVM type for struct | ||||
524 | /// objc_method_description_list *. | ||||
525 | llvm::PointerType *MethodDescriptionListPtrTy; | ||||
526 | /// ProtocolListTy - LLVM type for struct objc_property_list. | ||||
527 | llvm::StructType *ProtocolListTy; | ||||
528 | /// ProtocolListPtrTy - LLVM type for struct objc_property_list*. | ||||
529 | llvm::PointerType *ProtocolListPtrTy; | ||||
530 | /// CategoryTy - LLVM type for struct objc_category. | ||||
531 | llvm::StructType *CategoryTy; | ||||
532 | /// ClassTy - LLVM type for struct objc_class. | ||||
533 | llvm::StructType *ClassTy; | ||||
534 | /// ClassPtrTy - LLVM type for struct objc_class *. | ||||
535 | llvm::PointerType *ClassPtrTy; | ||||
536 | /// ClassExtensionTy - LLVM type for struct objc_class_ext. | ||||
537 | llvm::StructType *ClassExtensionTy; | ||||
538 | /// ClassExtensionPtrTy - LLVM type for struct objc_class_ext *. | ||||
539 | llvm::PointerType *ClassExtensionPtrTy; | ||||
540 | // IvarTy - LLVM type for struct objc_ivar. | ||||
541 | llvm::StructType *IvarTy; | ||||
542 | /// IvarListTy - LLVM type for struct objc_ivar_list. | ||||
543 | llvm::StructType *IvarListTy; | ||||
544 | /// IvarListPtrTy - LLVM type for struct objc_ivar_list *. | ||||
545 | llvm::PointerType *IvarListPtrTy; | ||||
546 | /// MethodListTy - LLVM type for struct objc_method_list. | ||||
547 | llvm::StructType *MethodListTy; | ||||
548 | /// MethodListPtrTy - LLVM type for struct objc_method_list *. | ||||
549 | llvm::PointerType *MethodListPtrTy; | ||||
550 | |||||
551 | /// ExceptionDataTy - LLVM type for struct _objc_exception_data. | ||||
552 | llvm::StructType *ExceptionDataTy; | ||||
553 | |||||
554 | /// ExceptionTryEnterFn - LLVM objc_exception_try_enter function. | ||||
555 | llvm::FunctionCallee getExceptionTryEnterFn() { | ||||
556 | llvm::Type *params[] = { ExceptionDataTy->getPointerTo() }; | ||||
557 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction( | ||||
558 | llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, params, false), | ||||
559 | "objc_exception_try_enter"); | ||||
560 | } | ||||
561 | |||||
562 | /// ExceptionTryExitFn - LLVM objc_exception_try_exit function. | ||||
563 | llvm::FunctionCallee getExceptionTryExitFn() { | ||||
564 | llvm::Type *params[] = { ExceptionDataTy->getPointerTo() }; | ||||
565 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction( | ||||
566 | llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, params, false), | ||||
567 | "objc_exception_try_exit"); | ||||
568 | } | ||||
569 | |||||
570 | /// ExceptionExtractFn - LLVM objc_exception_extract function. | ||||
571 | llvm::FunctionCallee getExceptionExtractFn() { | ||||
572 | llvm::Type *params[] = { ExceptionDataTy->getPointerTo() }; | ||||
573 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, | ||||
574 | params, false), | ||||
575 | "objc_exception_extract"); | ||||
576 | } | ||||
577 | |||||
578 | /// ExceptionMatchFn - LLVM objc_exception_match function. | ||||
579 | llvm::FunctionCallee getExceptionMatchFn() { | ||||
580 | llvm::Type *params[] = { ClassPtrTy, ObjectPtrTy }; | ||||
581 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction( | ||||
582 | llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.Int32Ty, params, false), | ||||
583 | "objc_exception_match"); | ||||
584 | } | ||||
585 | |||||
586 | /// SetJmpFn - LLVM _setjmp function. | ||||
587 | llvm::FunctionCallee getSetJmpFn() { | ||||
588 | // This is specifically the prototype for x86. | ||||
589 | llvm::Type *params[] = { CGM.Int32Ty->getPointerTo() }; | ||||
590 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction( | ||||
591 | llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.Int32Ty, params, false), "_setjmp", | ||||
592 | llvm::AttributeList::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), | ||||
593 | llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, | ||||
594 | llvm::Attribute::NonLazyBind)); | ||||
595 | } | ||||
596 | |||||
597 | public: | ||||
598 | ObjCTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm); | ||||
599 | }; | ||||
600 | |||||
601 | /// ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper - will have all types needed by objective-c's | ||||
602 | /// modern abi | ||||
603 | class ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper : public ObjCCommonTypesHelper { | ||||
604 | public: | ||||
605 | // MethodListnfABITy - LLVM for struct _method_list_t | ||||
606 | llvm::StructType *MethodListnfABITy; | ||||
607 | |||||
608 | // MethodListnfABIPtrTy - LLVM for struct _method_list_t* | ||||
609 | llvm::PointerType *MethodListnfABIPtrTy; | ||||
610 | |||||
611 | // ProtocolnfABITy = LLVM for struct _protocol_t | ||||
612 | llvm::StructType *ProtocolnfABITy; | ||||
613 | |||||
614 | // ProtocolnfABIPtrTy = LLVM for struct _protocol_t* | ||||
615 | llvm::PointerType *ProtocolnfABIPtrTy; | ||||
616 | |||||
617 | // ProtocolListnfABITy - LLVM for struct _objc_protocol_list | ||||
618 | llvm::StructType *ProtocolListnfABITy; | ||||
619 | |||||
620 | // ProtocolListnfABIPtrTy - LLVM for struct _objc_protocol_list* | ||||
621 | llvm::PointerType *ProtocolListnfABIPtrTy; | ||||
622 | |||||
623 | // ClassnfABITy - LLVM for struct _class_t | ||||
624 | llvm::StructType *ClassnfABITy; | ||||
625 | |||||
626 | // ClassnfABIPtrTy - LLVM for struct _class_t* | ||||
627 | llvm::PointerType *ClassnfABIPtrTy; | ||||
628 | |||||
629 | // IvarnfABITy - LLVM for struct _ivar_t | ||||
630 | llvm::StructType *IvarnfABITy; | ||||
631 | |||||
632 | // IvarListnfABITy - LLVM for struct _ivar_list_t | ||||
633 | llvm::StructType *IvarListnfABITy; | ||||
634 | |||||
635 | // IvarListnfABIPtrTy = LLVM for struct _ivar_list_t* | ||||
636 | llvm::PointerType *IvarListnfABIPtrTy; | ||||
637 | |||||
638 | // ClassRonfABITy - LLVM for struct _class_ro_t | ||||
639 | llvm::StructType *ClassRonfABITy; | ||||
640 | |||||
641 | // ImpnfABITy - LLVM for id (*)(id, SEL, ...) | ||||
642 | llvm::PointerType *ImpnfABITy; | ||||
643 | |||||
644 | // CategorynfABITy - LLVM for struct _category_t | ||||
645 | llvm::StructType *CategorynfABITy; | ||||
646 | |||||
647 | // New types for nonfragile abi messaging. | ||||
648 | |||||
649 | // MessageRefTy - LLVM for: | ||||
650 | // struct _message_ref_t { | ||||
651 | // IMP messenger; | ||||
652 | // SEL name; | ||||
653 | // }; | ||||
654 | llvm::StructType *MessageRefTy; | ||||
655 | // MessageRefCTy - clang type for struct _message_ref_t | ||||
656 | QualType MessageRefCTy; | ||||
657 | |||||
658 | // MessageRefPtrTy - LLVM for struct _message_ref_t* | ||||
659 | llvm::Type *MessageRefPtrTy; | ||||
660 | // MessageRefCPtrTy - clang type for struct _message_ref_t* | ||||
661 | QualType MessageRefCPtrTy; | ||||
662 | |||||
663 | // SuperMessageRefTy - LLVM for: | ||||
664 | // struct _super_message_ref_t { | ||||
665 | // SUPER_IMP messenger; | ||||
666 | // SEL name; | ||||
667 | // }; | ||||
668 | llvm::StructType *SuperMessageRefTy; | ||||
669 | |||||
670 | // SuperMessageRefPtrTy - LLVM for struct _super_message_ref_t* | ||||
671 | llvm::PointerType *SuperMessageRefPtrTy; | ||||
672 | |||||
673 | llvm::FunctionCallee getMessageSendFixupFn() { | ||||
674 | // id objc_msgSend_fixup(id, struct message_ref_t*, ...) | ||||
675 | llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, MessageRefPtrTy }; | ||||
676 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, | ||||
677 | params, true), | ||||
678 | "objc_msgSend_fixup"); | ||||
679 | } | ||||
680 | |||||
681 | llvm::FunctionCallee getMessageSendFpretFixupFn() { | ||||
682 | // id objc_msgSend_fpret_fixup(id, struct message_ref_t*, ...) | ||||
683 | llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, MessageRefPtrTy }; | ||||
684 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, | ||||
685 | params, true), | ||||
686 | "objc_msgSend_fpret_fixup"); | ||||
687 | } | ||||
688 | |||||
689 | llvm::FunctionCallee getMessageSendStretFixupFn() { | ||||
690 | // id objc_msgSend_stret_fixup(id, struct message_ref_t*, ...) | ||||
691 | llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, MessageRefPtrTy }; | ||||
692 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, | ||||
693 | params, true), | ||||
694 | "objc_msgSend_stret_fixup"); | ||||
695 | } | ||||
696 | |||||
697 | llvm::FunctionCallee getMessageSendSuper2FixupFn() { | ||||
698 | // id objc_msgSendSuper2_fixup (struct objc_super *, | ||||
699 | // struct _super_message_ref_t*, ...) | ||||
700 | llvm::Type *params[] = { SuperPtrTy, SuperMessageRefPtrTy }; | ||||
701 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, | ||||
702 | params, true), | ||||
703 | "objc_msgSendSuper2_fixup"); | ||||
704 | } | ||||
705 | |||||
706 | llvm::FunctionCallee getMessageSendSuper2StretFixupFn() { | ||||
707 | // id objc_msgSendSuper2_stret_fixup(struct objc_super *, | ||||
708 | // struct _super_message_ref_t*, ...) | ||||
709 | llvm::Type *params[] = { SuperPtrTy, SuperMessageRefPtrTy }; | ||||
710 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, | ||||
711 | params, true), | ||||
712 | "objc_msgSendSuper2_stret_fixup"); | ||||
713 | } | ||||
714 | |||||
715 | llvm::FunctionCallee getObjCEndCatchFn() { | ||||
716 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, false), | ||||
717 | "objc_end_catch"); | ||||
718 | } | ||||
719 | |||||
720 | llvm::FunctionCallee getObjCBeginCatchFn() { | ||||
721 | llvm::Type *params[] = { Int8PtrTy }; | ||||
722 | return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(Int8PtrTy, | ||||
723 | params, false), | ||||
724 | "objc_begin_catch"); | ||||
725 | } | ||||
726 | |||||
727 | /// Class objc_loadClassref (void *) | ||||
728 | /// | ||||
729 | /// Loads from a classref. For Objective-C stub classes, this invokes the | ||||
730 | /// initialization callback stored inside the stub. For all other classes | ||||
731 | /// this simply dereferences the pointer. | ||||
732 | llvm::FunctionCallee getLoadClassrefFn() const { | ||||
733 | // Add the non-lazy-bind attribute, since objc_loadClassref is likely to | ||||
734 | // be called a lot. | ||||
735 | // | ||||
736 | // Also it is safe to make it readnone, since we never load or store the | ||||
737 | // classref except by calling this function. | ||||
738 | llvm::Type *params[] = { Int8PtrPtrTy }; | ||||
739 | llvm::FunctionCallee F = CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction( | ||||
740 | llvm::FunctionType::get(ClassnfABIPtrTy, params, false), | ||||
741 | "objc_loadClassref", | ||||
742 | llvm::AttributeList::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), | ||||
743 | llvm::AttributeList::FunctionIndex, | ||||
744 | {llvm::Attribute::NonLazyBind, | ||||
745 | llvm::Attribute::ReadNone, | ||||
746 | llvm::Attribute::NoUnwind})); | ||||
747 | if (!CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatCOFF()) | ||||
748 | cast<llvm::Function>(F.getCallee())->setLinkage( | ||||
749 | llvm::Function::ExternalWeakLinkage); | ||||
750 | |||||
751 | return F; | ||||
752 | } | ||||
753 | |||||
754 | llvm::StructType *EHTypeTy; | ||||
755 | llvm::Type *EHTypePtrTy; | ||||
756 | |||||
757 | ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm); | ||||
758 | }; | ||||
759 | |||||
760 | enum class ObjCLabelType { | ||||
761 | ClassName, | ||||
762 | MethodVarName, | ||||
763 | MethodVarType, | ||||
764 | PropertyName, | ||||
765 | }; | ||||
766 | |||||
767 | class CGObjCCommonMac : public CodeGen::CGObjCRuntime { | ||||
768 | public: | ||||
769 | class SKIP_SCAN { | ||||
770 | public: | ||||
771 | unsigned skip; | ||||
772 | unsigned scan; | ||||
773 | SKIP_SCAN(unsigned _skip = 0, unsigned _scan = 0) | ||||
774 | : skip(_skip), scan(_scan) {} | ||||
775 | }; | ||||
776 | |||||
777 | /// opcode for captured block variables layout 'instructions'. | ||||
778 | /// In the following descriptions, 'I' is the value of the immediate field. | ||||
779 | /// (field following the opcode). | ||||
780 | /// | ||||
781 | enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE { | ||||
782 | /// An operator which affects how the following layout should be | ||||
783 | /// interpreted. | ||||
784 | /// I == 0: Halt interpretation and treat everything else as | ||||
785 | /// a non-pointer. Note that this instruction is equal | ||||
786 | /// to '\0'. | ||||
787 | /// I != 0: Currently unused. | ||||
788 | BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPERATOR = 0, | ||||
789 | |||||
790 | /// The next I+1 bytes do not contain a value of object pointer type. | ||||
791 | /// Note that this can leave the stream unaligned, meaning that | ||||
792 | /// subsequent word-size instructions do not begin at a multiple of | ||||
793 | /// the pointer size. | ||||
794 | BLOCK_LAYOUT_NON_OBJECT_BYTES = 1, | ||||
795 | |||||
796 | /// The next I+1 words do not contain a value of object pointer type. | ||||
797 | /// This is simply an optimized version of BLOCK_LAYOUT_BYTES for | ||||
798 | /// when the required skip quantity is a multiple of the pointer size. | ||||
799 | BLOCK_LAYOUT_NON_OBJECT_WORDS = 2, | ||||
800 | |||||
801 | /// The next I+1 words are __strong pointers to Objective-C | ||||
802 | /// objects or blocks. | ||||
803 | BLOCK_LAYOUT_STRONG = 3, | ||||
804 | |||||
805 | /// The next I+1 words are pointers to __block variables. | ||||
806 | BLOCK_LAYOUT_BYREF = 4, | ||||
807 | |||||
808 | /// The next I+1 words are __weak pointers to Objective-C | ||||
809 | /// objects or blocks. | ||||
810 | BLOCK_LAYOUT_WEAK = 5, | ||||
811 | |||||
812 | /// The next I+1 words are __unsafe_unretained pointers to | ||||
813 | /// Objective-C objects or blocks. | ||||
814 | BLOCK_LAYOUT_UNRETAINED = 6 | ||||
815 | |||||
816 | /// The next I+1 words are block or object pointers with some | ||||
817 | /// as-yet-unspecified ownership semantics. If we add more | ||||
818 | /// flavors of ownership semantics, values will be taken from | ||||
819 | /// this range. | ||||
820 | /// | ||||
821 | /// This is included so that older tools can at least continue | ||||
822 | /// processing the layout past such things. | ||||
823 | //BLOCK_LAYOUT_OWNERSHIP_UNKNOWN = 7..10, | ||||
824 | |||||
825 | /// All other opcodes are reserved. Halt interpretation and | ||||
826 | /// treat everything else as opaque. | ||||
827 | }; | ||||
828 | |||||
829 | class RUN_SKIP { | ||||
830 | public: | ||||
831 | enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE opcode; | ||||
832 | CharUnits block_var_bytepos; | ||||
833 | CharUnits block_var_size; | ||||
834 | RUN_SKIP(enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE Opcode = BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPERATOR, | ||||
835 | CharUnits BytePos = CharUnits::Zero(), | ||||
836 | CharUnits Size = CharUnits::Zero()) | ||||
837 | : opcode(Opcode), block_var_bytepos(BytePos), block_var_size(Size) {} | ||||
838 | |||||
839 | // Allow sorting based on byte pos. | ||||
840 | bool operator<(const RUN_SKIP &b) const { | ||||
841 | return block_var_bytepos < b.block_var_bytepos; | ||||
842 | } | ||||
843 | }; | ||||
844 | |||||
845 | protected: | ||||
846 | llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext; | ||||
847 | // FIXME! May not be needing this after all. | ||||
848 | unsigned ObjCABI; | ||||
849 | |||||
850 | // arc/mrr layout of captured block literal variables. | ||||
851 | SmallVector<RUN_SKIP, 16> RunSkipBlockVars; | ||||
852 | |||||
853 | /// LazySymbols - Symbols to generate a lazy reference for. See | ||||
854 | /// DefinedSymbols and FinishModule(). | ||||
855 | llvm::SetVector<IdentifierInfo*> LazySymbols; | ||||
856 | |||||
857 | /// DefinedSymbols - External symbols which are defined by this | ||||
858 | /// module. The symbols in this list and LazySymbols are used to add | ||||
859 | /// special linker symbols which ensure that Objective-C modules are | ||||
860 | /// linked properly. | ||||
861 | llvm::SetVector<IdentifierInfo*> DefinedSymbols; | ||||
862 | |||||
863 | /// ClassNames - uniqued class names. | ||||
864 | llvm::StringMap<llvm::GlobalVariable*> ClassNames; | ||||
865 | |||||
866 | /// MethodVarNames - uniqued method variable names. | ||||
867 | llvm::DenseMap<Selector, llvm::GlobalVariable*> MethodVarNames; | ||||
868 | |||||
869 | /// DefinedCategoryNames - list of category names in form Class_Category. | ||||
870 | llvm::SmallSetVector<llvm::CachedHashString, 16> DefinedCategoryNames; | ||||
871 | |||||
872 | /// MethodVarTypes - uniqued method type signatures. We have to use | ||||
873 | /// a StringMap here because have no other unique reference. | ||||
874 | llvm::StringMap<llvm::GlobalVariable*> MethodVarTypes; | ||||
875 | |||||
876 | /// MethodDefinitions - map of methods which have been defined in | ||||
877 | /// this translation unit. | ||||
878 | llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCMethodDecl*, llvm::Function*> MethodDefinitions; | ||||
879 | |||||
880 | /// DirectMethodDefinitions - map of direct methods which have been defined in | ||||
881 | /// this translation unit. | ||||
882 | llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCMethodDecl*, llvm::Function*> DirectMethodDefinitions; | ||||
883 | |||||
884 | /// PropertyNames - uniqued method variable names. | ||||
885 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, llvm::GlobalVariable*> PropertyNames; | ||||
886 | |||||
887 | /// ClassReferences - uniqued class references. | ||||
888 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, llvm::GlobalVariable*> ClassReferences; | ||||
889 | |||||
890 | /// SelectorReferences - uniqued selector references. | ||||
891 | llvm::DenseMap<Selector, llvm::GlobalVariable*> SelectorReferences; | ||||
892 | |||||
893 | /// Protocols - Protocols for which an objc_protocol structure has | ||||
894 | /// been emitted. Forward declarations are handled by creating an | ||||
895 | /// empty structure whose initializer is filled in when/if defined. | ||||
896 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, llvm::GlobalVariable*> Protocols; | ||||
897 | |||||
898 | /// DefinedProtocols - Protocols which have actually been | ||||
899 | /// defined. We should not need this, see FIXME in GenerateProtocol. | ||||
900 | llvm::DenseSet<IdentifierInfo*> DefinedProtocols; | ||||
901 | |||||
902 | /// DefinedClasses - List of defined classes. | ||||
903 | SmallVector<llvm::GlobalValue*, 16> DefinedClasses; | ||||
904 | |||||
905 | /// ImplementedClasses - List of @implemented classes. | ||||
906 | SmallVector<const ObjCInterfaceDecl*, 16> ImplementedClasses; | ||||
907 | |||||
908 | /// DefinedNonLazyClasses - List of defined "non-lazy" classes. | ||||
909 | SmallVector<llvm::GlobalValue*, 16> DefinedNonLazyClasses; | ||||
910 | |||||
911 | /// DefinedCategories - List of defined categories. | ||||
912 | SmallVector<llvm::GlobalValue*, 16> DefinedCategories; | ||||
913 | |||||
914 | /// DefinedStubCategories - List of defined categories on class stubs. | ||||
915 | SmallVector<llvm::GlobalValue*, 16> DefinedStubCategories; | ||||
916 | |||||
917 | /// DefinedNonLazyCategories - List of defined "non-lazy" categories. | ||||
918 | SmallVector<llvm::GlobalValue*, 16> DefinedNonLazyCategories; | ||||
919 | |||||
920 | /// Cached reference to the class for constant strings. This value has type | ||||
921 | /// int * but is actually an Obj-C class pointer. | ||||
922 | llvm::WeakTrackingVH ConstantStringClassRef; | ||||
923 | |||||
924 | /// The LLVM type corresponding to NSConstantString. | ||||
925 | llvm::StructType *NSConstantStringType = nullptr; | ||||
926 | |||||
927 | llvm::StringMap<llvm::GlobalVariable *> NSConstantStringMap; | ||||
928 | |||||
929 | /// GetMethodVarName - Return a unique constant for the given | ||||
930 | /// selector's name. The return value has type char *. | ||||
931 | llvm::Constant *GetMethodVarName(Selector Sel); | ||||
932 | llvm::Constant *GetMethodVarName(IdentifierInfo *Ident); | ||||
933 | |||||
934 | /// GetMethodVarType - Return a unique constant for the given | ||||
935 | /// method's type encoding string. The return value has type char *. | ||||
936 | |||||
937 | // FIXME: This is a horrible name. | ||||
938 | llvm::Constant *GetMethodVarType(const ObjCMethodDecl *D, | ||||
939 | bool Extended = false); | ||||
940 | llvm::Constant *GetMethodVarType(const FieldDecl *D); | ||||
941 | |||||
942 | /// GetPropertyName - Return a unique constant for the given | ||||
943 | /// name. The return value has type char *. | ||||
944 | llvm::Constant *GetPropertyName(IdentifierInfo *Ident); | ||||
945 | |||||
946 | // FIXME: This can be dropped once string functions are unified. | ||||
947 | llvm::Constant *GetPropertyTypeString(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, | ||||
948 | const Decl *Container); | ||||
949 | |||||
950 | /// GetClassName - Return a unique constant for the given selector's | ||||
951 | /// runtime name (which may change via use of objc_runtime_name attribute on | ||||
952 | /// class or protocol definition. The return value has type char *. | ||||
953 | llvm::Constant *GetClassName(StringRef RuntimeName); | ||||
954 | |||||
955 | llvm::Function *GetMethodDefinition(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD); | ||||
956 | |||||
957 | /// BuildIvarLayout - Builds ivar layout bitmap for the class | ||||
958 | /// implementation for the __strong or __weak case. | ||||
959 | /// | ||||
960 | /// \param hasMRCWeakIvars - Whether we are compiling in MRC and there | ||||
961 | /// are any weak ivars defined directly in the class. Meaningless unless | ||||
962 | /// building a weak layout. Does not guarantee that the layout will | ||||
963 | /// actually have any entries, because the ivar might be under-aligned. | ||||
964 | llvm::Constant *BuildIvarLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *OI, | ||||
965 | CharUnits beginOffset, | ||||
966 | CharUnits endOffset, | ||||
967 | bool forStrongLayout, | ||||
968 | bool hasMRCWeakIvars); | ||||
969 | |||||
970 | llvm::Constant *BuildStrongIvarLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *OI, | ||||
971 | CharUnits beginOffset, | ||||
972 | CharUnits endOffset) { | ||||
973 | return BuildIvarLayout(OI, beginOffset, endOffset, true, false); | ||||
974 | } | ||||
975 | |||||
976 | llvm::Constant *BuildWeakIvarLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *OI, | ||||
977 | CharUnits beginOffset, | ||||
978 | CharUnits endOffset, | ||||
979 | bool hasMRCWeakIvars) { | ||||
980 | return BuildIvarLayout(OI, beginOffset, endOffset, false, hasMRCWeakIvars); | ||||
981 | } | ||||
982 | |||||
983 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getBlockCaptureLifetime(QualType QT, bool ByrefLayout); | ||||
984 | |||||
985 | void UpdateRunSkipBlockVars(bool IsByref, | ||||
986 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LifeTime, | ||||
987 | CharUnits FieldOffset, | ||||
988 | CharUnits FieldSize); | ||||
989 | |||||
990 | void BuildRCBlockVarRecordLayout(const RecordType *RT, | ||||
991 | CharUnits BytePos, bool &HasUnion, | ||||
992 | bool ByrefLayout=false); | ||||
993 | |||||
994 | void BuildRCRecordLayout(const llvm::StructLayout *RecLayout, | ||||
995 | const RecordDecl *RD, | ||||
996 | ArrayRef<const FieldDecl*> RecFields, | ||||
997 | CharUnits BytePos, bool &HasUnion, | ||||
998 | bool ByrefLayout); | ||||
999 | |||||
1000 | uint64_t InlineLayoutInstruction(SmallVectorImpl<unsigned char> &Layout); | ||||
1001 | |||||
1002 | llvm::Constant *getBitmapBlockLayout(bool ComputeByrefLayout); | ||||
1003 | |||||
1004 | /// GetIvarLayoutName - Returns a unique constant for the given | ||||
1005 | /// ivar layout bitmap. | ||||
1006 | llvm::Constant *GetIvarLayoutName(IdentifierInfo *Ident, | ||||
1007 | const ObjCCommonTypesHelper &ObjCTypes); | ||||
1008 | |||||
1009 | /// EmitPropertyList - Emit the given property list. The return | ||||
1010 | /// value has type PropertyListPtrTy. | ||||
1011 | llvm::Constant *EmitPropertyList(Twine Name, | ||||
1012 | const Decl *Container, | ||||
1013 | const ObjCContainerDecl *OCD, | ||||
1014 | const ObjCCommonTypesHelper &ObjCTypes, | ||||
1015 | bool IsClassProperty); | ||||
1016 | |||||
1017 | /// EmitProtocolMethodTypes - Generate the array of extended method type | ||||
1018 | /// strings. The return value has type Int8PtrPtrTy. | ||||
1019 | llvm::Constant *EmitProtocolMethodTypes(Twine Name, | ||||
1020 | ArrayRef<llvm::Constant*> MethodTypes, | ||||
1021 | const ObjCCommonTypesHelper &ObjCTypes); | ||||
1022 | |||||
1023 | /// GetProtocolRef - Return a reference to the internal protocol | ||||
1024 | /// description, creating an empty one if it has not been | ||||
1025 | /// defined. The return value has type ProtocolPtrTy. | ||||
1026 | llvm::Constant *GetProtocolRef(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD); | ||||
1027 | |||||
1028 | /// Return a reference to the given Class using runtime calls rather than | ||||
1029 | /// by a symbol reference. | ||||
1030 | llvm::Value *EmitClassRefViaRuntime(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1031 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, | ||||
1032 | ObjCCommonTypesHelper &ObjCTypes); | ||||
1033 | |||||
1034 | std::string GetSectionName(StringRef Section, StringRef MachOAttributes); | ||||
1035 | |||||
1036 | public: | ||||
1037 | /// CreateMetadataVar - Create a global variable with internal | ||||
1038 | /// linkage for use by the Objective-C runtime. | ||||
1039 | /// | ||||
1040 | /// This is a convenience wrapper which not only creates the | ||||
1041 | /// variable, but also sets the section and alignment and adds the | ||||
1042 | /// global to the "llvm.used" list. | ||||
1043 | /// | ||||
1044 | /// \param Name - The variable name. | ||||
1045 | /// \param Init - The variable initializer; this is also used to | ||||
1046 | /// define the type of the variable. | ||||
1047 | /// \param Section - The section the variable should go into, or empty. | ||||
1048 | /// \param Align - The alignment for the variable, or 0. | ||||
1049 | /// \param AddToUsed - Whether the variable should be added to | ||||
1050 | /// "llvm.used". | ||||
1051 | llvm::GlobalVariable *CreateMetadataVar(Twine Name, | ||||
1052 | ConstantStructBuilder &Init, | ||||
1053 | StringRef Section, CharUnits Align, | ||||
1054 | bool AddToUsed); | ||||
1055 | llvm::GlobalVariable *CreateMetadataVar(Twine Name, | ||||
1056 | llvm::Constant *Init, | ||||
1057 | StringRef Section, CharUnits Align, | ||||
1058 | bool AddToUsed); | ||||
1059 | |||||
1060 | llvm::GlobalVariable *CreateCStringLiteral(StringRef Name, | ||||
1061 | ObjCLabelType LabelType, | ||||
1062 | bool ForceNonFragileABI = false, | ||||
1063 | bool NullTerminate = true); | ||||
1064 | |||||
1065 | protected: | ||||
1066 | CodeGen::RValue EmitMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1067 | ReturnValueSlot Return, | ||||
1068 | QualType ResultType, | ||||
1069 | Selector Sel, | ||||
1070 | llvm::Value *Arg0, | ||||
1071 | QualType Arg0Ty, | ||||
1072 | bool IsSuper, | ||||
1073 | const CallArgList &CallArgs, | ||||
1074 | const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD, | ||||
1075 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver, | ||||
1076 | const ObjCCommonTypesHelper &ObjCTypes); | ||||
1077 | |||||
1078 | /// EmitImageInfo - Emit the image info marker used to encode some module | ||||
1079 | /// level information. | ||||
1080 | void EmitImageInfo(); | ||||
1081 | |||||
1082 | public: | ||||
1083 | CGObjCCommonMac(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm) | ||||
1084 | : CGObjCRuntime(cgm), VMContext(cgm.getLLVMContext()) {} | ||||
1085 | |||||
1086 | bool isNonFragileABI() const { | ||||
1087 | return ObjCABI == 2; | ||||
1088 | } | ||||
1089 | |||||
1090 | ConstantAddress GenerateConstantString(const StringLiteral *SL) override; | ||||
1091 | ConstantAddress GenerateConstantNSString(const StringLiteral *SL); | ||||
1092 | |||||
1093 | llvm::Function *GenerateMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD, | ||||
1094 | const ObjCContainerDecl *CD=nullptr) override; | ||||
1095 | |||||
1096 | llvm::Function *GenerateDirectMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD, | ||||
1097 | const ObjCContainerDecl *CD); | ||||
1098 | |||||
1099 | void GenerateDirectMethodPrologue(CodeGenFunction &CGF, llvm::Function *Fn, | ||||
1100 | const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD, | ||||
1101 | const ObjCContainerDecl *CD) override; | ||||
1102 | |||||
1103 | void GenerateProtocol(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) override; | ||||
1104 | |||||
1105 | /// GetOrEmitProtocolRef - Get a forward reference to the protocol | ||||
1106 | /// object for the given declaration, emitting it if needed. These | ||||
1107 | /// forward references will be filled in with empty bodies if no | ||||
1108 | /// definition is seen. The return value has type ProtocolPtrTy. | ||||
1109 | virtual llvm::Constant *GetOrEmitProtocolRef(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD)=0; | ||||
1110 | |||||
1111 | virtual llvm::Constant *getNSConstantStringClassRef() = 0; | ||||
1112 | |||||
1113 | llvm::Constant *BuildGCBlockLayout(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||
1114 | const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo) override; | ||||
1115 | llvm::Constant *BuildRCBlockLayout(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||
1116 | const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo) override; | ||||
1117 | std::string getRCBlockLayoutStr(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||
1118 | const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo) override; | ||||
1119 | |||||
1120 | llvm::Constant *BuildByrefLayout(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||
1121 | QualType T) override; | ||||
1122 | |||||
1123 | private: | ||||
1124 | void fillRunSkipBlockVars(CodeGenModule &CGM, const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo); | ||||
1125 | }; | ||||
1126 | |||||
1127 | namespace { | ||||
1128 | |||||
1129 | enum class MethodListType { | ||||
1130 | CategoryInstanceMethods, | ||||
1131 | CategoryClassMethods, | ||||
1132 | InstanceMethods, | ||||
1133 | ClassMethods, | ||||
1134 | ProtocolInstanceMethods, | ||||
1135 | ProtocolClassMethods, | ||||
1136 | OptionalProtocolInstanceMethods, | ||||
1137 | OptionalProtocolClassMethods, | ||||
1138 | }; | ||||
1139 | |||||
1140 | /// A convenience class for splitting the methods of a protocol into | ||||
1141 | /// the four interesting groups. | ||||
1142 | class ProtocolMethodLists { | ||||
1143 | public: | ||||
1144 | enum Kind { | ||||
1145 | RequiredInstanceMethods, | ||||
1146 | RequiredClassMethods, | ||||
1147 | OptionalInstanceMethods, | ||||
1148 | OptionalClassMethods | ||||
1149 | }; | ||||
1150 | enum { | ||||
1151 | NumProtocolMethodLists = 4 | ||||
1152 | }; | ||||
1153 | |||||
1154 | static MethodListType getMethodListKind(Kind kind) { | ||||
1155 | switch (kind) { | ||||
1156 | case RequiredInstanceMethods: | ||||
1157 | return MethodListType::ProtocolInstanceMethods; | ||||
1158 | case RequiredClassMethods: | ||||
1159 | return MethodListType::ProtocolClassMethods; | ||||
1160 | case OptionalInstanceMethods: | ||||
1161 | return MethodListType::OptionalProtocolInstanceMethods; | ||||
1162 | case OptionalClassMethods: | ||||
1163 | return MethodListType::OptionalProtocolClassMethods; | ||||
1164 | } | ||||
1165 | llvm_unreachable("bad kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad kind", "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp" , 1165); | ||||
1166 | } | ||||
1167 | |||||
1168 | SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 4> Methods[NumProtocolMethodLists]; | ||||
1169 | |||||
1170 | static ProtocolMethodLists get(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) { | ||||
1171 | ProtocolMethodLists result; | ||||
1172 | |||||
1173 | for (auto MD : PD->methods()) { | ||||
1174 | size_t index = (2 * size_t(MD->isOptional())) | ||||
1175 | + (size_t(MD->isClassMethod())); | ||||
1176 | result.Methods[index].push_back(MD); | ||||
1177 | } | ||||
1178 | |||||
1179 | return result; | ||||
1180 | } | ||||
1181 | |||||
1182 | template <class Self> | ||||
1183 | SmallVector<llvm::Constant*, 8> emitExtendedTypesArray(Self *self) const { | ||||
1184 | // In both ABIs, the method types list is parallel with the | ||||
1185 | // concatenation of the methods arrays in the following order: | ||||
1186 | // instance methods | ||||
1187 | // class methods | ||||
1188 | // optional instance methods | ||||
1189 | // optional class methods | ||||
1190 | SmallVector<llvm::Constant*, 8> result; | ||||
1191 | |||||
1192 | // Methods is already in the correct order for both ABIs. | ||||
1193 | for (auto &list : Methods) { | ||||
1194 | for (auto MD : list) { | ||||
1195 | result.push_back(self->GetMethodVarType(MD, true)); | ||||
1196 | } | ||||
1197 | } | ||||
1198 | |||||
1199 | return result; | ||||
1200 | } | ||||
1201 | |||||
1202 | template <class Self> | ||||
1203 | llvm::Constant *emitMethodList(Self *self, const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD, | ||||
1204 | Kind kind) const { | ||||
1205 | return self->emitMethodList(PD->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(), | ||||
1206 | getMethodListKind(kind), Methods[kind]); | ||||
1207 | } | ||||
1208 | }; | ||||
1209 | |||||
1210 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
1211 | |||||
1212 | class CGObjCMac : public CGObjCCommonMac { | ||||
1213 | private: | ||||
1214 | friend ProtocolMethodLists; | ||||
1215 | |||||
1216 | ObjCTypesHelper ObjCTypes; | ||||
1217 | |||||
1218 | /// EmitModuleInfo - Another marker encoding module level | ||||
1219 | /// information. | ||||
1220 | void EmitModuleInfo(); | ||||
1221 | |||||
1222 | /// EmitModuleSymols - Emit module symbols, the list of defined | ||||
1223 | /// classes and categories. The result has type SymtabPtrTy. | ||||
1224 | llvm::Constant *EmitModuleSymbols(); | ||||
1225 | |||||
1226 | /// FinishModule - Write out global data structures at the end of | ||||
1227 | /// processing a translation unit. | ||||
1228 | void FinishModule(); | ||||
1229 | |||||
1230 | /// EmitClassExtension - Generate the class extension structure used | ||||
1231 | /// to store the weak ivar layout and properties. The return value | ||||
1232 | /// has type ClassExtensionPtrTy. | ||||
1233 | llvm::Constant *EmitClassExtension(const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID, | ||||
1234 | CharUnits instanceSize, | ||||
1235 | bool hasMRCWeakIvars, | ||||
1236 | bool isMetaclass); | ||||
1237 | |||||
1238 | /// EmitClassRef - Return a Value*, of type ObjCTypes.ClassPtrTy, | ||||
1239 | /// for the given class. | ||||
1240 | llvm::Value *EmitClassRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1241 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); | ||||
1242 | |||||
1243 | llvm::Value *EmitClassRefFromId(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1244 | IdentifierInfo *II); | ||||
1245 | |||||
1246 | llvm::Value *EmitNSAutoreleasePoolClassRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF) override; | ||||
1247 | |||||
1248 | /// EmitSuperClassRef - Emits reference to class's main metadata class. | ||||
1249 | llvm::Value *EmitSuperClassRef(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); | ||||
1250 | |||||
1251 | /// EmitIvarList - Emit the ivar list for the given | ||||
1252 | /// implementation. If ForClass is true the list of class ivars | ||||
1253 | /// (i.e. metaclass ivars) is emitted, otherwise the list of | ||||
1254 | /// interface ivars will be emitted. The return value has type | ||||
1255 | /// IvarListPtrTy. | ||||
1256 | llvm::Constant *EmitIvarList(const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID, | ||||
1257 | bool ForClass); | ||||
1258 | |||||
1259 | /// EmitMetaClass - Emit a forward reference to the class structure | ||||
1260 | /// for the metaclass of the given interface. The return value has | ||||
1261 | /// type ClassPtrTy. | ||||
1262 | llvm::Constant *EmitMetaClassRef(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); | ||||
1263 | |||||
1264 | /// EmitMetaClass - Emit a class structure for the metaclass of the | ||||
1265 | /// given implementation. The return value has type ClassPtrTy. | ||||
1266 | llvm::Constant *EmitMetaClass(const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID, | ||||
1267 | llvm::Constant *Protocols, | ||||
1268 | ArrayRef<const ObjCMethodDecl *> Methods); | ||||
1269 | |||||
1270 | void emitMethodConstant(ConstantArrayBuilder &builder, | ||||
1271 | const ObjCMethodDecl *MD); | ||||
1272 | |||||
1273 | void emitMethodDescriptionConstant(ConstantArrayBuilder &builder, | ||||
1274 | const ObjCMethodDecl *MD); | ||||
1275 | |||||
1276 | /// EmitMethodList - Emit the method list for the given | ||||
1277 | /// implementation. The return value has type MethodListPtrTy. | ||||
1278 | llvm::Constant *emitMethodList(Twine Name, MethodListType MLT, | ||||
1279 | ArrayRef<const ObjCMethodDecl *> Methods); | ||||
1280 | |||||
1281 | /// GetOrEmitProtocol - Get the protocol object for the given | ||||
1282 | /// declaration, emitting it if necessary. The return value has type | ||||
1283 | /// ProtocolPtrTy. | ||||
1284 | llvm::Constant *GetOrEmitProtocol(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) override; | ||||
1285 | |||||
1286 | /// GetOrEmitProtocolRef - Get a forward reference to the protocol | ||||
1287 | /// object for the given declaration, emitting it if needed. These | ||||
1288 | /// forward references will be filled in with empty bodies if no | ||||
1289 | /// definition is seen. The return value has type ProtocolPtrTy. | ||||
1290 | llvm::Constant *GetOrEmitProtocolRef(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) override; | ||||
1291 | |||||
1292 | /// EmitProtocolExtension - Generate the protocol extension | ||||
1293 | /// structure used to store optional instance and class methods, and | ||||
1294 | /// protocol properties. The return value has type | ||||
1295 | /// ProtocolExtensionPtrTy. | ||||
1296 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
1297 | EmitProtocolExtension(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD, | ||||
1298 | const ProtocolMethodLists &methodLists); | ||||
1299 | |||||
1300 | /// EmitProtocolList - Generate the list of referenced | ||||
1301 | /// protocols. The return value has type ProtocolListPtrTy. | ||||
1302 | llvm::Constant *EmitProtocolList(Twine Name, | ||||
1303 | ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator begin, | ||||
1304 | ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator end); | ||||
1305 | |||||
1306 | /// EmitSelector - Return a Value*, of type ObjCTypes.SelectorPtrTy, | ||||
1307 | /// for the given selector. | ||||
1308 | llvm::Value *EmitSelector(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Selector Sel); | ||||
1309 | Address EmitSelectorAddr(Selector Sel); | ||||
1310 | |||||
1311 | public: | ||||
1312 | CGObjCMac(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm); | ||||
1313 | |||||
1314 | llvm::Constant *getNSConstantStringClassRef() override; | ||||
1315 | |||||
1316 | llvm::Function *ModuleInitFunction() override; | ||||
1317 | |||||
1318 | CodeGen::RValue GenerateMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1319 | ReturnValueSlot Return, | ||||
1320 | QualType ResultType, | ||||
1321 | Selector Sel, llvm::Value *Receiver, | ||||
1322 | const CallArgList &CallArgs, | ||||
1323 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, | ||||
1324 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) override; | ||||
1325 | |||||
1326 | CodeGen::RValue | ||||
1327 | GenerateMessageSendSuper(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1328 | ReturnValueSlot Return, QualType ResultType, | ||||
1329 | Selector Sel, const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, | ||||
1330 | bool isCategoryImpl, llvm::Value *Receiver, | ||||
1331 | bool IsClassMessage, const CallArgList &CallArgs, | ||||
1332 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) override; | ||||
1333 | |||||
1334 | llvm::Value *GetClass(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1335 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) override; | ||||
1336 | |||||
1337 | llvm::Value *GetSelector(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Selector Sel) override; | ||||
1338 | Address GetAddrOfSelector(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Selector Sel) override; | ||||
1339 | |||||
1340 | /// The NeXT/Apple runtimes do not support typed selectors; just emit an | ||||
1341 | /// untyped one. | ||||
1342 | llvm::Value *GetSelector(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1343 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) override; | ||||
1344 | |||||
1345 | llvm::Constant *GetEHType(QualType T) override; | ||||
1346 | |||||
1347 | void GenerateCategory(const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CMD) override; | ||||
1348 | |||||
1349 | void GenerateClass(const ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassDecl) override; | ||||
1350 | |||||
1351 | void RegisterAlias(const ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *OAD) override {} | ||||
1352 | |||||
1353 | llvm::Value *GenerateProtocolRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1354 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) override; | ||||
1355 | |||||
1356 | llvm::FunctionCallee GetPropertyGetFunction() override; | ||||
1357 | llvm::FunctionCallee GetPropertySetFunction() override; | ||||
1358 | llvm::FunctionCallee GetOptimizedPropertySetFunction(bool atomic, | ||||
1359 | bool copy) override; | ||||
1360 | llvm::FunctionCallee GetGetStructFunction() override; | ||||
1361 | llvm::FunctionCallee GetSetStructFunction() override; | ||||
1362 | llvm::FunctionCallee GetCppAtomicObjectGetFunction() override; | ||||
1363 | llvm::FunctionCallee GetCppAtomicObjectSetFunction() override; | ||||
1364 | llvm::FunctionCallee EnumerationMutationFunction() override; | ||||
1365 | |||||
1366 | void EmitTryStmt(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1367 | const ObjCAtTryStmt &S) override; | ||||
1368 | void EmitSynchronizedStmt(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1369 | const ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt &S) override; | ||||
1370 | void EmitTryOrSynchronizedStmt(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, const Stmt &S); | ||||
1371 | void EmitThrowStmt(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, const ObjCAtThrowStmt &S, | ||||
1372 | bool ClearInsertionPoint=true) override; | ||||
1373 | llvm::Value * EmitObjCWeakRead(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1374 | Address AddrWeakObj) override; | ||||
1375 | void EmitObjCWeakAssign(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1376 | llvm::Value *src, Address dst) override; | ||||
1377 | void EmitObjCGlobalAssign(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1378 | llvm::Value *src, Address dest, | ||||
1379 | bool threadlocal = false) override; | ||||
1380 | void EmitObjCIvarAssign(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1381 | llvm::Value *src, Address dest, | ||||
1382 | llvm::Value *ivarOffset) override; | ||||
1383 | void EmitObjCStrongCastAssign(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1384 | llvm::Value *src, Address dest) override; | ||||
1385 | void EmitGCMemmoveCollectable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1386 | Address dest, Address src, | ||||
1387 | llvm::Value *size) override; | ||||
1388 | |||||
1389 | LValue EmitObjCValueForIvar(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, QualType ObjectTy, | ||||
1390 | llvm::Value *BaseValue, const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar, | ||||
1391 | unsigned CVRQualifiers) override; | ||||
1392 | llvm::Value *EmitIvarOffset(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1393 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface, | ||||
1394 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar) override; | ||||
1395 | }; | ||||
1396 | |||||
1397 | class CGObjCNonFragileABIMac : public CGObjCCommonMac { | ||||
1398 | private: | ||||
1399 | friend ProtocolMethodLists; | ||||
1400 | ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper ObjCTypes; | ||||
1401 | llvm::GlobalVariable* ObjCEmptyCacheVar; | ||||
1402 | llvm::Constant* ObjCEmptyVtableVar; | ||||
1403 | |||||
1404 | /// SuperClassReferences - uniqued super class references. | ||||
1405 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, llvm::GlobalVariable*> SuperClassReferences; | ||||
1406 | |||||
1407 | /// MetaClassReferences - uniqued meta class references. | ||||
1408 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, llvm::GlobalVariable*> MetaClassReferences; | ||||
1409 | |||||
1410 | /// EHTypeReferences - uniqued class ehtype references. | ||||
1411 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, llvm::GlobalVariable*> EHTypeReferences; | ||||
1412 | |||||
1413 | /// VTableDispatchMethods - List of methods for which we generate | ||||
1414 | /// vtable-based message dispatch. | ||||
1415 | llvm::DenseSet<Selector> VTableDispatchMethods; | ||||
1416 | |||||
1417 | /// DefinedMetaClasses - List of defined meta-classes. | ||||
1418 | std::vector<llvm::GlobalValue*> DefinedMetaClasses; | ||||
1419 | |||||
1420 | /// isVTableDispatchedSelector - Returns true if SEL is a | ||||
1421 | /// vtable-based selector. | ||||
1422 | bool isVTableDispatchedSelector(Selector Sel); | ||||
1423 | |||||
1424 | /// FinishNonFragileABIModule - Write out global data structures at the end of | ||||
1425 | /// processing a translation unit. | ||||
1426 | void FinishNonFragileABIModule(); | ||||
1427 | |||||
1428 | /// AddModuleClassList - Add the given list of class pointers to the | ||||
1429 | /// module with the provided symbol and section names. | ||||
1430 | void AddModuleClassList(ArrayRef<llvm::GlobalValue *> Container, | ||||
1431 | StringRef SymbolName, StringRef SectionName); | ||||
1432 | |||||
1433 | llvm::GlobalVariable * BuildClassRoTInitializer(unsigned flags, | ||||
1434 | unsigned InstanceStart, | ||||
1435 | unsigned InstanceSize, | ||||
1436 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID); | ||||
1437 | llvm::GlobalVariable *BuildClassObject(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *CI, | ||||
1438 | bool isMetaclass, | ||||
1439 | llvm::Constant *IsAGV, | ||||
1440 | llvm::Constant *SuperClassGV, | ||||
1441 | llvm::Constant *ClassRoGV, | ||||
1442 | bool HiddenVisibility); | ||||
1443 | |||||
1444 | void emitMethodConstant(ConstantArrayBuilder &builder, | ||||
1445 | const ObjCMethodDecl *MD, | ||||
1446 | bool forProtocol); | ||||
1447 | |||||
1448 | /// Emit the method list for the given implementation. The return value | ||||
1449 | /// has type MethodListnfABITy. | ||||
1450 | llvm::Constant *emitMethodList(Twine Name, MethodListType MLT, | ||||
1451 | ArrayRef<const ObjCMethodDecl *> Methods); | ||||
1452 | |||||
1453 | /// EmitIvarList - Emit the ivar list for the given | ||||
1454 | /// implementation. If ForClass is true the list of class ivars | ||||
1455 | /// (i.e. metaclass ivars) is emitted, otherwise the list of | ||||
1456 | /// interface ivars will be emitted. The return value has type | ||||
1457 | /// IvarListnfABIPtrTy. | ||||
1458 | llvm::Constant *EmitIvarList(const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID); | ||||
1459 | |||||
1460 | llvm::Constant *EmitIvarOffsetVar(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, | ||||
1461 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar, | ||||
1462 | unsigned long int offset); | ||||
1463 | |||||
1464 | /// GetOrEmitProtocol - Get the protocol object for the given | ||||
1465 | /// declaration, emitting it if necessary. The return value has type | ||||
1466 | /// ProtocolPtrTy. | ||||
1467 | llvm::Constant *GetOrEmitProtocol(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) override; | ||||
1468 | |||||
1469 | /// GetOrEmitProtocolRef - Get a forward reference to the protocol | ||||
1470 | /// object for the given declaration, emitting it if needed. These | ||||
1471 | /// forward references will be filled in with empty bodies if no | ||||
1472 | /// definition is seen. The return value has type ProtocolPtrTy. | ||||
1473 | llvm::Constant *GetOrEmitProtocolRef(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) override; | ||||
1474 | |||||
1475 | /// EmitProtocolList - Generate the list of referenced | ||||
1476 | /// protocols. The return value has type ProtocolListPtrTy. | ||||
1477 | llvm::Constant *EmitProtocolList(Twine Name, | ||||
1478 | ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator begin, | ||||
1479 | ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator end); | ||||
1480 | |||||
1481 | CodeGen::RValue EmitVTableMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1482 | ReturnValueSlot Return, | ||||
1483 | QualType ResultType, | ||||
1484 | Selector Sel, | ||||
1485 | llvm::Value *Receiver, | ||||
1486 | QualType Arg0Ty, | ||||
1487 | bool IsSuper, | ||||
1488 | const CallArgList &CallArgs, | ||||
1489 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method); | ||||
1490 | |||||
1491 | /// GetClassGlobal - Return the global variable for the Objective-C | ||||
1492 | /// class of the given name. | ||||
1493 | llvm::Constant *GetClassGlobal(StringRef Name, | ||||
1494 | ForDefinition_t IsForDefinition, | ||||
1495 | bool Weak = false, bool DLLImport = false); | ||||
1496 | llvm::Constant *GetClassGlobal(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, | ||||
1497 | bool isMetaclass, | ||||
1498 | ForDefinition_t isForDefinition); | ||||
1499 | |||||
1500 | llvm::Constant *GetClassGlobalForClassRef(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); | ||||
1501 | |||||
1502 | llvm::Value *EmitLoadOfClassRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1503 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, | ||||
1504 | llvm::GlobalVariable *Entry); | ||||
1505 | |||||
1506 | /// EmitClassRef - Return a Value*, of type ObjCTypes.ClassPtrTy, | ||||
1507 | /// for the given class reference. | ||||
1508 | llvm::Value *EmitClassRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1509 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); | ||||
1510 | |||||
1511 | llvm::Value *EmitClassRefFromId(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1512 | IdentifierInfo *II, | ||||
1513 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); | ||||
1514 | |||||
1515 | llvm::Value *EmitNSAutoreleasePoolClassRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF) override; | ||||
1516 | |||||
1517 | /// EmitSuperClassRef - Return a Value*, of type ObjCTypes.ClassPtrTy, | ||||
1518 | /// for the given super class reference. | ||||
1519 | llvm::Value *EmitSuperClassRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1520 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); | ||||
1521 | |||||
1522 | /// EmitMetaClassRef - Return a Value * of the address of _class_t | ||||
1523 | /// meta-data | ||||
1524 | llvm::Value *EmitMetaClassRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1525 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, bool Weak); | ||||
1526 | |||||
1527 | /// ObjCIvarOffsetVariable - Returns the ivar offset variable for | ||||
1528 | /// the given ivar. | ||||
1529 | /// | ||||
1530 | llvm::GlobalVariable * ObjCIvarOffsetVariable( | ||||
1531 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, | ||||
1532 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar); | ||||
1533 | |||||
1534 | /// EmitSelector - Return a Value*, of type ObjCTypes.SelectorPtrTy, | ||||
1535 | /// for the given selector. | ||||
1536 | llvm::Value *EmitSelector(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Selector Sel); | ||||
1537 | Address EmitSelectorAddr(Selector Sel); | ||||
1538 | |||||
1539 | /// GetInterfaceEHType - Get the cached ehtype for the given Objective-C | ||||
1540 | /// interface. The return value has type EHTypePtrTy. | ||||
1541 | llvm::Constant *GetInterfaceEHType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, | ||||
1542 | ForDefinition_t IsForDefinition); | ||||
1543 | |||||
1544 | StringRef getMetaclassSymbolPrefix() const { return "OBJC_METACLASS_$_"; } | ||||
1545 | |||||
1546 | StringRef getClassSymbolPrefix() const { return "OBJC_CLASS_$_"; } | ||||
1547 | |||||
1548 | void GetClassSizeInfo(const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID, | ||||
1549 | uint32_t &InstanceStart, | ||||
1550 | uint32_t &InstanceSize); | ||||
1551 | |||||
1552 | // Shamelessly stolen from Analysis/CFRefCount.cpp | ||||
1553 | Selector GetNullarySelector(const char* name) const { | ||||
1554 | IdentifierInfo* II = &CGM.getContext().Idents.get(name); | ||||
1555 | return CGM.getContext().Selectors.getSelector(0, &II); | ||||
1556 | } | ||||
1557 | |||||
1558 | Selector GetUnarySelector(const char* name) const { | ||||
1559 | IdentifierInfo* II = &CGM.getContext().Idents.get(name); | ||||
1560 | return CGM.getContext().Selectors.getSelector(1, &II); | ||||
1561 | } | ||||
1562 | |||||
1563 | /// ImplementationIsNonLazy - Check whether the given category or | ||||
1564 | /// class implementation is "non-lazy". | ||||
1565 | bool ImplementationIsNonLazy(const ObjCImplDecl *OD) const; | ||||
1566 | |||||
1567 | bool IsIvarOffsetKnownIdempotent(const CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1568 | const ObjCIvarDecl *IV) { | ||||
1569 | // Annotate the load as an invariant load iff inside an instance method | ||||
1570 | // and ivar belongs to instance method's class and one of its super class. | ||||
1571 | // This check is needed because the ivar offset is a lazily | ||||
1572 | // initialised value that may depend on objc_msgSend to perform a fixup on | ||||
1573 | // the first message dispatch. | ||||
1574 | // | ||||
1575 | // An additional opportunity to mark the load as invariant arises when the | ||||
1576 | // base of the ivar access is a parameter to an Objective C method. | ||||
1577 | // However, because the parameters are not available in the current | ||||
1578 | // interface, we cannot perform this check. | ||||
1579 | // | ||||
1580 | // Note that for direct methods, because objc_msgSend is skipped, | ||||
1581 | // and that the method may be inlined, this optimization actually | ||||
1582 | // can't be performed. | ||||
1583 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = | ||||
1584 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(CGF.CurFuncDecl)) | ||||
1585 | if (MD->isInstanceMethod() && !MD->isDirectMethod()) | ||||
1586 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = MD->getClassInterface()) | ||||
1587 | return IV->getContainingInterface()->isSuperClassOf(ID); | ||||
1588 | return false; | ||||
1589 | } | ||||
1590 | |||||
1591 | bool isClassLayoutKnownStatically(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) { | ||||
1592 | // NSObject is a fixed size. If we can see the @implementation of a class | ||||
1593 | // which inherits from NSObject then we know that all it's offsets also must | ||||
1594 | // be fixed. FIXME: Can we do this if see a chain of super classes with | ||||
1595 | // implementations leading to NSObject? | ||||
1596 | return ID->getImplementation() && ID->getSuperClass() && | ||||
1597 | ID->getSuperClass()->getName() == "NSObject"; | ||||
1598 | } | ||||
1599 | |||||
1600 | public: | ||||
1601 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm); | ||||
1602 | |||||
1603 | llvm::Constant *getNSConstantStringClassRef() override; | ||||
1604 | |||||
1605 | llvm::Function *ModuleInitFunction() override; | ||||
1606 | |||||
1607 | CodeGen::RValue GenerateMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1608 | ReturnValueSlot Return, | ||||
1609 | QualType ResultType, Selector Sel, | ||||
1610 | llvm::Value *Receiver, | ||||
1611 | const CallArgList &CallArgs, | ||||
1612 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, | ||||
1613 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) override; | ||||
1614 | |||||
1615 | CodeGen::RValue | ||||
1616 | GenerateMessageSendSuper(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1617 | ReturnValueSlot Return, QualType ResultType, | ||||
1618 | Selector Sel, const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, | ||||
1619 | bool isCategoryImpl, llvm::Value *Receiver, | ||||
1620 | bool IsClassMessage, const CallArgList &CallArgs, | ||||
1621 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) override; | ||||
1622 | |||||
1623 | llvm::Value *GetClass(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1624 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) override; | ||||
1625 | |||||
1626 | llvm::Value *GetSelector(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Selector Sel) override | ||||
1627 | { return EmitSelector(CGF, Sel); } | ||||
1628 | Address GetAddrOfSelector(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Selector Sel) override | ||||
1629 | { return EmitSelectorAddr(Sel); } | ||||
1630 | |||||
1631 | /// The NeXT/Apple runtimes do not support typed selectors; just emit an | ||||
1632 | /// untyped one. | ||||
1633 | llvm::Value *GetSelector(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1634 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) override | ||||
1635 | { return EmitSelector(CGF, Method->getSelector()); } | ||||
1636 | |||||
1637 | void GenerateCategory(const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CMD) override; | ||||
1638 | |||||
1639 | void GenerateClass(const ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassDecl) override; | ||||
1640 | |||||
1641 | void RegisterAlias(const ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *OAD) override {} | ||||
1642 | |||||
1643 | llvm::Value *GenerateProtocolRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1644 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) override; | ||||
1645 | |||||
1646 | llvm::Constant *GetEHType(QualType T) override; | ||||
1647 | |||||
1648 | llvm::FunctionCallee GetPropertyGetFunction() override { | ||||
1649 | return ObjCTypes.getGetPropertyFn(); | ||||
1650 | } | ||||
1651 | llvm::FunctionCallee GetPropertySetFunction() override { | ||||
1652 | return ObjCTypes.getSetPropertyFn(); | ||||
1653 | } | ||||
1654 | |||||
1655 | llvm::FunctionCallee GetOptimizedPropertySetFunction(bool atomic, | ||||
1656 | bool copy) override { | ||||
1657 | return ObjCTypes.getOptimizedSetPropertyFn(atomic, copy); | ||||
1658 | } | ||||
1659 | |||||
1660 | llvm::FunctionCallee GetSetStructFunction() override { | ||||
1661 | return ObjCTypes.getCopyStructFn(); | ||||
1662 | } | ||||
1663 | |||||
1664 | llvm::FunctionCallee GetGetStructFunction() override { | ||||
1665 | return ObjCTypes.getCopyStructFn(); | ||||
1666 | } | ||||
1667 | |||||
1668 | llvm::FunctionCallee GetCppAtomicObjectSetFunction() override { | ||||
1669 | return ObjCTypes.getCppAtomicObjectFunction(); | ||||
1670 | } | ||||
1671 | |||||
1672 | llvm::FunctionCallee GetCppAtomicObjectGetFunction() override { | ||||
1673 | return ObjCTypes.getCppAtomicObjectFunction(); | ||||
1674 | } | ||||
1675 | |||||
1676 | llvm::FunctionCallee EnumerationMutationFunction() override { | ||||
1677 | return ObjCTypes.getEnumerationMutationFn(); | ||||
1678 | } | ||||
1679 | |||||
1680 | void EmitTryStmt(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1681 | const ObjCAtTryStmt &S) override; | ||||
1682 | void EmitSynchronizedStmt(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1683 | const ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt &S) override; | ||||
1684 | void EmitThrowStmt(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, const ObjCAtThrowStmt &S, | ||||
1685 | bool ClearInsertionPoint=true) override; | ||||
1686 | llvm::Value * EmitObjCWeakRead(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1687 | Address AddrWeakObj) override; | ||||
1688 | void EmitObjCWeakAssign(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1689 | llvm::Value *src, Address edst) override; | ||||
1690 | void EmitObjCGlobalAssign(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1691 | llvm::Value *src, Address dest, | ||||
1692 | bool threadlocal = false) override; | ||||
1693 | void EmitObjCIvarAssign(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1694 | llvm::Value *src, Address dest, | ||||
1695 | llvm::Value *ivarOffset) override; | ||||
1696 | void EmitObjCStrongCastAssign(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1697 | llvm::Value *src, Address dest) override; | ||||
1698 | void EmitGCMemmoveCollectable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1699 | Address dest, Address src, | ||||
1700 | llvm::Value *size) override; | ||||
1701 | LValue EmitObjCValueForIvar(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, QualType ObjectTy, | ||||
1702 | llvm::Value *BaseValue, const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar, | ||||
1703 | unsigned CVRQualifiers) override; | ||||
1704 | llvm::Value *EmitIvarOffset(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1705 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface, | ||||
1706 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar) override; | ||||
1707 | }; | ||||
1708 | |||||
1709 | /// A helper class for performing the null-initialization of a return | ||||
1710 | /// value. | ||||
1711 | struct NullReturnState { | ||||
1712 | llvm::BasicBlock *NullBB; | ||||
1713 | NullReturnState() : NullBB(nullptr) {} | ||||
1714 | |||||
1715 | /// Perform a null-check of the given receiver. | ||||
1716 | void init(CodeGenFunction &CGF, llvm::Value *receiver) { | ||||
1717 | // Make blocks for the null-receiver and call edges. | ||||
1718 | NullBB = CGF.createBasicBlock("msgSend.null-receiver"); | ||||
1719 | llvm::BasicBlock *callBB = CGF.createBasicBlock("msgSend.call"); | ||||
1720 | |||||
1721 | // Check for a null receiver and, if there is one, jump to the | ||||
1722 | // null-receiver block. There's no point in trying to avoid it: | ||||
1723 | // we're always going to put *something* there, because otherwise | ||||
1724 | // we shouldn't have done this null-check in the first place. | ||||
1725 | llvm::Value *isNull = CGF.Builder.CreateIsNull(receiver); | ||||
1726 | CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(isNull, NullBB, callBB); | ||||
1727 | |||||
1728 | // Otherwise, start performing the call. | ||||
1729 | CGF.EmitBlock(callBB); | ||||
1730 | } | ||||
1731 | |||||
1732 | /// Complete the null-return operation. It is valid to call this | ||||
1733 | /// regardless of whether 'init' has been called. | ||||
1734 | RValue complete(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1735 | ReturnValueSlot returnSlot, | ||||
1736 | RValue result, | ||||
1737 | QualType resultType, | ||||
1738 | const CallArgList &CallArgs, | ||||
1739 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||
1740 | // If we never had to do a null-check, just use the raw result. | ||||
1741 | if (!NullBB) return result; | ||||
1742 | |||||
1743 | // The continuation block. This will be left null if we don't have an | ||||
1744 | // IP, which can happen if the method we're calling is marked noreturn. | ||||
1745 | llvm::BasicBlock *contBB = nullptr; | ||||
1746 | |||||
1747 | // Finish the call path. | ||||
1748 | llvm::BasicBlock *callBB = CGF.Builder.GetInsertBlock(); | ||||
1749 | if (callBB) { | ||||
1750 | contBB = CGF.createBasicBlock("msgSend.cont"); | ||||
1751 | CGF.Builder.CreateBr(contBB); | ||||
1752 | } | ||||
1753 | |||||
1754 | // Okay, start emitting the null-receiver block. | ||||
1755 | CGF.EmitBlock(NullBB); | ||||
1756 | |||||
1757 | // Destroy any consumed arguments we've got. | ||||
1758 | if (Method) { | ||||
1759 | CGObjCRuntime::destroyCalleeDestroyedArguments(CGF, Method, CallArgs); | ||||
1760 | } | ||||
1761 | |||||
1762 | // The phi code below assumes that we haven't needed any control flow yet. | ||||
1763 | assert(CGF.Builder.GetInsertBlock() == NullBB)(static_cast <bool> (CGF.Builder.GetInsertBlock() == NullBB ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CGF.Builder.GetInsertBlock() == NullBB" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 1763, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
1764 | |||||
1765 | // If we've got a void return, just jump to the continuation block. | ||||
1766 | if (result.isScalar() && resultType->isVoidType()) { | ||||
1767 | // No jumps required if the message-send was noreturn. | ||||
1768 | if (contBB) CGF.EmitBlock(contBB); | ||||
1769 | return result; | ||||
1770 | } | ||||
1771 | |||||
1772 | // If we've got a scalar return, build a phi. | ||||
1773 | if (result.isScalar()) { | ||||
1774 | // Derive the null-initialization value. | ||||
1775 | llvm::Value *null = | ||||
1776 | CGF.EmitFromMemory(CGF.CGM.EmitNullConstant(resultType), resultType); | ||||
1777 | |||||
1778 | // If no join is necessary, just flow out. | ||||
1779 | if (!contBB) return RValue::get(null); | ||||
1780 | |||||
1781 | // Otherwise, build a phi. | ||||
1782 | CGF.EmitBlock(contBB); | ||||
1783 | llvm::PHINode *phi = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(null->getType(), 2); | ||||
1784 | phi->addIncoming(result.getScalarVal(), callBB); | ||||
1785 | phi->addIncoming(null, NullBB); | ||||
1786 | return RValue::get(phi); | ||||
1787 | } | ||||
1788 | |||||
1789 | // If we've got an aggregate return, null the buffer out. | ||||
1790 | // FIXME: maybe we should be doing things differently for all the | ||||
1791 | // cases where the ABI has us returning (1) non-agg values in | ||||
1792 | // memory or (2) agg values in registers. | ||||
1793 | if (result.isAggregate()) { | ||||
1794 | assert(result.isAggregate() && "null init of non-aggregate result?")(static_cast <bool> (result.isAggregate() && "null init of non-aggregate result?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("result.isAggregate() && \"null init of non-aggregate result?\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 1794, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
1795 | if (!returnSlot.isUnused()) | ||||
1796 | CGF.EmitNullInitialization(result.getAggregateAddress(), resultType); | ||||
1797 | if (contBB) CGF.EmitBlock(contBB); | ||||
1798 | return result; | ||||
1799 | } | ||||
1800 | |||||
1801 | // Complex types. | ||||
1802 | CGF.EmitBlock(contBB); | ||||
1803 | CodeGenFunction::ComplexPairTy callResult = result.getComplexVal(); | ||||
1804 | |||||
1805 | // Find the scalar type and its zero value. | ||||
1806 | llvm::Type *scalarTy = callResult.first->getType(); | ||||
1807 | llvm::Constant *scalarZero = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(scalarTy); | ||||
1808 | |||||
1809 | // Build phis for both coordinates. | ||||
1810 | llvm::PHINode *real = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(scalarTy, 2); | ||||
1811 | real->addIncoming(callResult.first, callBB); | ||||
1812 | real->addIncoming(scalarZero, NullBB); | ||||
1813 | llvm::PHINode *imag = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(scalarTy, 2); | ||||
1814 | imag->addIncoming(callResult.second, callBB); | ||||
1815 | imag->addIncoming(scalarZero, NullBB); | ||||
1816 | return RValue::getComplex(real, imag); | ||||
1817 | } | ||||
1818 | }; | ||||
1819 | |||||
1820 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
1821 | |||||
1822 | /* *** Helper Functions *** */ | ||||
1823 | |||||
1824 | /// getConstantGEP() - Help routine to construct simple GEPs. | ||||
1825 | static llvm::Constant *getConstantGEP(llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext, | ||||
1826 | llvm::GlobalVariable *C, unsigned idx0, | ||||
1827 | unsigned idx1) { | ||||
1828 | llvm::Value *Idxs[] = { | ||||
1829 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(VMContext), idx0), | ||||
1830 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(VMContext), idx1) | ||||
1831 | }; | ||||
1832 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(C->getValueType(), C, Idxs); | ||||
1833 | } | ||||
1834 | |||||
1835 | /// hasObjCExceptionAttribute - Return true if this class or any super | ||||
1836 | /// class has the __objc_exception__ attribute. | ||||
1837 | static bool hasObjCExceptionAttribute(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
1838 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OID) { | ||||
1839 | if (OID->hasAttr<ObjCExceptionAttr>()) | ||||
1840 | return true; | ||||
1841 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = OID->getSuperClass()) | ||||
1842 | return hasObjCExceptionAttribute(Context, Super); | ||||
1843 | return false; | ||||
1844 | } | ||||
1845 | |||||
1846 | static llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes | ||||
1847 | getLinkageTypeForObjCMetadata(CodeGenModule &CGM, StringRef Section) { | ||||
1848 | if (CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO() && | ||||
1849 | (Section.empty() || Section.startswith("__DATA"))) | ||||
1850 | return llvm::GlobalValue::InternalLinkage; | ||||
1851 | return llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage; | ||||
1852 | } | ||||
1853 | |||||
1854 | /// A helper function to create an internal or private global variable. | ||||
1855 | static llvm::GlobalVariable * | ||||
1856 | finishAndCreateGlobal(ConstantInitBuilder::StructBuilder &Builder, | ||||
1857 | const llvm::Twine &Name, CodeGenModule &CGM) { | ||||
1858 | std::string SectionName; | ||||
1859 | if (CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO()) | ||||
1860 | SectionName = "__DATA, __objc_const"; | ||||
1861 | auto *GV = Builder.finishAndCreateGlobal( | ||||
1862 | Name, CGM.getPointerAlign(), /*constant*/ false, | ||||
1863 | getLinkageTypeForObjCMetadata(CGM, SectionName)); | ||||
1864 | GV->setSection(SectionName); | ||||
1865 | return GV; | ||||
1866 | } | ||||
1867 | |||||
1868 | /* *** CGObjCMac Public Interface *** */ | ||||
1869 | |||||
1870 | CGObjCMac::CGObjCMac(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm) : CGObjCCommonMac(cgm), | ||||
1871 | ObjCTypes(cgm) { | ||||
1872 | ObjCABI = 1; | ||||
1873 | EmitImageInfo(); | ||||
1874 | } | ||||
1875 | |||||
1876 | /// GetClass - Return a reference to the class for the given interface | ||||
1877 | /// decl. | ||||
1878 | llvm::Value *CGObjCMac::GetClass(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
1879 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) { | ||||
1880 | return EmitClassRef(CGF, ID); | ||||
1881 | } | ||||
1882 | |||||
1883 | /// GetSelector - Return the pointer to the unique'd string for this selector. | ||||
1884 | llvm::Value *CGObjCMac::GetSelector(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Selector Sel) { | ||||
1885 | return EmitSelector(CGF, Sel); | ||||
1886 | } | ||||
1887 | Address CGObjCMac::GetAddrOfSelector(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Selector Sel) { | ||||
1888 | return EmitSelectorAddr(Sel); | ||||
1889 | } | ||||
1890 | llvm::Value *CGObjCMac::GetSelector(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const ObjCMethodDecl | ||||
1891 | *Method) { | ||||
1892 | return EmitSelector(CGF, Method->getSelector()); | ||||
1893 | } | ||||
1894 | |||||
1895 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCMac::GetEHType(QualType T) { | ||||
1896 | if (T->isObjCIdType() || | ||||
1897 | T->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { | ||||
1898 | return CGM.GetAddrOfRTTIDescriptor( | ||||
1899 | CGM.getContext().getObjCIdRedefinitionType(), /*ForEH=*/true); | ||||
1900 | } | ||||
1901 | if (T->isObjCClassType() || | ||||
1902 | T->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { | ||||
1903 | return CGM.GetAddrOfRTTIDescriptor( | ||||
1904 | CGM.getContext().getObjCClassRedefinitionType(), /*ForEH=*/true); | ||||
1905 | } | ||||
1906 | if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | ||||
1907 | return CGM.GetAddrOfRTTIDescriptor(T, /*ForEH=*/true); | ||||
1908 | |||||
1909 | llvm_unreachable("asking for catch type for ObjC type in fragile runtime")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("asking for catch type for ObjC type in fragile runtime" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 1909); | ||||
1910 | } | ||||
1911 | |||||
1912 | /// Generate a constant CFString object. | ||||
1913 | /* | ||||
1914 | struct __builtin_CFString { | ||||
1915 | const int *isa; // point to __CFConstantStringClassReference | ||||
1916 | int flags; | ||||
1917 | const char *str; | ||||
1918 | long length; | ||||
1919 | }; | ||||
1920 | */ | ||||
1921 | |||||
1922 | /// or Generate a constant NSString object. | ||||
1923 | /* | ||||
1924 | struct __builtin_NSString { | ||||
1925 | const int *isa; // point to __NSConstantStringClassReference | ||||
1926 | const char *str; | ||||
1927 | unsigned int length; | ||||
1928 | }; | ||||
1929 | */ | ||||
1930 | |||||
1931 | ConstantAddress | ||||
1932 | CGObjCCommonMac::GenerateConstantString(const StringLiteral *SL) { | ||||
1933 | return (!CGM.getLangOpts().NoConstantCFStrings | ||||
1934 | ? CGM.GetAddrOfConstantCFString(SL) | ||||
1935 | : GenerateConstantNSString(SL)); | ||||
1936 | } | ||||
1937 | |||||
1938 | static llvm::StringMapEntry<llvm::GlobalVariable *> & | ||||
1939 | GetConstantStringEntry(llvm::StringMap<llvm::GlobalVariable *> &Map, | ||||
1940 | const StringLiteral *Literal, unsigned &StringLength) { | ||||
1941 | StringRef String = Literal->getString(); | ||||
1942 | StringLength = String.size(); | ||||
1943 | return *Map.insert(std::make_pair(String, nullptr)).first; | ||||
1944 | } | ||||
1945 | |||||
1946 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCMac::getNSConstantStringClassRef() { | ||||
1947 | if (llvm::Value *V = ConstantStringClassRef) | ||||
1948 | return cast<llvm::Constant>(V); | ||||
1949 | |||||
1950 | auto &StringClass = CGM.getLangOpts().ObjCConstantStringClass; | ||||
1951 | std::string str = | ||||
1952 | StringClass.empty() ? "_NSConstantStringClassReference" | ||||
1953 | : "_" + StringClass + "ClassReference"; | ||||
1954 | |||||
1955 | llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(CGM.IntTy, 0); | ||||
1956 | auto GV = CGM.CreateRuntimeVariable(PTy, str); | ||||
1957 | auto V = llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, CGM.IntTy->getPointerTo()); | ||||
1958 | ConstantStringClassRef = V; | ||||
1959 | return V; | ||||
1960 | } | ||||
1961 | |||||
1962 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::getNSConstantStringClassRef() { | ||||
1963 | if (llvm::Value *V = ConstantStringClassRef) | ||||
1964 | return cast<llvm::Constant>(V); | ||||
1965 | |||||
1966 | auto &StringClass = CGM.getLangOpts().ObjCConstantStringClass; | ||||
1967 | std::string str = | ||||
1968 | StringClass.empty() ? "OBJC_CLASS_$_NSConstantString" | ||||
1969 | : "OBJC_CLASS_$_" + StringClass; | ||||
1970 | llvm::Constant *GV = GetClassGlobal(str, NotForDefinition); | ||||
1971 | |||||
1972 | // Make sure the result is of the correct type. | ||||
1973 | auto V = llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, CGM.IntTy->getPointerTo()); | ||||
1974 | |||||
1975 | ConstantStringClassRef = V; | ||||
1976 | return V; | ||||
1977 | } | ||||
1978 | |||||
1979 | ConstantAddress | ||||
1980 | CGObjCCommonMac::GenerateConstantNSString(const StringLiteral *Literal) { | ||||
1981 | unsigned StringLength = 0; | ||||
1982 | llvm::StringMapEntry<llvm::GlobalVariable *> &Entry = | ||||
1983 | GetConstantStringEntry(NSConstantStringMap, Literal, StringLength); | ||||
1984 | |||||
1985 | if (auto *C = Entry.second) | ||||
1986 | return ConstantAddress( | ||||
1987 | C, C->getValueType(), CharUnits::fromQuantity(C->getAlignment())); | ||||
1988 | |||||
1989 | // If we don't already have it, get _NSConstantStringClassReference. | ||||
1990 | llvm::Constant *Class = getNSConstantStringClassRef(); | ||||
1991 | |||||
1992 | // If we don't already have it, construct the type for a constant NSString. | ||||
1993 | if (!NSConstantStringType) { | ||||
1994 | NSConstantStringType = | ||||
1995 | llvm::StructType::create({ | ||||
1996 | CGM.Int32Ty->getPointerTo(), | ||||
1997 | CGM.Int8PtrTy, | ||||
1998 | CGM.IntTy | ||||
1999 | }, "struct.__builtin_NSString"); | ||||
2000 | } | ||||
2001 | |||||
2002 | ConstantInitBuilder Builder(CGM); | ||||
2003 | auto Fields = Builder.beginStruct(NSConstantStringType); | ||||
2004 | |||||
2005 | // Class pointer. | ||||
2006 | Fields.add(Class); | ||||
2007 | |||||
2008 | // String pointer. | ||||
2009 | llvm::Constant *C = | ||||
2010 | llvm::ConstantDataArray::getString(VMContext, Entry.first()); | ||||
2011 | |||||
2012 | llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes Linkage = llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage; | ||||
2013 | bool isConstant = !CGM.getLangOpts().WritableStrings; | ||||
2014 | |||||
2015 | auto *GV = new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), C->getType(), isConstant, | ||||
2016 | Linkage, C, ".str"); | ||||
2017 | GV->setUnnamedAddr(llvm::GlobalValue::UnnamedAddr::Global); | ||||
2018 | // Don't enforce the target's minimum global alignment, since the only use | ||||
2019 | // of the string is via this class initializer. | ||||
2020 | GV->setAlignment(llvm::Align(1)); | ||||
2021 | Fields.addBitCast(GV, CGM.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
2022 | |||||
2023 | // String length. | ||||
2024 | Fields.addInt(CGM.IntTy, StringLength); | ||||
2025 | |||||
2026 | // The struct. | ||||
2027 | CharUnits Alignment = CGM.getPointerAlign(); | ||||
2028 | GV = Fields.finishAndCreateGlobal("_unnamed_nsstring_", Alignment, | ||||
2029 | /*constant*/ true, | ||||
2030 | llvm::GlobalVariable::PrivateLinkage); | ||||
2031 | const char *NSStringSection = "__OBJC,__cstring_object,regular,no_dead_strip"; | ||||
2032 | const char *NSStringNonFragileABISection = | ||||
2033 | "__DATA,__objc_stringobj,regular,no_dead_strip"; | ||||
2034 | // FIXME. Fix section. | ||||
2035 | GV->setSection(CGM.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() | ||||
2036 | ? NSStringNonFragileABISection | ||||
2037 | : NSStringSection); | ||||
2038 | Entry.second = GV; | ||||
2039 | |||||
2040 | return ConstantAddress(GV, GV->getValueType(), Alignment); | ||||
2041 | } | ||||
2042 | |||||
2043 | enum { | ||||
2044 | kCFTaggedObjectID_Integer = (1 << 1) + 1 | ||||
2045 | }; | ||||
2046 | |||||
2047 | /// Generates a message send where the super is the receiver. This is | ||||
2048 | /// a message send to self with special delivery semantics indicating | ||||
2049 | /// which class's method should be called. | ||||
2050 | CodeGen::RValue | ||||
2051 | CGObjCMac::GenerateMessageSendSuper(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
2052 | ReturnValueSlot Return, | ||||
2053 | QualType ResultType, | ||||
2054 | Selector Sel, | ||||
2055 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, | ||||
2056 | bool isCategoryImpl, | ||||
2057 | llvm::Value *Receiver, | ||||
2058 | bool IsClassMessage, | ||||
2059 | const CodeGen::CallArgList &CallArgs, | ||||
2060 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||
2061 | // Create and init a super structure; this is a (receiver, class) | ||||
2062 | // pair we will pass to objc_msgSendSuper. | ||||
2063 | Address ObjCSuper = | ||||
2064 | CGF.CreateTempAlloca(ObjCTypes.SuperTy, CGF.getPointerAlign(), | ||||
2065 | "objc_super"); | ||||
2066 | llvm::Value *ReceiverAsObject = | ||||
2067 | CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Receiver, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
2068 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(ReceiverAsObject, | ||||
2069 | CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ObjCSuper, 0)); | ||||
2070 | |||||
2071 | // If this is a class message the metaclass is passed as the target. | ||||
2072 | llvm::Type *ClassTyPtr = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ObjCTypes.ClassTy); | ||||
2073 | llvm::Value *Target; | ||||
2074 | if (IsClassMessage) { | ||||
2075 | if (isCategoryImpl) { | ||||
2076 | // Message sent to 'super' in a class method defined in a category | ||||
2077 | // implementation requires an odd treatment. | ||||
2078 | // If we are in a class method, we must retrieve the | ||||
2079 | // _metaclass_ for the current class, pointed at by | ||||
2080 | // the class's "isa" pointer. The following assumes that | ||||
2081 | // isa" is the first ivar in a class (which it must be). | ||||
2082 | Target = EmitClassRef(CGF, Class->getSuperClass()); | ||||
2083 | Target = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ObjCTypes.ClassTy, Target, 0); | ||||
2084 | Target = CGF.Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(ClassTyPtr, Target, | ||||
2085 | CGF.getPointerAlign()); | ||||
2086 | } else { | ||||
2087 | llvm::Constant *MetaClassPtr = EmitMetaClassRef(Class); | ||||
2088 | llvm::Value *SuperPtr = | ||||
2089 | CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ObjCTypes.ClassTy, MetaClassPtr, 1); | ||||
2090 | llvm::Value *Super = CGF.Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(ClassTyPtr, SuperPtr, | ||||
2091 | CGF.getPointerAlign()); | ||||
2092 | Target = Super; | ||||
2093 | } | ||||
2094 | } else if (isCategoryImpl) | ||||
2095 | Target = EmitClassRef(CGF, Class->getSuperClass()); | ||||
2096 | else { | ||||
2097 | llvm::Value *ClassPtr = EmitSuperClassRef(Class); | ||||
2098 | ClassPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ObjCTypes.ClassTy, ClassPtr, 1); | ||||
2099 | Target = CGF.Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(ClassTyPtr, ClassPtr, | ||||
2100 | CGF.getPointerAlign()); | ||||
2101 | } | ||||
2102 | // FIXME: We shouldn't need to do this cast, rectify the ASTContext and | ||||
2103 | // ObjCTypes types. | ||||
2104 | llvm::Type *ClassTy = | ||||
2105 | CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(CGF.getContext().getObjCClassType()); | ||||
2106 | Target = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Target, ClassTy); | ||||
2107 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Target, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ObjCSuper, 1)); | ||||
2108 | return EmitMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType, Sel, ObjCSuper.getPointer(), | ||||
2109 | ObjCTypes.SuperPtrCTy, true, CallArgs, Method, Class, | ||||
2110 | ObjCTypes); | ||||
2111 | } | ||||
2112 | |||||
2113 | /// Generate code for a message send expression. | ||||
2114 | CodeGen::RValue CGObjCMac::GenerateMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
2115 | ReturnValueSlot Return, | ||||
2116 | QualType ResultType, | ||||
2117 | Selector Sel, | ||||
2118 | llvm::Value *Receiver, | ||||
2119 | const CallArgList &CallArgs, | ||||
2120 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, | ||||
2121 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||
2122 | return EmitMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType, Sel, Receiver, | ||||
2123 | CGF.getContext().getObjCIdType(), false, CallArgs, | ||||
2124 | Method, Class, ObjCTypes); | ||||
2125 | } | ||||
2126 | |||||
2127 | CodeGen::RValue | ||||
2128 | CGObjCCommonMac::EmitMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
2129 | ReturnValueSlot Return, | ||||
2130 | QualType ResultType, | ||||
2131 | Selector Sel, | ||||
2132 | llvm::Value *Arg0, | ||||
2133 | QualType Arg0Ty, | ||||
2134 | bool IsSuper, | ||||
2135 | const CallArgList &CallArgs, | ||||
2136 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||
2137 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver, | ||||
2138 | const ObjCCommonTypesHelper &ObjCTypes) { | ||||
2139 | CodeGenTypes &Types = CGM.getTypes(); | ||||
2140 | auto selTy = CGF.getContext().getObjCSelType(); | ||||
2141 | llvm::Value *SelValue; | ||||
2142 | |||||
2143 | if (Method && Method->isDirectMethod()) { | ||||
2144 | // Direct methods will synthesize the proper `_cmd` internally, | ||||
2145 | // so just don't bother with setting the `_cmd` argument. | ||||
2146 | assert(!IsSuper)(static_cast <bool> (!IsSuper) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsSuper", "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 2146, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2147 | SelValue = llvm::UndefValue::get(Types.ConvertType(selTy)); | ||||
2148 | } else { | ||||
2149 | SelValue = GetSelector(CGF, Sel); | ||||
2150 | } | ||||
2151 | |||||
2152 | CallArgList ActualArgs; | ||||
2153 | if (!IsSuper) | ||||
2154 | Arg0 = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Arg0, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
2155 | ActualArgs.add(RValue::get(Arg0), Arg0Ty); | ||||
2156 | ActualArgs.add(RValue::get(SelValue), selTy); | ||||
2157 | ActualArgs.addFrom(CallArgs); | ||||
2158 | |||||
2159 | // If we're calling a method, use the formal signature. | ||||
2160 | MessageSendInfo MSI = getMessageSendInfo(Method, ResultType, ActualArgs); | ||||
2161 | |||||
2162 | if (Method) | ||||
2163 | assert(CGM.getContext().getCanonicalType(Method->getReturnType()) ==(static_cast <bool> (CGM.getContext().getCanonicalType( Method->getReturnType()) == CGM.getContext().getCanonicalType (ResultType) && "Result type mismatch!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CGM.getContext().getCanonicalType(Method->getReturnType()) == CGM.getContext().getCanonicalType(ResultType) && \"Result type mismatch!\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 2165, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
2164 | CGM.getContext().getCanonicalType(ResultType) &&(static_cast <bool> (CGM.getContext().getCanonicalType( Method->getReturnType()) == CGM.getContext().getCanonicalType (ResultType) && "Result type mismatch!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CGM.getContext().getCanonicalType(Method->getReturnType()) == CGM.getContext().getCanonicalType(ResultType) && \"Result type mismatch!\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 2165, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
2165 | "Result type mismatch!")(static_cast <bool> (CGM.getContext().getCanonicalType( Method->getReturnType()) == CGM.getContext().getCanonicalType (ResultType) && "Result type mismatch!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CGM.getContext().getCanonicalType(Method->getReturnType()) == CGM.getContext().getCanonicalType(ResultType) && \"Result type mismatch!\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 2165, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
2166 | |||||
2167 | bool ReceiverCanBeNull = | ||||
2168 | canMessageReceiverBeNull(CGF, Method, IsSuper, ClassReceiver, Arg0); | ||||
2169 | |||||
2170 | bool RequiresNullCheck = false; | ||||
2171 | |||||
2172 | llvm::FunctionCallee Fn = nullptr; | ||||
2173 | if (Method && Method->isDirectMethod()) { | ||||
2174 | Fn = GenerateDirectMethod(Method, Method->getClassInterface()); | ||||
2175 | } else if (CGM.ReturnSlotInterferesWithArgs(MSI.CallInfo)) { | ||||
2176 | if (ReceiverCanBeNull) RequiresNullCheck = true; | ||||
2177 | Fn = (ObjCABI == 2) ? ObjCTypes.getSendStretFn2(IsSuper) | ||||
2178 | : ObjCTypes.getSendStretFn(IsSuper); | ||||
2179 | } else if (CGM.ReturnTypeUsesFPRet(ResultType)) { | ||||
2180 | Fn = (ObjCABI == 2) ? ObjCTypes.getSendFpretFn2(IsSuper) | ||||
2181 | : ObjCTypes.getSendFpretFn(IsSuper); | ||||
2182 | } else if (CGM.ReturnTypeUsesFP2Ret(ResultType)) { | ||||
2183 | Fn = (ObjCABI == 2) ? ObjCTypes.getSendFp2RetFn2(IsSuper) | ||||
2184 | : ObjCTypes.getSendFp2retFn(IsSuper); | ||||
2185 | } else { | ||||
2186 | // arm64 uses objc_msgSend for stret methods and yet null receiver check | ||||
2187 | // must be made for it. | ||||
2188 | if (ReceiverCanBeNull && CGM.ReturnTypeUsesSRet(MSI.CallInfo)) | ||||
2189 | RequiresNullCheck = true; | ||||
2190 | Fn = (ObjCABI == 2) ? ObjCTypes.getSendFn2(IsSuper) | ||||
2191 | : ObjCTypes.getSendFn(IsSuper); | ||||
2192 | } | ||||
2193 | |||||
2194 | // Cast function to proper signature | ||||
2195 | llvm::Constant *BitcastFn = cast<llvm::Constant>( | ||||
2196 | CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Fn.getCallee(), MSI.MessengerType)); | ||||
2197 | |||||
2198 | // We don't need to emit a null check to zero out an indirect result if the | ||||
2199 | // result is ignored. | ||||
2200 | if (Return.isUnused()) | ||||
2201 | RequiresNullCheck = false; | ||||
2202 | |||||
2203 | // Emit a null-check if there's a consumed argument other than the receiver. | ||||
2204 | if (!RequiresNullCheck && Method && Method->hasParamDestroyedInCallee()) | ||||
2205 | RequiresNullCheck = true; | ||||
2206 | |||||
2207 | NullReturnState nullReturn; | ||||
2208 | if (RequiresNullCheck) { | ||||
2209 | nullReturn.init(CGF, Arg0); | ||||
2210 | } | ||||
2211 | |||||
2212 | llvm::CallBase *CallSite; | ||||
2213 | CGCallee Callee = CGCallee::forDirect(BitcastFn); | ||||
2214 | RValue rvalue = CGF.EmitCall(MSI.CallInfo, Callee, Return, ActualArgs, | ||||
2215 | &CallSite); | ||||
2216 | |||||
2217 | // Mark the call as noreturn if the method is marked noreturn and the | ||||
2218 | // receiver cannot be null. | ||||
2219 | if (Method && Method->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>() && !ReceiverCanBeNull) { | ||||
2220 | CallSite->setDoesNotReturn(); | ||||
2221 | } | ||||
2222 | |||||
2223 | return nullReturn.complete(CGF, Return, rvalue, ResultType, CallArgs, | ||||
2224 | RequiresNullCheck ? Method : nullptr); | ||||
2225 | } | ||||
2226 | |||||
2227 | static Qualifiers::GC GetGCAttrTypeForType(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType FQT, | ||||
2228 | bool pointee = false) { | ||||
2229 | // Note that GC qualification applies recursively to C pointer types | ||||
2230 | // that aren't otherwise decorated. This is weird, but it's probably | ||||
2231 | // an intentional workaround to the unreliable placement of GC qualifiers. | ||||
2232 | if (FQT.isObjCGCStrong()) | ||||
2233 | return Qualifiers::Strong; | ||||
2234 | |||||
2235 | if (FQT.isObjCGCWeak()) | ||||
2236 | return Qualifiers::Weak; | ||||
2237 | |||||
2238 | if (auto ownership = FQT.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||
2239 | // Ownership does not apply recursively to C pointer types. | ||||
2240 | if (pointee) return Qualifiers::GCNone; | ||||
2241 | switch (ownership) { | ||||
2242 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: return Qualifiers::Weak; | ||||
2243 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: return Qualifiers::Strong; | ||||
2244 | case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: return Qualifiers::GCNone; | ||||
2245 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: llvm_unreachable("autoreleasing ivar?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("autoreleasing ivar?", "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp" , 2245); | ||||
2246 | case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("known nonzero")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("known nonzero", "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp" , 2246); | ||||
2247 | } | ||||
2248 | llvm_unreachable("bad objc ownership")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad objc ownership", "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp" , 2248); | ||||
2249 | } | ||||
2250 | |||||
2251 | // Treat unqualified retainable pointers as strong. | ||||
2252 | if (FQT->isObjCObjectPointerType() || FQT->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||
2253 | return Qualifiers::Strong; | ||||
2254 | |||||
2255 | // Walk into C pointer types, but only in GC. | ||||
2256 | if (Ctx.getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) { | ||||
2257 | if (const PointerType *PT = FQT->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
2258 | return GetGCAttrTypeForType(Ctx, PT->getPointeeType(), /*pointee*/ true); | ||||
2259 | } | ||||
2260 | |||||
2261 | return Qualifiers::GCNone; | ||||
2262 | } | ||||
2263 | |||||
2264 | namespace { | ||||
2265 | struct IvarInfo { | ||||
2266 | CharUnits Offset; | ||||
2267 | uint64_t SizeInWords; | ||||
2268 | IvarInfo(CharUnits offset, uint64_t sizeInWords) | ||||
2269 | : Offset(offset), SizeInWords(sizeInWords) {} | ||||
2270 | |||||
2271 | // Allow sorting based on byte pos. | ||||
2272 | bool operator<(const IvarInfo &other) const { | ||||
2273 | return Offset < other.Offset; | ||||
2274 | } | ||||
2275 | }; | ||||
2276 | |||||
2277 | /// A helper class for building GC layout strings. | ||||
2278 | class IvarLayoutBuilder { | ||||
2279 | CodeGenModule &CGM; | ||||
2280 | |||||
2281 | /// The start of the layout. Offsets will be relative to this value, | ||||
2282 | /// and entries less than this value will be silently discarded. | ||||
2283 | CharUnits InstanceBegin; | ||||
2284 | |||||
2285 | /// The end of the layout. Offsets will never exceed this value. | ||||
2286 | CharUnits InstanceEnd; | ||||
2287 | |||||
2288 | /// Whether we're generating the strong layout or the weak layout. | ||||
2289 | bool ForStrongLayout; | ||||
2290 | |||||
2291 | /// Whether the offsets in IvarsInfo might be out-of-order. | ||||
2292 | bool IsDisordered = false; | ||||
2293 | |||||
2294 | llvm::SmallVector<IvarInfo, 8> IvarsInfo; | ||||
2295 | |||||
2296 | public: | ||||
2297 | IvarLayoutBuilder(CodeGenModule &CGM, CharUnits instanceBegin, | ||||
2298 | CharUnits instanceEnd, bool forStrongLayout) | ||||
2299 | : CGM(CGM), InstanceBegin(instanceBegin), InstanceEnd(instanceEnd), | ||||
2300 | ForStrongLayout(forStrongLayout) { | ||||
2301 | } | ||||
2302 | |||||
2303 | void visitRecord(const RecordType *RT, CharUnits offset); | ||||
2304 | |||||
2305 | template <class Iterator, class GetOffsetFn> | ||||
2306 | void visitAggregate(Iterator begin, Iterator end, | ||||
2307 | CharUnits aggrOffset, | ||||
2308 | const GetOffsetFn &getOffset); | ||||
2309 | |||||
2310 | void visitField(const FieldDecl *field, CharUnits offset); | ||||
2311 | |||||
2312 | /// Add the layout of a block implementation. | ||||
2313 | void visitBlock(const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo); | ||||
2314 | |||||
2315 | /// Is there any information for an interesting bitmap? | ||||
2316 | bool hasBitmapData() const { return !IvarsInfo.empty(); } | ||||
2317 | |||||
2318 | llvm::Constant *buildBitmap(CGObjCCommonMac &CGObjC, | ||||
2319 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned char> &buffer); | ||||
2320 | |||||
2321 | static void dump(ArrayRef<unsigned char> buffer) { | ||||
2322 | const unsigned char *s = buffer.data(); | ||||
2323 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = buffer.size(); i < e; i++) | ||||
2324 | if (!(s[i] & 0xf0)) | ||||
2325 | printf("0x0%x%s", s[i], s[i] != 0 ? ", " : ""); | ||||
2326 | else | ||||
2327 | printf("0x%x%s", s[i], s[i] != 0 ? ", " : ""); | ||||
2328 | printf("\n"); | ||||
2329 | } | ||||
2330 | }; | ||||
2331 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
2332 | |||||
2333 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCCommonMac::BuildGCBlockLayout(CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||
2334 | const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo) { | ||||
2335 | |||||
2336 | llvm::Constant *nullPtr = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(CGM.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
2337 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) | ||||
2338 | return nullPtr; | ||||
2339 | |||||
2340 | IvarLayoutBuilder builder(CGM, CharUnits::Zero(), blockInfo.BlockSize, | ||||
2341 | /*for strong layout*/ true); | ||||
2342 | |||||
2343 | builder.visitBlock(blockInfo); | ||||
2344 | |||||
2345 | if (!builder.hasBitmapData()) | ||||
2346 | return nullPtr; | ||||
2347 | |||||
2348 | llvm::SmallVector<unsigned char, 32> buffer; | ||||
2349 | llvm::Constant *C = builder.buildBitmap(*this, buffer); | ||||
2350 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().ObjCGCBitmapPrint && !buffer.empty()) { | ||||
2351 | printf("\n block variable layout for block: "); | ||||
2352 | builder.dump(buffer); | ||||
2353 | } | ||||
2354 | |||||
2355 | return C; | ||||
2356 | } | ||||
2357 | |||||
2358 | void IvarLayoutBuilder::visitBlock(const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo) { | ||||
2359 | // __isa is the first field in block descriptor and must assume by runtime's | ||||
2360 | // convention that it is GC'able. | ||||
2361 | IvarsInfo.push_back(IvarInfo(CharUnits::Zero(), 1)); | ||||
2362 | |||||
2363 | const BlockDecl *blockDecl = blockInfo.getBlockDecl(); | ||||
2364 | |||||
2365 | // Ignore the optional 'this' capture: C++ objects are not assumed | ||||
2366 | // to be GC'ed. | ||||
2367 | |||||
2368 | CharUnits lastFieldOffset; | ||||
2369 | |||||
2370 | // Walk the captured variables. | ||||
2371 | for (const auto &CI : blockDecl->captures()) { | ||||
2372 | const VarDecl *variable = CI.getVariable(); | ||||
2373 | QualType type = variable->getType(); | ||||
2374 | |||||
2375 | const CGBlockInfo::Capture &capture = blockInfo.getCapture(variable); | ||||
2376 | |||||
2377 | // Ignore constant captures. | ||||
2378 | if (capture.isConstant()) continue; | ||||
2379 | |||||
2380 | CharUnits fieldOffset = capture.getOffset(); | ||||
2381 | |||||
2382 | // Block fields are not necessarily ordered; if we detect that we're | ||||
2383 | // adding them out-of-order, make sure we sort later. | ||||
2384 | if (fieldOffset < lastFieldOffset) | ||||
2385 | IsDisordered = true; | ||||
2386 | lastFieldOffset = fieldOffset; | ||||
2387 | |||||
2388 | // __block variables are passed by their descriptor address. | ||||
2389 | if (CI.isByRef()) { | ||||
2390 | IvarsInfo.push_back(IvarInfo(fieldOffset, /*size in words*/ 1)); | ||||
2391 | continue; | ||||
2392 | } | ||||
2393 | |||||
2394 | assert(!type->isArrayType() && "array variable should not be caught")(static_cast <bool> (!type->isArrayType() && "array variable should not be caught") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!type->isArrayType() && \"array variable should not be caught\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 2394, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
2395 | if (const RecordType *record = type->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
2396 | visitRecord(record, fieldOffset); | ||||
2397 | continue; | ||||
2398 | } | ||||
2399 | |||||
2400 | Qualifiers::GC GCAttr = GetGCAttrTypeForType(CGM.getContext(), type); | ||||
2401 | |||||
2402 | if (GCAttr == Qualifiers::Strong) { | ||||
2403 | assert(CGM.getContext().getTypeSize(type)(static_cast <bool> (CGM.getContext().getTypeSize(type) == CGM.getTarget().getPointerWidth(0)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CGM.getContext().getTypeSize(type) == CGM.getTarget().getPointerWidth(0)" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 2404, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
2404 | == CGM.getTarget().getPointerWidth(0))(static_cast <bool> (CGM.getContext().getTypeSize(type) == CGM.getTarget().getPointerWidth(0)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CGM.getContext().getTypeSize(type) == CGM.getTarget().getPointerWidth(0)" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 2404, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
2405 | IvarsInfo.push_back(IvarInfo(fieldOffset, /*size in words*/ 1)); | ||||
2406 | } | ||||
2407 | } | ||||
2408 | } | ||||
2409 | |||||
2410 | /// getBlockCaptureLifetime - This routine returns life time of the captured | ||||
2411 | /// block variable for the purpose of block layout meta-data generation. FQT is | ||||
2412 | /// the type of the variable captured in the block. | ||||
2413 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime CGObjCCommonMac::getBlockCaptureLifetime(QualType FQT, | ||||
2414 | bool ByrefLayout) { | ||||
2415 | // If it has an ownership qualifier, we're done. | ||||
2416 | if (auto lifetime = FQT.getObjCLifetime()) | ||||
2417 | return lifetime; | ||||
2418 | |||||
2419 | // If it doesn't, and this is ARC, it has no ownership. | ||||
2420 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||
2421 | return Qualifiers::OCL_None; | ||||
2422 | |||||
2423 | // In MRC, retainable pointers are owned by non-__block variables. | ||||
2424 | if (FQT->isObjCObjectPointerType() || FQT->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||
2425 | return ByrefLayout ? Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone : Qualifiers::OCL_Strong; | ||||
2426 | |||||
2427 | return Qualifiers::OCL_None; | ||||
2428 | } | ||||
2429 | |||||
2430 | void CGObjCCommonMac::UpdateRunSkipBlockVars(bool IsByref, | ||||
2431 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LifeTime, | ||||
2432 | CharUnits FieldOffset, | ||||
2433 | CharUnits FieldSize) { | ||||
2434 | // __block variables are passed by their descriptor address. | ||||
2435 | if (IsByref) | ||||
2436 | RunSkipBlockVars.push_back(RUN_SKIP(BLOCK_LAYOUT_BYREF, FieldOffset, | ||||
2437 | FieldSize)); | ||||
2438 | else if (LifeTime == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) | ||||
2439 | RunSkipBlockVars.push_back(RUN_SKIP(BLOCK_LAYOUT_STRONG, FieldOffset, | ||||
2440 | FieldSize)); | ||||
2441 | else if (LifeTime == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) | ||||
2442 | RunSkipBlockVars.push_back(RUN_SKIP(BLOCK_LAYOUT_WEAK, FieldOffset, | ||||
2443 | FieldSize)); | ||||
2444 | else if (LifeTime == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) | ||||
2445 | RunSkipBlockVars.push_back(RUN_SKIP(BLOCK_LAYOUT_UNRETAINED, FieldOffset, | ||||
2446 | FieldSize)); | ||||
2447 | else | ||||
2448 | RunSkipBlockVars.push_back(RUN_SKIP(BLOCK_LAYOUT_NON_OBJECT_BYTES, | ||||
2449 | FieldOffset, | ||||
2450 | FieldSize)); | ||||
2451 | } | ||||
2452 | |||||
2453 | void CGObjCCommonMac::BuildRCRecordLayout(const llvm::StructLayout *RecLayout, | ||||
2454 | const RecordDecl *RD, | ||||
2455 | ArrayRef<const FieldDecl*> RecFields, | ||||
2456 | CharUnits BytePos, bool &HasUnion, | ||||
2457 | bool ByrefLayout) { | ||||
2458 | bool IsUnion = (RD
| ||||
2459 | CharUnits MaxUnionSize = CharUnits::Zero(); | ||||
2460 | const FieldDecl *MaxField = nullptr; | ||||
2461 | const FieldDecl *LastFieldBitfieldOrUnnamed = nullptr; | ||||
2462 | CharUnits MaxFieldOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); | ||||
2463 | CharUnits LastBitfieldOrUnnamedOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); | ||||
2464 | |||||
2465 | if (RecFields.empty()) | ||||
2466 | return; | ||||
2467 | unsigned ByteSizeInBits = CGM.getTarget().getCharWidth(); | ||||
2468 | |||||
2469 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||
2470 | const FieldDecl *Field = RecFields[i]; | ||||
2471 | // Note that 'i' here is actually the field index inside RD of Field, | ||||
2472 | // although this dependency is hidden. | ||||
2473 | const ASTRecordLayout &RL = CGM.getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); | ||||
2474 | CharUnits FieldOffset = | ||||
2475 | CGM.getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(RL.getFieldOffset(i)); | ||||
2476 | |||||
2477 | // Skip over unnamed or bitfields | ||||
2478 | if (!Field->getIdentifier() || Field->isBitField()) { | ||||
2479 | LastFieldBitfieldOrUnnamed = Field; | ||||
2480 | LastBitfieldOrUnnamedOffset = FieldOffset; | ||||
2481 | continue; | ||||
2482 | } | ||||
2483 | |||||
2484 | LastFieldBitfieldOrUnnamed = nullptr; | ||||
2485 | QualType FQT = Field->getType(); | ||||
2486 | if (FQT->isRecordType() || FQT->isUnionType()) { | ||||
2487 | if (FQT->isUnionType()) | ||||
2488 | HasUnion = true; | ||||
2489 | |||||
2490 | BuildRCBlockVarRecordLayout(FQT->getAs<RecordType>(), | ||||
2491 | BytePos + FieldOffset, HasUnion); | ||||
2492 | continue; | ||||
2493 | } | ||||
2494 | |||||
2495 | if (const ArrayType *Array = CGM.getContext().getAsArrayType(FQT)) { | ||||
2496 | auto *CArray = cast<ConstantArrayType>(Array); | ||||
2497 | uint64_t ElCount = CArray->getSize().getZExtValue(); | ||||
2498 | assert(CArray && "only array with known element size is supported")(static_cast <bool> (CArray && "only array with known element size is supported" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CArray && \"only array with known element size is supported\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 2498, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
2499 | FQT = CArray->getElementType(); | ||||
2500 | while (const ArrayType *Array = CGM.getContext().getAsArrayType(FQT)) { | ||||
2501 | auto *CArray = cast<ConstantArrayType>(Array); | ||||
2502 | ElCount *= CArray->getSize().getZExtValue(); | ||||
2503 | FQT = CArray->getElementType(); | ||||
2504 | } | ||||
2505 | if (FQT->isRecordType() && ElCount) { | ||||
2506 | int OldIndex = RunSkipBlockVars.size() - 1; | ||||
2507 | auto *RT = FQT->castAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
2508 | BuildRCBlockVarRecordLayout(RT, BytePos + FieldOffset, HasUnion); | ||||
2509 | |||||
2510 | // Replicate layout information for each array element. Note that | ||||
2511 | // one element is already done. | ||||
2512 | uint64_t ElIx = 1; | ||||
2513 | for (int FirstIndex = RunSkipBlockVars.size() - 1 ;ElIx < ElCount; ElIx++) { | ||||
2514 | CharUnits Size = CGM.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(RT); | ||||
2515 | for (int i = OldIndex+1; i <= FirstIndex; ++i) | ||||
2516 | RunSkipBlockVars.push_back( | ||||
2517 | RUN_SKIP(RunSkipBlockVars[i].opcode, | ||||
2518 | RunSkipBlockVars[i].block_var_bytepos + Size*ElIx, | ||||
2519 | RunSkipBlockVars[i].block_var_size)); | ||||
2520 | } | ||||
2521 | continue; | ||||
2522 | } | ||||
2523 | } | ||||
2524 | CharUnits FieldSize = CGM.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Field->getType()); | ||||
2525 | if (IsUnion) { | ||||
2526 | CharUnits UnionIvarSize = FieldSize; | ||||
2527 | if (UnionIvarSize > MaxUnionSize) { | ||||
2528 | MaxUnionSize = UnionIvarSize; | ||||
2529 | MaxField = Field; | ||||
2530 | MaxFieldOffset = FieldOffset; | ||||
2531 | } | ||||
2532 | } else { | ||||
2533 | UpdateRunSkipBlockVars(false, | ||||
2534 | getBlockCaptureLifetime(FQT, ByrefLayout), | ||||
2535 | BytePos + FieldOffset, | ||||
2536 | FieldSize); | ||||
2537 | } | ||||
2538 | } | ||||
2539 | |||||
2540 | if (LastFieldBitfieldOrUnnamed) { | ||||
2541 | if (LastFieldBitfieldOrUnnamed->isBitField()) { | ||||
2542 | // Last field was a bitfield. Must update the info. | ||||
2543 | uint64_t BitFieldSize | ||||
2544 | = LastFieldBitfieldOrUnnamed->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext()); | ||||
2545 | unsigned UnsSize = (BitFieldSize / ByteSizeInBits) + | ||||
2546 | ((BitFieldSize % ByteSizeInBits) != 0); | ||||
2547 | CharUnits Size = CharUnits::fromQuantity(UnsSize); | ||||
2548 | Size += LastBitfieldOrUnnamedOffset; | ||||
2549 | UpdateRunSkipBlockVars(false, | ||||
2550 | getBlockCaptureLifetime(LastFieldBitfieldOrUnnamed->getType(), | ||||
2551 | ByrefLayout), | ||||
2552 | BytePos + LastBitfieldOrUnnamedOffset, | ||||
2553 | Size); | ||||
2554 | } else { | ||||
2555 | assert(!LastFieldBitfieldOrUnnamed->getIdentifier() &&"Expected unnamed")(static_cast <bool> (!LastFieldBitfieldOrUnnamed->getIdentifier () &&"Expected unnamed") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!LastFieldBitfieldOrUnnamed->getIdentifier() &&\"Expected unnamed\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 2555, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
2556 | // Last field was unnamed. Must update skip info. | ||||
2557 | CharUnits FieldSize | ||||
2558 | = CGM.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(LastFieldBitfieldOrUnnamed->getType()); | ||||
2559 | UpdateRunSkipBlockVars(false, | ||||
2560 | getBlockCaptureLifetime(LastFieldBitfieldOrUnnamed->getType(), | ||||
2561 | ByrefLayout), | ||||
2562 | BytePos + LastBitfieldOrUnnamedOffset, | ||||
2563 | FieldSize); | ||||
2564 | } | ||||
2565 | } | ||||
2566 | |||||
2567 | if (MaxField) | ||||
2568 | UpdateRunSkipBlockVars(false, | ||||
2569 | getBlockCaptureLifetime(MaxField->getType(), ByrefLayout), | ||||
2570 | BytePos + MaxFieldOffset, | ||||
2571 | MaxUnionSize); | ||||
2572 | } | ||||
2573 | |||||
2574 | void CGObjCCommonMac::BuildRCBlockVarRecordLayout(const RecordType *RT, | ||||
2575 | CharUnits BytePos, | ||||
2576 | bool &HasUnion, | ||||
2577 | bool ByrefLayout) { | ||||
2578 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); | ||||
| |||||
2579 | SmallVector<const FieldDecl*, 16> Fields(RD->fields()); | ||||
2580 | llvm::Type *Ty = CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(QualType(RT, 0)); | ||||
2581 | const llvm::StructLayout *RecLayout = | ||||
2582 | CGM.getDataLayout().getStructLayout(cast<llvm::StructType>(Ty)); | ||||
2583 | |||||
2584 | BuildRCRecordLayout(RecLayout, RD, Fields, BytePos, HasUnion, ByrefLayout); | ||||
2585 | } | ||||
2586 | |||||
2587 | /// InlineLayoutInstruction - This routine produce an inline instruction for the | ||||
2588 | /// block variable layout if it can. If not, it returns 0. Rules are as follow: | ||||
2589 | /// If ((uintptr_t) layout) < (1 << 12), the layout is inline. In the 64bit world, | ||||
2590 | /// an inline layout of value 0x0000000000000xyz is interpreted as follows: | ||||
2591 | /// x captured object pointers of BLOCK_LAYOUT_STRONG. Followed by | ||||
2592 | /// y captured object of BLOCK_LAYOUT_BYREF. Followed by | ||||
2593 | /// z captured object of BLOCK_LAYOUT_WEAK. If any of the above is missing, zero | ||||
2594 | /// replaces it. For example, 0x00000x00 means x BLOCK_LAYOUT_STRONG and no | ||||
2595 | /// BLOCK_LAYOUT_BYREF and no BLOCK_LAYOUT_WEAK objects are captured. | ||||
2596 | uint64_t CGObjCCommonMac::InlineLayoutInstruction( | ||||
2597 | SmallVectorImpl<unsigned char> &Layout) { | ||||
2598 | uint64_t Result = 0; | ||||
2599 | if (Layout.size() <= 3) { | ||||
2600 | unsigned size = Layout.size(); | ||||
2601 | unsigned strong_word_count = 0, byref_word_count=0, weak_word_count=0; | ||||
2602 | unsigned char inst; | ||||
2603 | enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE opcode ; | ||||
2604 | switch (size) { | ||||
2605 | case 3: | ||||
2606 | inst = Layout[0]; | ||||
2607 | opcode = (enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE) (inst >> 4); | ||||
2608 | if (opcode == BLOCK_LAYOUT_STRONG) | ||||
2609 | strong_word_count = (inst & 0xF)+1; | ||||
2610 | else | ||||
2611 | return 0; | ||||
2612 | inst = Layout[1]; | ||||
2613 | opcode = (enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE) (inst >> 4); | ||||
2614 | if (opcode == BLOCK_LAYOUT_BYREF) | ||||
2615 | byref_word_count = (inst & 0xF)+1; | ||||
2616 | else | ||||
2617 | return 0; | ||||
2618 | inst = Layout[2]; | ||||
2619 | opcode = (enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE) (inst >> 4); | ||||
2620 | if (opcode == BLOCK_LAYOUT_WEAK) | ||||
2621 | weak_word_count = (inst & 0xF)+1; | ||||
2622 | else | ||||
2623 | return 0; | ||||
2624 | break; | ||||
2625 | |||||
2626 | case 2: | ||||
2627 | inst = Layout[0]; | ||||
2628 | opcode = (enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE) (inst >> 4); | ||||
2629 | if (opcode == BLOCK_LAYOUT_STRONG) { | ||||
2630 | strong_word_count = (inst & 0xF)+1; | ||||
2631 | inst = Layout[1]; | ||||
2632 | opcode = (enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE) (inst >> 4); | ||||
2633 | if (opcode == BLOCK_LAYOUT_BYREF) | ||||
2634 | byref_word_count = (inst & 0xF)+1; | ||||
2635 | else if (opcode == BLOCK_LAYOUT_WEAK) | ||||
2636 | weak_word_count = (inst & 0xF)+1; | ||||
2637 | else | ||||
2638 | return 0; | ||||
2639 | } | ||||
2640 | else if (opcode == BLOCK_LAYOUT_BYREF) { | ||||
2641 | byref_word_count = (inst & 0xF)+1; | ||||
2642 | inst = Layout[1]; | ||||
2643 | opcode = (enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE) (inst >> 4); | ||||
2644 | if (opcode == BLOCK_LAYOUT_WEAK) | ||||
2645 | weak_word_count = (inst & 0xF)+1; | ||||
2646 | else | ||||
2647 | return 0; | ||||
2648 | } | ||||
2649 | else | ||||
2650 | return 0; | ||||
2651 | break; | ||||
2652 | |||||
2653 | case 1: | ||||
2654 | inst = Layout[0]; | ||||
2655 | opcode = (enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE) (inst >> 4); | ||||
2656 | if (opcode == BLOCK_LAYOUT_STRONG) | ||||
2657 | strong_word_count = (inst & 0xF)+1; | ||||
2658 | else if (opcode == BLOCK_LAYOUT_BYREF) | ||||
2659 | byref_word_count = (inst & 0xF)+1; | ||||
2660 | else if (opcode == BLOCK_LAYOUT_WEAK) | ||||
2661 | weak_word_count = (inst & 0xF)+1; | ||||
2662 | else | ||||
2663 | return 0; | ||||
2664 | break; | ||||
2665 | |||||
2666 | default: | ||||
2667 | return 0; | ||||
2668 | } | ||||
2669 | |||||
2670 | // Cannot inline when any of the word counts is 15. Because this is one less | ||||
2671 | // than the actual work count (so 15 means 16 actual word counts), | ||||
2672 | // and we can only display 0 thru 15 word counts. | ||||
2673 | if (strong_word_count == 16 || byref_word_count == 16 || weak_word_count == 16) | ||||
2674 | return 0; | ||||
2675 | |||||
2676 | unsigned count = | ||||
2677 | (strong_word_count != 0) + (byref_word_count != 0) + (weak_word_count != 0); | ||||
2678 | |||||
2679 | if (size == count) { | ||||
2680 | if (strong_word_count) | ||||
2681 | Result = strong_word_count; | ||||
2682 | Result <<= 4; | ||||
2683 | if (byref_word_count) | ||||
2684 | Result += byref_word_count; | ||||
2685 | Result <<= 4; | ||||
2686 | if (weak_word_count) | ||||
2687 | Result += weak_word_count; | ||||
2688 | } | ||||
2689 | } | ||||
2690 | return Result; | ||||
2691 | } | ||||
2692 | |||||
2693 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCCommonMac::getBitmapBlockLayout(bool ComputeByrefLayout) { | ||||
2694 | llvm::Constant *nullPtr = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(CGM.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
2695 | if (RunSkipBlockVars.empty()) | ||||
2696 | return nullPtr; | ||||
2697 | unsigned WordSizeInBits = CGM.getTarget().getPointerWidth(0); | ||||
2698 | unsigned ByteSizeInBits = CGM.getTarget().getCharWidth(); | ||||
2699 | unsigned WordSizeInBytes = WordSizeInBits/ByteSizeInBits; | ||||
2700 | |||||
2701 | // Sort on byte position; captures might not be allocated in order, | ||||
2702 | // and unions can do funny things. | ||||
2703 | llvm::array_pod_sort(RunSkipBlockVars.begin(), RunSkipBlockVars.end()); | ||||
2704 | SmallVector<unsigned char, 16> Layout; | ||||
2705 | |||||
2706 | unsigned size = RunSkipBlockVars.size(); | ||||
2707 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < size; i++) { | ||||
2708 | enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE opcode = RunSkipBlockVars[i].opcode; | ||||
2709 | CharUnits start_byte_pos = RunSkipBlockVars[i].block_var_bytepos; | ||||
2710 | CharUnits end_byte_pos = start_byte_pos; | ||||
2711 | unsigned j = i+1; | ||||
2712 | while (j < size) { | ||||
2713 | if (opcode == RunSkipBlockVars[j].opcode) { | ||||
2714 | end_byte_pos = RunSkipBlockVars[j++].block_var_bytepos; | ||||
2715 | i++; | ||||
2716 | } | ||||
2717 | else | ||||
2718 | break; | ||||
2719 | } | ||||
2720 | CharUnits size_in_bytes = | ||||
2721 | end_byte_pos - start_byte_pos + RunSkipBlockVars[j-1].block_var_size; | ||||
2722 | if (j < size) { | ||||
2723 | CharUnits gap = | ||||
2724 | RunSkipBlockVars[j].block_var_bytepos - | ||||
2725 | RunSkipBlockVars[j-1].block_var_bytepos - RunSkipBlockVars[j-1].block_var_size; | ||||
2726 | size_in_bytes += gap; | ||||
2727 | } | ||||
2728 | CharUnits residue_in_bytes = CharUnits::Zero(); | ||||
2729 | if (opcode == BLOCK_LAYOUT_NON_OBJECT_BYTES) { | ||||
2730 | residue_in_bytes = size_in_bytes % WordSizeInBytes; | ||||
2731 | size_in_bytes -= residue_in_bytes; | ||||
2732 | opcode = BLOCK_LAYOUT_NON_OBJECT_WORDS; | ||||
2733 | } | ||||
2734 | |||||
2735 | unsigned size_in_words = size_in_bytes.getQuantity() / WordSizeInBytes; | ||||
2736 | while (size_in_words >= 16) { | ||||
2737 | // Note that value in imm. is one less that the actual | ||||
2738 | // value. So, 0xf means 16 words follow! | ||||
2739 | unsigned char inst = (opcode << 4) | 0xf; | ||||
2740 | Layout.push_back(inst); | ||||
2741 | size_in_words -= 16; | ||||
2742 | } | ||||
2743 | if (size_in_words > 0) { | ||||
2744 | // Note that value in imm. is one less that the actual | ||||
2745 | // value. So, we subtract 1 away! | ||||
2746 | unsigned char inst = (opcode << 4) | (size_in_words-1); | ||||
2747 | Layout.push_back(inst); | ||||
2748 | } | ||||
2749 | if (residue_in_bytes > CharUnits::Zero()) { | ||||
2750 | unsigned char inst = | ||||
2751 | (BLOCK_LAYOUT_NON_OBJECT_BYTES << 4) | (residue_in_bytes.getQuantity()-1); | ||||
2752 | Layout.push_back(inst); | ||||
2753 | } | ||||
2754 | } | ||||
2755 | |||||
2756 | while (!Layout.empty()) { | ||||
2757 | unsigned char inst = Layout.back(); | ||||
2758 | enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE opcode = (enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE) (inst >> 4); | ||||
2759 | if (opcode == BLOCK_LAYOUT_NON_OBJECT_BYTES || opcode == BLOCK_LAYOUT_NON_OBJECT_WORDS) | ||||
2760 | Layout.pop_back(); | ||||
2761 | else | ||||
2762 | break; | ||||
2763 | } | ||||
2764 | |||||
2765 | uint64_t Result = InlineLayoutInstruction(Layout); | ||||
2766 | if (Result != 0) { | ||||
2767 | // Block variable layout instruction has been inlined. | ||||
2768 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().ObjCGCBitmapPrint) { | ||||
2769 | if (ComputeByrefLayout) | ||||
2770 | printf("\n Inline BYREF variable layout: "); | ||||
2771 | else | ||||
2772 | printf("\n Inline block variable layout: "); | ||||
2773 | printf("0x0%" PRIx64"l" "x" "", Result); | ||||
2774 | if (auto numStrong = (Result & 0xF00) >> 8) | ||||
2775 | printf(", BL_STRONG:%d", (int) numStrong); | ||||
2776 | if (auto numByref = (Result & 0x0F0) >> 4) | ||||
2777 | printf(", BL_BYREF:%d", (int) numByref); | ||||
2778 | if (auto numWeak = (Result & 0x00F) >> 0) | ||||
2779 | printf(", BL_WEAK:%d", (int) numWeak); | ||||
2780 | printf(", BL_OPERATOR:0\n"); | ||||
2781 | } | ||||
2782 | return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.IntPtrTy, Result); | ||||
2783 | } | ||||
2784 | |||||
2785 | unsigned char inst = (BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPERATOR << 4) | 0; | ||||
2786 | Layout.push_back(inst); | ||||
2787 | std::string BitMap; | ||||
2788 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Layout.size(); i != e; i++) | ||||
2789 | BitMap += Layout[i]; | ||||
2790 | |||||
2791 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().ObjCGCBitmapPrint) { | ||||
2792 | if (ComputeByrefLayout) | ||||
2793 | printf("\n Byref variable layout: "); | ||||
2794 | else | ||||
2795 | printf("\n Block variable layout: "); | ||||
2796 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = BitMap.size(); i != e; i++) { | ||||
2797 | unsigned char inst = BitMap[i]; | ||||
2798 | enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE opcode = (enum BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPCODE) (inst >> 4); | ||||
2799 | unsigned delta = 1; | ||||
2800 | switch (opcode) { | ||||
2801 | case BLOCK_LAYOUT_OPERATOR: | ||||
2802 | printf("BL_OPERATOR:"); | ||||
2803 | delta = 0; | ||||
2804 | break; | ||||
2805 | case BLOCK_LAYOUT_NON_OBJECT_BYTES: | ||||
2806 | printf("BL_NON_OBJECT_BYTES:"); | ||||
2807 | break; | ||||
2808 | case BLOCK_LAYOUT_NON_OBJECT_WORDS: | ||||
2809 | printf("BL_NON_OBJECT_WORD:"); | ||||
2810 | break; | ||||
2811 | case BLOCK_LAYOUT_STRONG: | ||||
2812 | printf("BL_STRONG:"); | ||||
2813 | break; | ||||
2814 | case BLOCK_LAYOUT_BYREF: | ||||
2815 | printf("BL_BYREF:"); | ||||
2816 | break; | ||||
2817 | case BLOCK_LAYOUT_WEAK: | ||||
2818 | printf("BL_WEAK:"); | ||||
2819 | break; | ||||
2820 | case BLOCK_LAYOUT_UNRETAINED: | ||||
2821 | printf("BL_UNRETAINED:"); | ||||
2822 | break; | ||||
2823 | } | ||||
2824 | // Actual value of word count is one more that what is in the imm. | ||||
2825 | // field of the instruction | ||||
2826 | printf("%d", (inst & 0xf) + delta); | ||||
2827 | if (i < e-1) | ||||
2828 | printf(", "); | ||||
2829 | else | ||||
2830 | printf("\n"); | ||||
2831 | } | ||||
2832 | } | ||||
2833 | |||||
2834 | auto *Entry = CreateCStringLiteral(BitMap, ObjCLabelType::ClassName, | ||||
2835 | /*ForceNonFragileABI=*/true, | ||||
2836 | /*NullTerminate=*/false); | ||||
2837 | return getConstantGEP(VMContext, Entry, 0, 0); | ||||
2838 | } | ||||
2839 | |||||
2840 | static std::string getBlockLayoutInfoString( | ||||
2841 | const SmallVectorImpl<CGObjCCommonMac::RUN_SKIP> &RunSkipBlockVars, | ||||
2842 | bool HasCopyDisposeHelpers) { | ||||
2843 | std::string Str; | ||||
2844 | for (const CGObjCCommonMac::RUN_SKIP &R : RunSkipBlockVars) { | ||||
2845 | if (R.opcode == CGObjCCommonMac::BLOCK_LAYOUT_UNRETAINED) { | ||||
2846 | // Copy/dispose helpers don't have any information about | ||||
2847 | // __unsafe_unretained captures, so unconditionally concatenate a string. | ||||
2848 | Str += "u"; | ||||
2849 | } else if (HasCopyDisposeHelpers) { | ||||
2850 | // Information about __strong, __weak, or byref captures has already been | ||||
2851 | // encoded into the names of the copy/dispose helpers. We have to add a | ||||
2852 | // string here only when the copy/dispose helpers aren't generated (which | ||||
2853 | // happens when the block is non-escaping). | ||||
2854 | continue; | ||||
2855 | } else { | ||||
2856 | switch (R.opcode) { | ||||
2857 | case CGObjCCommonMac::BLOCK_LAYOUT_STRONG: | ||||
2858 | Str += "s"; | ||||
2859 | break; | ||||
2860 | case CGObjCCommonMac::BLOCK_LAYOUT_BYREF: | ||||
2861 | Str += "r"; | ||||
2862 | break; | ||||
2863 | case CGObjCCommonMac::BLOCK_LAYOUT_WEAK: | ||||
2864 | Str += "w"; | ||||
2865 | break; | ||||
2866 | default: | ||||
2867 | continue; | ||||
2868 | } | ||||
2869 | } | ||||
2870 | Str += llvm::to_string(R.block_var_bytepos.getQuantity()); | ||||
2871 | Str += "l" + llvm::to_string(R.block_var_size.getQuantity()); | ||||
2872 | } | ||||
2873 | return Str; | ||||
2874 | } | ||||
2875 | |||||
2876 | void CGObjCCommonMac::fillRunSkipBlockVars(CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||
2877 | const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo) { | ||||
2878 | assert(CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC)(static_cast <bool> (CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions ::NonGC) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 2878, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
2879 | |||||
2880 | RunSkipBlockVars.clear(); | ||||
2881 | bool hasUnion = false; | ||||
2882 | |||||
2883 | unsigned WordSizeInBits = CGM.getTarget().getPointerWidth(0); | ||||
2884 | unsigned ByteSizeInBits = CGM.getTarget().getCharWidth(); | ||||
2885 | unsigned WordSizeInBytes = WordSizeInBits/ByteSizeInBits; | ||||
2886 | |||||
2887 | const BlockDecl *blockDecl = blockInfo.getBlockDecl(); | ||||
2888 | |||||
2889 | // Calculate the basic layout of the block structure. | ||||
2890 | const llvm::StructLayout *layout = | ||||
2891 | CGM.getDataLayout().getStructLayout(blockInfo.StructureType); | ||||
2892 | |||||
2893 | // Ignore the optional 'this' capture: C++ objects are not assumed | ||||
2894 | // to be GC'ed. | ||||
2895 | if (blockInfo.BlockHeaderForcedGapSize != CharUnits::Zero()) | ||||
2896 | UpdateRunSkipBlockVars(false, Qualifiers::OCL_None, | ||||
2897 | blockInfo.BlockHeaderForcedGapOffset, | ||||
2898 | blockInfo.BlockHeaderForcedGapSize); | ||||
2899 | // Walk the captured variables. | ||||
2900 | for (const auto &CI : blockDecl->captures()) { | ||||
2901 | const VarDecl *variable = CI.getVariable(); | ||||
2902 | QualType type = variable->getType(); | ||||
2903 | |||||
2904 | const CGBlockInfo::Capture &capture = blockInfo.getCapture(variable); | ||||
2905 | |||||
2906 | // Ignore constant captures. | ||||
2907 | if (capture.isConstant()) continue; | ||||
2908 | |||||
2909 | CharUnits fieldOffset = | ||||
2910 | CharUnits::fromQuantity(layout->getElementOffset(capture.getIndex())); | ||||
2911 | |||||
2912 | assert(!type->isArrayType() && "array variable should not be caught")(static_cast <bool> (!type->isArrayType() && "array variable should not be caught") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!type->isArrayType() && \"array variable should not be caught\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 2912, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
2913 | if (!CI.isByRef()) | ||||
2914 | if (const RecordType *record = type->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
2915 | BuildRCBlockVarRecordLayout(record, fieldOffset, hasUnion); | ||||
2916 | continue; | ||||
2917 | } | ||||
2918 | CharUnits fieldSize; | ||||
2919 | if (CI.isByRef()) | ||||
2920 | fieldSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(WordSizeInBytes); | ||||
2921 | else | ||||
2922 | fieldSize = CGM.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(type); | ||||
2923 | UpdateRunSkipBlockVars(CI.isByRef(), getBlockCaptureLifetime(type, false), | ||||
2924 | fieldOffset, fieldSize); | ||||
2925 | } | ||||
2926 | } | ||||
2927 | |||||
2928 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
2929 | CGObjCCommonMac::BuildRCBlockLayout(CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||
2930 | const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo) { | ||||
2931 | fillRunSkipBlockVars(CGM, blockInfo); | ||||
2932 | return getBitmapBlockLayout(false); | ||||
2933 | } | ||||
2934 | |||||
2935 | std::string CGObjCCommonMac::getRCBlockLayoutStr(CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||
2936 | const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo) { | ||||
2937 | fillRunSkipBlockVars(CGM, blockInfo); | ||||
2938 | return getBlockLayoutInfoString(RunSkipBlockVars, | ||||
2939 | blockInfo.needsCopyDisposeHelpers()); | ||||
2940 | } | ||||
2941 | |||||
2942 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCCommonMac::BuildByrefLayout(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||
2943 | QualType T) { | ||||
2944 | assert(CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC)(static_cast <bool> (CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions ::NonGC) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 2944, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
| |||||
2945 | assert(!T->isArrayType() && "__block array variable should not be caught")(static_cast <bool> (!T->isArrayType() && "__block array variable should not be caught" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!T->isArrayType() && \"__block array variable should not be caught\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 2945, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
2946 | CharUnits fieldOffset; | ||||
2947 | RunSkipBlockVars.clear(); | ||||
2948 | bool hasUnion = false; | ||||
2949 | if (const RecordType *record = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
2950 | BuildRCBlockVarRecordLayout(record, fieldOffset, hasUnion, true /*ByrefLayout */); | ||||
2951 | llvm::Constant *Result = getBitmapBlockLayout(true); | ||||
2952 | if (isa<llvm::ConstantInt>(Result)) | ||||
2953 | Result = llvm::ConstantExpr::getIntToPtr(Result, CGM.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
2954 | return Result; | ||||
2955 | } | ||||
2956 | llvm::Constant *nullPtr = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(CGM.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
2957 | return nullPtr; | ||||
2958 | } | ||||
2959 | |||||
2960 | llvm::Value *CGObjCMac::GenerateProtocolRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
2961 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) { | ||||
2962 | // FIXME: I don't understand why gcc generates this, or where it is | ||||
2963 | // resolved. Investigate. Its also wasteful to look this up over and over. | ||||
2964 | LazySymbols.insert(&CGM.getContext().Idents.get("Protocol")); | ||||
2965 | |||||
2966 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GetProtocolRef(PD), | ||||
2967 | ObjCTypes.getExternalProtocolPtrTy()); | ||||
2968 | } | ||||
2969 | |||||
2970 | void CGObjCCommonMac::GenerateProtocol(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) { | ||||
2971 | // FIXME: We shouldn't need this, the protocol decl should contain enough | ||||
2972 | // information to tell us whether this was a declaration or a definition. | ||||
2973 | DefinedProtocols.insert(PD->getIdentifier()); | ||||
2974 | |||||
2975 | // If we have generated a forward reference to this protocol, emit | ||||
2976 | // it now. Otherwise do nothing, the protocol objects are lazily | ||||
2977 | // emitted. | ||||
2978 | if (Protocols.count(PD->getIdentifier())) | ||||
2979 | GetOrEmitProtocol(PD); | ||||
2980 | } | ||||
2981 | |||||
2982 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCCommonMac::GetProtocolRef(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) { | ||||
2983 | if (DefinedProtocols.count(PD->getIdentifier())) | ||||
2984 | return GetOrEmitProtocol(PD); | ||||
2985 | |||||
2986 | return GetOrEmitProtocolRef(PD); | ||||
2987 | } | ||||
2988 | |||||
2989 | llvm::Value *CGObjCCommonMac::EmitClassRefViaRuntime( | ||||
2990 | CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
2991 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, | ||||
2992 | ObjCCommonTypesHelper &ObjCTypes) { | ||||
2993 | llvm::FunctionCallee lookUpClassFn = ObjCTypes.getLookUpClassFn(); | ||||
2994 | |||||
2995 | llvm::Value *className = CGF.CGM | ||||
2996 | .GetAddrOfConstantCString(std::string( | ||||
2997 | ID->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString())) | ||||
2998 | .getPointer(); | ||||
2999 | ASTContext &ctx = CGF.CGM.getContext(); | ||||
3000 | className = | ||||
3001 | CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(className, | ||||
3002 | CGF.ConvertType( | ||||
3003 | ctx.getPointerType(ctx.CharTy.withConst()))); | ||||
3004 | llvm::CallInst *call = CGF.Builder.CreateCall(lookUpClassFn, className); | ||||
3005 | call->setDoesNotThrow(); | ||||
3006 | return call; | ||||
3007 | } | ||||
3008 | |||||
3009 | /* | ||||
3010 | // Objective-C 1.0 extensions | ||||
3011 | struct _objc_protocol { | ||||
3012 | struct _objc_protocol_extension *isa; | ||||
3013 | char *protocol_name; | ||||
3014 | struct _objc_protocol_list *protocol_list; | ||||
3015 | struct _objc__method_prototype_list *instance_methods; | ||||
3016 | struct _objc__method_prototype_list *class_methods | ||||
3017 | }; | ||||
3018 | |||||
3019 | See EmitProtocolExtension(). | ||||
3020 | */ | ||||
3021 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCMac::GetOrEmitProtocol(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) { | ||||
3022 | llvm::GlobalVariable *Entry = Protocols[PD->getIdentifier()]; | ||||
3023 | |||||
3024 | // Early exit if a defining object has already been generated. | ||||
3025 | if (Entry && Entry->hasInitializer()) | ||||
3026 | return Entry; | ||||
3027 | |||||
3028 | // Use the protocol definition, if there is one. | ||||
3029 | if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *Def = PD->getDefinition()) | ||||
3030 | PD = Def; | ||||
3031 | |||||
3032 | // FIXME: I don't understand why gcc generates this, or where it is | ||||
3033 | // resolved. Investigate. Its also wasteful to look this up over and over. | ||||
3034 | LazySymbols.insert(&CGM.getContext().Idents.get("Protocol")); | ||||
3035 | |||||
3036 | // Construct method lists. | ||||
3037 | auto methodLists = ProtocolMethodLists::get(PD); | ||||
3038 | |||||
3039 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
3040 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.ProtocolTy); | ||||
3041 | values.add(EmitProtocolExtension(PD, methodLists)); | ||||
3042 | values.add(GetClassName(PD->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString())); | ||||
3043 | values.add(EmitProtocolList("OBJC_PROTOCOL_REFS_" + PD->getName(), | ||||
3044 | PD->protocol_begin(), PD->protocol_end())); | ||||
3045 | values.add(methodLists.emitMethodList(this, PD, | ||||
3046 | ProtocolMethodLists::RequiredInstanceMethods)); | ||||
3047 | values.add(methodLists.emitMethodList(this, PD, | ||||
3048 | ProtocolMethodLists::RequiredClassMethods)); | ||||
3049 | |||||
3050 | if (Entry) { | ||||
3051 | // Already created, update the initializer. | ||||
3052 | assert(Entry->hasPrivateLinkage())(static_cast <bool> (Entry->hasPrivateLinkage()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Entry->hasPrivateLinkage()", "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp" , 3052, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3053 | values.finishAndSetAsInitializer(Entry); | ||||
3054 | } else { | ||||
3055 | Entry = values.finishAndCreateGlobal("OBJC_PROTOCOL_" + PD->getName(), | ||||
3056 | CGM.getPointerAlign(), | ||||
3057 | /*constant*/ false, | ||||
3058 | llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage); | ||||
3059 | Entry->setSection("__OBJC,__protocol,regular,no_dead_strip"); | ||||
3060 | |||||
3061 | Protocols[PD->getIdentifier()] = Entry; | ||||
3062 | } | ||||
3063 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(Entry); | ||||
3064 | |||||
3065 | return Entry; | ||||
3066 | } | ||||
3067 | |||||
3068 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCMac::GetOrEmitProtocolRef(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) { | ||||
3069 | llvm::GlobalVariable *&Entry = Protocols[PD->getIdentifier()]; | ||||
3070 | |||||
3071 | if (!Entry) { | ||||
3072 | // We use the initializer as a marker of whether this is a forward | ||||
3073 | // reference or not. At module finalization we add the empty | ||||
3074 | // contents for protocols which were referenced but never defined. | ||||
3075 | Entry = new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), ObjCTypes.ProtocolTy, | ||||
3076 | false, llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage, | ||||
3077 | nullptr, "OBJC_PROTOCOL_" + PD->getName()); | ||||
3078 | Entry->setSection("__OBJC,__protocol,regular,no_dead_strip"); | ||||
3079 | // FIXME: Is this necessary? Why only for protocol? | ||||
3080 | Entry->setAlignment(llvm::Align(4)); | ||||
3081 | } | ||||
3082 | |||||
3083 | return Entry; | ||||
3084 | } | ||||
3085 | |||||
3086 | /* | ||||
3087 | struct _objc_protocol_extension { | ||||
3088 | uint32_t size; | ||||
3089 | struct objc_method_description_list *optional_instance_methods; | ||||
3090 | struct objc_method_description_list *optional_class_methods; | ||||
3091 | struct objc_property_list *instance_properties; | ||||
3092 | const char ** extendedMethodTypes; | ||||
3093 | struct objc_property_list *class_properties; | ||||
3094 | }; | ||||
3095 | */ | ||||
3096 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
3097 | CGObjCMac::EmitProtocolExtension(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD, | ||||
3098 | const ProtocolMethodLists &methodLists) { | ||||
3099 | auto optInstanceMethods = | ||||
3100 | methodLists.emitMethodList(this, PD, | ||||
3101 | ProtocolMethodLists::OptionalInstanceMethods); | ||||
3102 | auto optClassMethods = | ||||
3103 | methodLists.emitMethodList(this, PD, | ||||
3104 | ProtocolMethodLists::OptionalClassMethods); | ||||
3105 | |||||
3106 | auto extendedMethodTypes = | ||||
3107 | EmitProtocolMethodTypes("OBJC_PROTOCOL_METHOD_TYPES_" + PD->getName(), | ||||
3108 | methodLists.emitExtendedTypesArray(this), | ||||
3109 | ObjCTypes); | ||||
3110 | |||||
3111 | auto instanceProperties = | ||||
3112 | EmitPropertyList("OBJC_$_PROP_PROTO_LIST_" + PD->getName(), nullptr, PD, | ||||
3113 | ObjCTypes, false); | ||||
3114 | auto classProperties = | ||||
3115 | EmitPropertyList("OBJC_$_CLASS_PROP_PROTO_LIST_" + PD->getName(), nullptr, | ||||
3116 | PD, ObjCTypes, true); | ||||
3117 | |||||
3118 | // Return null if no extension bits are used. | ||||
3119 | if (optInstanceMethods->isNullValue() && | ||||
3120 | optClassMethods->isNullValue() && | ||||
3121 | extendedMethodTypes->isNullValue() && | ||||
3122 | instanceProperties->isNullValue() && | ||||
3123 | classProperties->isNullValue()) { | ||||
3124 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ObjCTypes.ProtocolExtensionPtrTy); | ||||
3125 | } | ||||
3126 | |||||
3127 | uint64_t size = | ||||
3128 | CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ObjCTypes.ProtocolExtensionTy); | ||||
3129 | |||||
3130 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
3131 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.ProtocolExtensionTy); | ||||
3132 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, size); | ||||
3133 | values.add(optInstanceMethods); | ||||
3134 | values.add(optClassMethods); | ||||
3135 | values.add(instanceProperties); | ||||
3136 | values.add(extendedMethodTypes); | ||||
3137 | values.add(classProperties); | ||||
3138 | |||||
3139 | // No special section, but goes in llvm.used | ||||
3140 | return CreateMetadataVar("_OBJC_PROTOCOLEXT_" + PD->getName(), values, | ||||
3141 | StringRef(), CGM.getPointerAlign(), true); | ||||
3142 | } | ||||
3143 | |||||
3144 | /* | ||||
3145 | struct objc_protocol_list { | ||||
3146 | struct objc_protocol_list *next; | ||||
3147 | long count; | ||||
3148 | Protocol *list[]; | ||||
3149 | }; | ||||
3150 | */ | ||||
3151 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
3152 | CGObjCMac::EmitProtocolList(Twine name, | ||||
3153 | ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator begin, | ||||
3154 | ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator end) { | ||||
3155 | // Just return null for empty protocol lists | ||||
3156 | auto PDs = GetRuntimeProtocolList(begin, end); | ||||
3157 | if (PDs.empty()) | ||||
3158 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ObjCTypes.ProtocolListPtrTy); | ||||
3159 | |||||
3160 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
3161 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(); | ||||
3162 | |||||
3163 | // This field is only used by the runtime. | ||||
3164 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.ProtocolListPtrTy); | ||||
3165 | |||||
3166 | // Reserve a slot for the count. | ||||
3167 | auto countSlot = values.addPlaceholder(); | ||||
3168 | |||||
3169 | auto refsArray = values.beginArray(ObjCTypes.ProtocolPtrTy); | ||||
3170 | for (const auto *Proto : PDs) | ||||
3171 | refsArray.add(GetProtocolRef(Proto)); | ||||
3172 | |||||
3173 | auto count = refsArray.size(); | ||||
3174 | |||||
3175 | // This list is null terminated. | ||||
3176 | refsArray.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.ProtocolPtrTy); | ||||
3177 | |||||
3178 | refsArray.finishAndAddTo(values); | ||||
3179 | values.fillPlaceholderWithInt(countSlot, ObjCTypes.LongTy, count); | ||||
3180 | |||||
3181 | StringRef section; | ||||
3182 | if (CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO()) | ||||
3183 | section = "__OBJC,__cat_cls_meth,regular,no_dead_strip"; | ||||
3184 | |||||
3185 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = | ||||
3186 | CreateMetadataVar(name, values, section, CGM.getPointerAlign(), false); | ||||
3187 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, ObjCTypes.ProtocolListPtrTy); | ||||
3188 | } | ||||
3189 | |||||
3190 | static void | ||||
3191 | PushProtocolProperties(llvm::SmallPtrSet<const IdentifierInfo*,16> &PropertySet, | ||||
3192 | SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCPropertyDecl *> &Properties, | ||||
3193 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto, | ||||
3194 | bool IsClassProperty) { | ||||
3195 | for (const auto *PD : Proto->properties()) { | ||||
3196 | if (IsClassProperty != PD->isClassProperty()) | ||||
3197 | continue; | ||||
3198 | if (!PropertySet.insert(PD->getIdentifier()).second) | ||||
3199 | continue; | ||||
3200 | Properties.push_back(PD); | ||||
3201 | } | ||||
3202 | |||||
3203 | for (const auto *P : Proto->protocols()) | ||||
3204 | PushProtocolProperties(PropertySet, Properties, P, IsClassProperty); | ||||
3205 | } | ||||
3206 | |||||
3207 | /* | ||||
3208 | struct _objc_property { | ||||
3209 | const char * const name; | ||||
3210 | const char * const attributes; | ||||
3211 | }; | ||||
3212 | |||||
3213 | struct _objc_property_list { | ||||
3214 | uint32_t entsize; // sizeof (struct _objc_property) | ||||
3215 | uint32_t prop_count; | ||||
3216 | struct _objc_property[prop_count]; | ||||
3217 | }; | ||||
3218 | */ | ||||
3219 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCCommonMac::EmitPropertyList(Twine Name, | ||||
3220 | const Decl *Container, | ||||
3221 | const ObjCContainerDecl *OCD, | ||||
3222 | const ObjCCommonTypesHelper &ObjCTypes, | ||||
3223 | bool IsClassProperty) { | ||||
3224 | if (IsClassProperty) { | ||||
3225 | // Make this entry NULL for OS X with deployment target < 10.11, for iOS | ||||
3226 | // with deployment target < 9.0. | ||||
3227 | const llvm::Triple &Triple = CGM.getTarget().getTriple(); | ||||
3228 | if ((Triple.isMacOSX() && Triple.isMacOSXVersionLT(10, 11)) || | ||||
3229 | (Triple.isiOS() && Triple.isOSVersionLT(9))) | ||||
3230 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ObjCTypes.PropertyListPtrTy); | ||||
3231 | } | ||||
3232 | |||||
3233 | SmallVector<const ObjCPropertyDecl *, 16> Properties; | ||||
3234 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const IdentifierInfo*, 16> PropertySet; | ||||
3235 | |||||
3236 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(OCD)) | ||||
3237 | for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClassExt : OID->known_extensions()) | ||||
3238 | for (auto *PD : ClassExt->properties()) { | ||||
3239 | if (IsClassProperty != PD->isClassProperty()) | ||||
3240 | continue; | ||||
3241 | if (PD->isDirectProperty()) | ||||
3242 | continue; | ||||
3243 | PropertySet.insert(PD->getIdentifier()); | ||||
3244 | Properties.push_back(PD); | ||||
3245 | } | ||||
3246 | |||||
3247 | for (const auto *PD : OCD->properties()) { | ||||
3248 | if (IsClassProperty != PD->isClassProperty()) | ||||
3249 | continue; | ||||
3250 | // Don't emit duplicate metadata for properties that were already in a | ||||
3251 | // class extension. | ||||
3252 | if (!PropertySet.insert(PD->getIdentifier()).second) | ||||
3253 | continue; | ||||
3254 | if (PD->isDirectProperty()) | ||||
3255 | continue; | ||||
3256 | Properties.push_back(PD); | ||||
3257 | } | ||||
3258 | |||||
3259 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(OCD)) { | ||||
3260 | for (const auto *P : OID->all_referenced_protocols()) | ||||
3261 | PushProtocolProperties(PropertySet, Properties, P, IsClassProperty); | ||||
3262 | } | ||||
3263 | else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(OCD)) { | ||||
3264 | for (const auto *P : CD->protocols()) | ||||
3265 | PushProtocolProperties(PropertySet, Properties, P, IsClassProperty); | ||||
3266 | } | ||||
3267 | |||||
3268 | // Return null for empty list. | ||||
3269 | if (Properties.empty()) | ||||
3270 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ObjCTypes.PropertyListPtrTy); | ||||
3271 | |||||
3272 | unsigned propertySize = | ||||
3273 | CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ObjCTypes.PropertyTy); | ||||
3274 | |||||
3275 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
3276 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(); | ||||
3277 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, propertySize); | ||||
3278 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, Properties.size()); | ||||
3279 | auto propertiesArray = values.beginArray(ObjCTypes.PropertyTy); | ||||
3280 | for (auto PD : Properties) { | ||||
3281 | auto property = propertiesArray.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.PropertyTy); | ||||
3282 | property.add(GetPropertyName(PD->getIdentifier())); | ||||
3283 | property.add(GetPropertyTypeString(PD, Container)); | ||||
3284 | property.finishAndAddTo(propertiesArray); | ||||
3285 | } | ||||
3286 | propertiesArray.finishAndAddTo(values); | ||||
3287 | |||||
3288 | StringRef Section; | ||||
3289 | if (CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO()) | ||||
3290 | Section = (ObjCABI == 2) ? "__DATA, __objc_const" | ||||
3291 | : "__OBJC,__property,regular,no_dead_strip"; | ||||
3292 | |||||
3293 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = | ||||
3294 | CreateMetadataVar(Name, values, Section, CGM.getPointerAlign(), true); | ||||
3295 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, ObjCTypes.PropertyListPtrTy); | ||||
3296 | } | ||||
3297 | |||||
3298 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
3299 | CGObjCCommonMac::EmitProtocolMethodTypes(Twine Name, | ||||
3300 | ArrayRef<llvm::Constant*> MethodTypes, | ||||
3301 | const ObjCCommonTypesHelper &ObjCTypes) { | ||||
3302 | // Return null for empty list. | ||||
3303 | if (MethodTypes.empty()) | ||||
3304 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ObjCTypes.Int8PtrPtrTy); | ||||
3305 | |||||
3306 | llvm::ArrayType *AT = llvm::ArrayType::get(ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy, | ||||
3307 | MethodTypes.size()); | ||||
3308 | llvm::Constant *Init = llvm::ConstantArray::get(AT, MethodTypes); | ||||
3309 | |||||
3310 | StringRef Section; | ||||
3311 | if (CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO() && ObjCABI == 2) | ||||
3312 | Section = "__DATA, __objc_const"; | ||||
3313 | |||||
3314 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = | ||||
3315 | CreateMetadataVar(Name, Init, Section, CGM.getPointerAlign(), true); | ||||
3316 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrPtrTy); | ||||
3317 | } | ||||
3318 | |||||
3319 | /* | ||||
3320 | struct _objc_category { | ||||
3321 | char *category_name; | ||||
3322 | char *class_name; | ||||
3323 | struct _objc_method_list *instance_methods; | ||||
3324 | struct _objc_method_list *class_methods; | ||||
3325 | struct _objc_protocol_list *protocols; | ||||
3326 | uint32_t size; // <rdar://4585769> | ||||
3327 | struct _objc_property_list *instance_properties; | ||||
3328 | struct _objc_property_list *class_properties; | ||||
3329 | }; | ||||
3330 | */ | ||||
3331 | void CGObjCMac::GenerateCategory(const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *OCD) { | ||||
3332 | unsigned Size = CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ObjCTypes.CategoryTy); | ||||
3333 | |||||
3334 | // FIXME: This is poor design, the OCD should have a pointer to the category | ||||
3335 | // decl. Additionally, note that Category can be null for the @implementation | ||||
3336 | // w/o an @interface case. Sema should just create one for us as it does for | ||||
3337 | // @implementation so everyone else can live life under a clear blue sky. | ||||
3338 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = OCD->getClassInterface(); | ||||
3339 | const ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = | ||||
3340 | Interface->FindCategoryDeclaration(OCD->getIdentifier()); | ||||
3341 | |||||
3342 | SmallString<256> ExtName; | ||||
3343 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream(ExtName) << Interface->getName() << '_' | ||||
3344 | << OCD->getName(); | ||||
3345 | |||||
3346 | ConstantInitBuilder Builder(CGM); | ||||
3347 | auto Values = Builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.CategoryTy); | ||||
3348 | |||||
3349 | enum { | ||||
3350 | InstanceMethods, | ||||
3351 | ClassMethods, | ||||
3352 | NumMethodLists | ||||
3353 | }; | ||||
3354 | SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 16> Methods[NumMethodLists]; | ||||
3355 | for (const auto *MD : OCD->methods()) { | ||||
3356 | if (!MD->isDirectMethod()) | ||||
3357 | Methods[unsigned(MD->isClassMethod())].push_back(MD); | ||||
3358 | } | ||||
3359 | |||||
3360 | Values.add(GetClassName(OCD->getName())); | ||||
3361 | Values.add(GetClassName(Interface->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString())); | ||||
3362 | LazySymbols.insert(Interface->getIdentifier()); | ||||
3363 | |||||
3364 | Values.add(emitMethodList(ExtName, MethodListType::CategoryInstanceMethods, | ||||
3365 | Methods[InstanceMethods])); | ||||
3366 | Values.add(emitMethodList(ExtName, MethodListType::CategoryClassMethods, | ||||
3367 | Methods[ClassMethods])); | ||||
3368 | if (Category) { | ||||
3369 | Values.add( | ||||
3370 | EmitProtocolList("OBJC_CATEGORY_PROTOCOLS_" + ExtName.str(), | ||||
3371 | Category->protocol_begin(), Category->protocol_end())); | ||||
3372 | } else { | ||||
3373 | Values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.ProtocolListPtrTy); | ||||
3374 | } | ||||
3375 | Values.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, Size); | ||||
3376 | |||||
3377 | // If there is no category @interface then there can be no properties. | ||||
3378 | if (Category) { | ||||
3379 | Values.add(EmitPropertyList("_OBJC_$_PROP_LIST_" + ExtName.str(), | ||||
3380 | OCD, Category, ObjCTypes, false)); | ||||
3381 | Values.add(EmitPropertyList("_OBJC_$_CLASS_PROP_LIST_" + ExtName.str(), | ||||
3382 | OCD, Category, ObjCTypes, true)); | ||||
3383 | } else { | ||||
3384 | Values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.PropertyListPtrTy); | ||||
3385 | Values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.PropertyListPtrTy); | ||||
3386 | } | ||||
3387 | |||||
3388 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = | ||||
3389 | CreateMetadataVar("OBJC_CATEGORY_" + ExtName.str(), Values, | ||||
3390 | "__OBJC,__category,regular,no_dead_strip", | ||||
3391 | CGM.getPointerAlign(), true); | ||||
3392 | DefinedCategories.push_back(GV); | ||||
3393 | DefinedCategoryNames.insert(llvm::CachedHashString(ExtName)); | ||||
3394 | // method definition entries must be clear for next implementation. | ||||
3395 | MethodDefinitions.clear(); | ||||
3396 | } | ||||
3397 | |||||
3398 | enum FragileClassFlags { | ||||
3399 | /// Apparently: is not a meta-class. | ||||
3400 | FragileABI_Class_Factory = 0x00001, | ||||
3401 | |||||
3402 | /// Is a meta-class. | ||||
3403 | FragileABI_Class_Meta = 0x00002, | ||||
3404 | |||||
3405 | /// Has a non-trivial constructor or destructor. | ||||
3406 | FragileABI_Class_HasCXXStructors = 0x02000, | ||||
3407 | |||||
3408 | /// Has hidden visibility. | ||||
3409 | FragileABI_Class_Hidden = 0x20000, | ||||
3410 | |||||
3411 | /// Class implementation was compiled under ARC. | ||||
3412 | FragileABI_Class_CompiledByARC = 0x04000000, | ||||
3413 | |||||
3414 | /// Class implementation was compiled under MRC and has MRC weak ivars. | ||||
3415 | /// Exclusive with CompiledByARC. | ||||
3416 | FragileABI_Class_HasMRCWeakIvars = 0x08000000, | ||||
3417 | }; | ||||
3418 | |||||
3419 | enum NonFragileClassFlags { | ||||
3420 | /// Is a meta-class. | ||||
3421 | NonFragileABI_Class_Meta = 0x00001, | ||||
3422 | |||||
3423 | /// Is a root class. | ||||
3424 | NonFragileABI_Class_Root = 0x00002, | ||||
3425 | |||||
3426 | /// Has a non-trivial constructor or destructor. | ||||
3427 | NonFragileABI_Class_HasCXXStructors = 0x00004, | ||||
3428 | |||||
3429 | /// Has hidden visibility. | ||||
3430 | NonFragileABI_Class_Hidden = 0x00010, | ||||
3431 | |||||
3432 | /// Has the exception attribute. | ||||
3433 | NonFragileABI_Class_Exception = 0x00020, | ||||
3434 | |||||
3435 | /// (Obsolete) ARC-specific: this class has a .release_ivars method | ||||
3436 | NonFragileABI_Class_HasIvarReleaser = 0x00040, | ||||
3437 | |||||
3438 | /// Class implementation was compiled under ARC. | ||||
3439 | NonFragileABI_Class_CompiledByARC = 0x00080, | ||||
3440 | |||||
3441 | /// Class has non-trivial destructors, but zero-initialization is okay. | ||||
3442 | NonFragileABI_Class_HasCXXDestructorOnly = 0x00100, | ||||
3443 | |||||
3444 | /// Class implementation was compiled under MRC and has MRC weak ivars. | ||||
3445 | /// Exclusive with CompiledByARC. | ||||
3446 | NonFragileABI_Class_HasMRCWeakIvars = 0x00200, | ||||
3447 | }; | ||||
3448 | |||||
3449 | static bool hasWeakMember(QualType type) { | ||||
3450 | if (type.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) { | ||||
3451 | return true; | ||||
3452 | } | ||||
3453 | |||||
3454 | if (auto recType = type->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
3455 | for (auto field : recType->getDecl()->fields()) { | ||||
3456 | if (hasWeakMember(field->getType())) | ||||
3457 | return true; | ||||
3458 | } | ||||
3459 | } | ||||
3460 | |||||
3461 | return false; | ||||
3462 | } | ||||
3463 | |||||
3464 | /// For compatibility, we only want to set the "HasMRCWeakIvars" flag | ||||
3465 | /// (and actually fill in a layout string) if we really do have any | ||||
3466 | /// __weak ivars. | ||||
3467 | static bool hasMRCWeakIvars(CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||
3468 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID) { | ||||
3469 | if (!CGM.getLangOpts().ObjCWeak) return false; | ||||
3470 | assert(CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC)(static_cast <bool> (CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions ::NonGC) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 3470, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
3471 | |||||
3472 | for (const ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = | ||||
3473 | ID->getClassInterface()->all_declared_ivar_begin(); | ||||
3474 | ivar; ivar = ivar->getNextIvar()) { | ||||
3475 | if (hasWeakMember(ivar->getType())) | ||||
3476 | return true; | ||||
3477 | } | ||||
3478 | |||||
3479 | return false; | ||||
3480 | } | ||||
3481 | |||||
3482 | /* | ||||
3483 | struct _objc_class { | ||||
3484 | Class isa; | ||||
3485 | Class super_class; | ||||
3486 | const char *name; | ||||
3487 | long version; | ||||
3488 | long info; | ||||
3489 | long instance_size; | ||||
3490 | struct _objc_ivar_list *ivars; | ||||
3491 | struct _objc_method_list *methods; | ||||
3492 | struct _objc_cache *cache; | ||||
3493 | struct _objc_protocol_list *protocols; | ||||
3494 | // Objective-C 1.0 extensions (<rdr://4585769>) | ||||
3495 | const char *ivar_layout; | ||||
3496 | struct _objc_class_ext *ext; | ||||
3497 | }; | ||||
3498 | |||||
3499 | See EmitClassExtension(); | ||||
3500 | */ | ||||
3501 | void CGObjCMac::GenerateClass(const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID) { | ||||
3502 | IdentifierInfo *RuntimeName = | ||||
3503 | &CGM.getContext().Idents.get(ID->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString()); | ||||
3504 | DefinedSymbols.insert(RuntimeName); | ||||
3505 | |||||
3506 | std::string ClassName = ID->getNameAsString(); | ||||
3507 | // FIXME: Gross | ||||
3508 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = | ||||
3509 | const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(ID->getClassInterface()); | ||||
3510 | llvm::Constant *Protocols = | ||||
3511 | EmitProtocolList("OBJC_CLASS_PROTOCOLS_" + ID->getName(), | ||||
3512 | Interface->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), | ||||
3513 | Interface->all_referenced_protocol_end()); | ||||
3514 | unsigned Flags = FragileABI_Class_Factory; | ||||
3515 | if (ID->hasNonZeroConstructors() || ID->hasDestructors()) | ||||
3516 | Flags |= FragileABI_Class_HasCXXStructors; | ||||
3517 | |||||
3518 | bool hasMRCWeak = false; | ||||
3519 | |||||
3520 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||
3521 | Flags |= FragileABI_Class_CompiledByARC; | ||||
3522 | else if ((hasMRCWeak = hasMRCWeakIvars(CGM, ID))) | ||||
3523 | Flags |= FragileABI_Class_HasMRCWeakIvars; | ||||
3524 | |||||
3525 | CharUnits Size = | ||||
3526 | CGM.getContext().getASTObjCImplementationLayout(ID).getSize(); | ||||
3527 | |||||
3528 | // FIXME: Set CXX-structors flag. | ||||
3529 | if (ID->getClassInterface()->getVisibility() == HiddenVisibility) | ||||
3530 | Flags |= FragileABI_Class_Hidden; | ||||
3531 | |||||
3532 | enum { | ||||
3533 | InstanceMethods, | ||||
3534 | ClassMethods, | ||||
3535 | NumMethodLists | ||||
3536 | }; | ||||
3537 | SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 16> Methods[NumMethodLists]; | ||||
3538 | for (const auto *MD : ID->methods()) { | ||||
3539 | if (!MD->isDirectMethod()) | ||||
3540 | Methods[unsigned(MD->isClassMethod())].push_back(MD); | ||||
3541 | } | ||||
3542 | |||||
3543 | for (const auto *PID : ID->property_impls()) { | ||||
3544 | if (PID->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Synthesize) { | ||||
3545 | if (PID->getPropertyDecl()->isDirectProperty()) | ||||
3546 | continue; | ||||
3547 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = PID->getGetterMethodDecl()) | ||||
3548 | if (GetMethodDefinition(MD)) | ||||
3549 | Methods[InstanceMethods].push_back(MD); | ||||
3550 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = PID->getSetterMethodDecl()) | ||||
3551 | if (GetMethodDefinition(MD)) | ||||
3552 | Methods[InstanceMethods].push_back(MD); | ||||
3553 | } | ||||
3554 | } | ||||
3555 | |||||
3556 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
3557 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.ClassTy); | ||||
3558 | values.add(EmitMetaClass(ID, Protocols, Methods[ClassMethods])); | ||||
3559 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = Interface->getSuperClass()) { | ||||
3560 | // Record a reference to the super class. | ||||
3561 | LazySymbols.insert(Super->getIdentifier()); | ||||
3562 | |||||
3563 | values.addBitCast(GetClassName(Super->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString()), | ||||
3564 | ObjCTypes.ClassPtrTy); | ||||
3565 | } else { | ||||
3566 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.ClassPtrTy); | ||||
3567 | } | ||||
3568 | values.add(GetClassName(ID->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString())); | ||||
3569 | // Version is always 0. | ||||
3570 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.LongTy, 0); | ||||
3571 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.LongTy, Flags); | ||||
3572 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.LongTy, Size.getQuantity()); | ||||
3573 | values.add(EmitIvarList(ID, false)); | ||||
3574 | values.add(emitMethodList(ID->getName(), MethodListType::InstanceMethods, | ||||
3575 | Methods[InstanceMethods])); | ||||
3576 | // cache is always NULL. | ||||
3577 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.CachePtrTy); | ||||
3578 | values.add(Protocols); | ||||
3579 | values.add(BuildStrongIvarLayout(ID, CharUnits::Zero(), Size)); | ||||
3580 | values.add(EmitClassExtension(ID, Size, hasMRCWeak, | ||||
3581 | /*isMetaclass*/ false)); | ||||
3582 | |||||
3583 | std::string Name("OBJC_CLASS_"); | ||||
3584 | Name += ClassName; | ||||
3585 | const char *Section = "__OBJC,__class,regular,no_dead_strip"; | ||||
3586 | // Check for a forward reference. | ||||
3587 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = CGM.getModule().getGlobalVariable(Name, true); | ||||
3588 | if (GV) { | ||||
3589 | assert(GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes.ClassTy &&(static_cast <bool> (GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes .ClassTy && "Forward metaclass reference has incorrect type." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes.ClassTy && \"Forward metaclass reference has incorrect type.\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 3590, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
3590 | "Forward metaclass reference has incorrect type.")(static_cast <bool> (GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes .ClassTy && "Forward metaclass reference has incorrect type." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes.ClassTy && \"Forward metaclass reference has incorrect type.\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 3590, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
3591 | values.finishAndSetAsInitializer(GV); | ||||
3592 | GV->setSection(Section); | ||||
3593 | GV->setAlignment(CGM.getPointerAlign().getAsAlign()); | ||||
3594 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(GV); | ||||
3595 | } else | ||||
3596 | GV = CreateMetadataVar(Name, values, Section, CGM.getPointerAlign(), true); | ||||
3597 | DefinedClasses.push_back(GV); | ||||
3598 | ImplementedClasses.push_back(Interface); | ||||
3599 | // method definition entries must be clear for next implementation. | ||||
3600 | MethodDefinitions.clear(); | ||||
3601 | } | ||||
3602 | |||||
3603 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCMac::EmitMetaClass(const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID, | ||||
3604 | llvm::Constant *Protocols, | ||||
3605 | ArrayRef<const ObjCMethodDecl*> Methods) { | ||||
3606 | unsigned Flags = FragileABI_Class_Meta; | ||||
3607 | unsigned Size = CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ObjCTypes.ClassTy); | ||||
3608 | |||||
3609 | if (ID->getClassInterface()->getVisibility() == HiddenVisibility) | ||||
3610 | Flags |= FragileABI_Class_Hidden; | ||||
3611 | |||||
3612 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
3613 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.ClassTy); | ||||
3614 | // The isa for the metaclass is the root of the hierarchy. | ||||
3615 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Root = ID->getClassInterface(); | ||||
3616 | while (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = Root->getSuperClass()) | ||||
3617 | Root = Super; | ||||
3618 | values.addBitCast(GetClassName(Root->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString()), | ||||
3619 | ObjCTypes.ClassPtrTy); | ||||
3620 | // The super class for the metaclass is emitted as the name of the | ||||
3621 | // super class. The runtime fixes this up to point to the | ||||
3622 | // *metaclass* for the super class. | ||||
3623 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = ID->getClassInterface()->getSuperClass()) { | ||||
3624 | values.addBitCast(GetClassName(Super->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString()), | ||||
3625 | ObjCTypes.ClassPtrTy); | ||||
3626 | } else { | ||||
3627 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.ClassPtrTy); | ||||
3628 | } | ||||
3629 | values.add(GetClassName(ID->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString())); | ||||
3630 | // Version is always 0. | ||||
3631 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.LongTy, 0); | ||||
3632 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.LongTy, Flags); | ||||
3633 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.LongTy, Size); | ||||
3634 | values.add(EmitIvarList(ID, true)); | ||||
3635 | values.add(emitMethodList(ID->getName(), MethodListType::ClassMethods, | ||||
3636 | Methods)); | ||||
3637 | // cache is always NULL. | ||||
3638 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.CachePtrTy); | ||||
3639 | values.add(Protocols); | ||||
3640 | // ivar_layout for metaclass is always NULL. | ||||
3641 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
3642 | // The class extension is used to store class properties for metaclasses. | ||||
3643 | values.add(EmitClassExtension(ID, CharUnits::Zero(), false/*hasMRCWeak*/, | ||||
3644 | /*isMetaclass*/true)); | ||||
3645 | |||||
3646 | std::string Name("OBJC_METACLASS_"); | ||||
3647 | Name += ID->getName(); | ||||
3648 | |||||
3649 | // Check for a forward reference. | ||||
3650 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = CGM.getModule().getGlobalVariable(Name, true); | ||||
3651 | if (GV) { | ||||
3652 | assert(GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes.ClassTy &&(static_cast <bool> (GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes .ClassTy && "Forward metaclass reference has incorrect type." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes.ClassTy && \"Forward metaclass reference has incorrect type.\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 3653, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
3653 | "Forward metaclass reference has incorrect type.")(static_cast <bool> (GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes .ClassTy && "Forward metaclass reference has incorrect type." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes.ClassTy && \"Forward metaclass reference has incorrect type.\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 3653, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
3654 | values.finishAndSetAsInitializer(GV); | ||||
3655 | } else { | ||||
3656 | GV = values.finishAndCreateGlobal(Name, CGM.getPointerAlign(), | ||||
3657 | /*constant*/ false, | ||||
3658 | llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage); | ||||
3659 | } | ||||
3660 | GV->setSection("__OBJC,__meta_class,regular,no_dead_strip"); | ||||
3661 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(GV); | ||||
3662 | |||||
3663 | return GV; | ||||
3664 | } | ||||
3665 | |||||
3666 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCMac::EmitMetaClassRef(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) { | ||||
3667 | std::string Name = "OBJC_METACLASS_" + ID->getNameAsString(); | ||||
3668 | |||||
3669 | // FIXME: Should we look these up somewhere other than the module. Its a bit | ||||
3670 | // silly since we only generate these while processing an implementation, so | ||||
3671 | // exactly one pointer would work if know when we entered/exitted an | ||||
3672 | // implementation block. | ||||
3673 | |||||
3674 | // Check for an existing forward reference. | ||||
3675 | // Previously, metaclass with internal linkage may have been defined. | ||||
3676 | // pass 'true' as 2nd argument so it is returned. | ||||
3677 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = CGM.getModule().getGlobalVariable(Name, true); | ||||
3678 | if (!GV) | ||||
3679 | GV = new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), ObjCTypes.ClassTy, false, | ||||
3680 | llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage, nullptr, | ||||
3681 | Name); | ||||
3682 | |||||
3683 | assert(GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes.ClassTy &&(static_cast <bool> (GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes .ClassTy && "Forward metaclass reference has incorrect type." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes.ClassTy && \"Forward metaclass reference has incorrect type.\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 3684, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
3684 | "Forward metaclass reference has incorrect type.")(static_cast <bool> (GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes .ClassTy && "Forward metaclass reference has incorrect type." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes.ClassTy && \"Forward metaclass reference has incorrect type.\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 3684, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
3685 | return GV; | ||||
3686 | } | ||||
3687 | |||||
3688 | llvm::Value *CGObjCMac::EmitSuperClassRef(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) { | ||||
3689 | std::string Name = "OBJC_CLASS_" + ID->getNameAsString(); | ||||
3690 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = CGM.getModule().getGlobalVariable(Name, true); | ||||
3691 | |||||
3692 | if (!GV) | ||||
3693 | GV = new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), ObjCTypes.ClassTy, false, | ||||
3694 | llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage, nullptr, | ||||
3695 | Name); | ||||
3696 | |||||
3697 | assert(GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes.ClassTy &&(static_cast <bool> (GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes .ClassTy && "Forward class metadata reference has incorrect type." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes.ClassTy && \"Forward class metadata reference has incorrect type.\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 3698, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
3698 | "Forward class metadata reference has incorrect type.")(static_cast <bool> (GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes .ClassTy && "Forward class metadata reference has incorrect type." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("GV->getValueType() == ObjCTypes.ClassTy && \"Forward class metadata reference has incorrect type.\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 3698, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
3699 | return GV; | ||||
3700 | } | ||||
3701 | |||||
3702 | /* | ||||
3703 | Emit a "class extension", which in this specific context means extra | ||||
3704 | data that doesn't fit in the normal fragile-ABI class structure, and | ||||
3705 | has nothing to do with the language concept of a class extension. | ||||
3706 | |||||
3707 | struct objc_class_ext { | ||||
3708 | uint32_t size; | ||||
3709 | const char *weak_ivar_layout; | ||||
3710 | struct _objc_property_list *properties; | ||||
3711 | }; | ||||
3712 | */ | ||||
3713 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
3714 | CGObjCMac::EmitClassExtension(const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID, | ||||
3715 | CharUnits InstanceSize, bool hasMRCWeakIvars, | ||||
3716 | bool isMetaclass) { | ||||
3717 | // Weak ivar layout. | ||||
3718 | llvm::Constant *layout; | ||||
3719 | if (isMetaclass) { | ||||
3720 | layout = llvm::ConstantPointerNull::get(CGM.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
3721 | } else { | ||||
3722 | layout = BuildWeakIvarLayout(ID, CharUnits::Zero(), InstanceSize, | ||||
3723 | hasMRCWeakIvars); | ||||
3724 | } | ||||
3725 | |||||
3726 | // Properties. | ||||
3727 | llvm::Constant *propertyList = | ||||
3728 | EmitPropertyList((isMetaclass ? Twine("_OBJC_$_CLASS_PROP_LIST_") | ||||
3729 | : Twine("_OBJC_$_PROP_LIST_")) | ||||
3730 | + ID->getName(), | ||||
3731 | ID, ID->getClassInterface(), ObjCTypes, isMetaclass); | ||||
3732 | |||||
3733 | // Return null if no extension bits are used. | ||||
3734 | if (layout->isNullValue() && propertyList->isNullValue()) { | ||||
3735 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ObjCTypes.ClassExtensionPtrTy); | ||||
3736 | } | ||||
3737 | |||||
3738 | uint64_t size = | ||||
3739 | CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ObjCTypes.ClassExtensionTy); | ||||
3740 | |||||
3741 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
3742 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.ClassExtensionTy); | ||||
3743 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, size); | ||||
3744 | values.add(layout); | ||||
3745 | values.add(propertyList); | ||||
3746 | |||||
3747 | return CreateMetadataVar("OBJC_CLASSEXT_" + ID->getName(), values, | ||||
3748 | "__OBJC,__class_ext,regular,no_dead_strip", | ||||
3749 | CGM.getPointerAlign(), true); | ||||
3750 | } | ||||
3751 | |||||
3752 | /* | ||||
3753 | struct objc_ivar { | ||||
3754 | char *ivar_name; | ||||
3755 | char *ivar_type; | ||||
3756 | int ivar_offset; | ||||
3757 | }; | ||||
3758 | |||||
3759 | struct objc_ivar_list { | ||||
3760 | int ivar_count; | ||||
3761 | struct objc_ivar list[count]; | ||||
3762 | }; | ||||
3763 | */ | ||||
3764 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCMac::EmitIvarList(const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID, | ||||
3765 | bool ForClass) { | ||||
3766 | // When emitting the root class GCC emits ivar entries for the | ||||
3767 | // actual class structure. It is not clear if we need to follow this | ||||
3768 | // behavior; for now lets try and get away with not doing it. If so, | ||||
3769 | // the cleanest solution would be to make up an ObjCInterfaceDecl | ||||
3770 | // for the class. | ||||
3771 | if (ForClass) | ||||
3772 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ObjCTypes.IvarListPtrTy); | ||||
3773 | |||||
3774 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OID = ID->getClassInterface(); | ||||
3775 | |||||
3776 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
3777 | auto ivarList = builder.beginStruct(); | ||||
3778 | auto countSlot = ivarList.addPlaceholder(); | ||||
3779 | auto ivars = ivarList.beginArray(ObjCTypes.IvarTy); | ||||
3780 | |||||
3781 | for (const ObjCIvarDecl *IVD = OID->all_declared_ivar_begin(); | ||||
3782 | IVD; IVD = IVD->getNextIvar()) { | ||||
3783 | // Ignore unnamed bit-fields. | ||||
3784 | if (!IVD->getDeclName()) | ||||
3785 | continue; | ||||
3786 | |||||
3787 | auto ivar = ivars.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.IvarTy); | ||||
3788 | ivar.add(GetMethodVarName(IVD->getIdentifier())); | ||||
3789 | ivar.add(GetMethodVarType(IVD)); | ||||
3790 | ivar.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, ComputeIvarBaseOffset(CGM, OID, IVD)); | ||||
3791 | ivar.finishAndAddTo(ivars); | ||||
3792 | } | ||||
3793 | |||||
3794 | // Return null for empty list. | ||||
3795 | auto count = ivars.size(); | ||||
3796 | if (count == 0) { | ||||
3797 | ivars.abandon(); | ||||
3798 | ivarList.abandon(); | ||||
3799 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ObjCTypes.IvarListPtrTy); | ||||
3800 | } | ||||
3801 | |||||
3802 | ivars.finishAndAddTo(ivarList); | ||||
3803 | ivarList.fillPlaceholderWithInt(countSlot, ObjCTypes.IntTy, count); | ||||
3804 | |||||
3805 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV; | ||||
3806 | if (ForClass) | ||||
3807 | GV = | ||||
3808 | CreateMetadataVar("OBJC_CLASS_VARIABLES_" + ID->getName(), ivarList, | ||||
3809 | "__OBJC,__class_vars,regular,no_dead_strip", | ||||
3810 | CGM.getPointerAlign(), true); | ||||
3811 | else | ||||
3812 | GV = CreateMetadataVar("OBJC_INSTANCE_VARIABLES_" + ID->getName(), ivarList, | ||||
3813 | "__OBJC,__instance_vars,regular,no_dead_strip", | ||||
3814 | CGM.getPointerAlign(), true); | ||||
3815 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, ObjCTypes.IvarListPtrTy); | ||||
3816 | } | ||||
3817 | |||||
3818 | /// Build a struct objc_method_description constant for the given method. | ||||
3819 | /// | ||||
3820 | /// struct objc_method_description { | ||||
3821 | /// SEL method_name; | ||||
3822 | /// char *method_types; | ||||
3823 | /// }; | ||||
3824 | void CGObjCMac::emitMethodDescriptionConstant(ConstantArrayBuilder &builder, | ||||
3825 | const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { | ||||
3826 | auto description = builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.MethodDescriptionTy); | ||||
3827 | description.addBitCast(GetMethodVarName(MD->getSelector()), | ||||
3828 | ObjCTypes.SelectorPtrTy); | ||||
3829 | description.add(GetMethodVarType(MD)); | ||||
3830 | description.finishAndAddTo(builder); | ||||
3831 | } | ||||
3832 | |||||
3833 | /// Build a struct objc_method constant for the given method. | ||||
3834 | /// | ||||
3835 | /// struct objc_method { | ||||
3836 | /// SEL method_name; | ||||
3837 | /// char *method_types; | ||||
3838 | /// void *method; | ||||
3839 | /// }; | ||||
3840 | void CGObjCMac::emitMethodConstant(ConstantArrayBuilder &builder, | ||||
3841 | const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { | ||||
3842 | llvm::Function *fn = GetMethodDefinition(MD); | ||||
3843 | assert(fn && "no definition registered for method")(static_cast <bool> (fn && "no definition registered for method" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("fn && \"no definition registered for method\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 3843, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
3844 | |||||
3845 | auto method = builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.MethodTy); | ||||
3846 | method.addBitCast(GetMethodVarName(MD->getSelector()), | ||||
3847 | ObjCTypes.SelectorPtrTy); | ||||
3848 | method.add(GetMethodVarType(MD)); | ||||
3849 | method.addBitCast(fn, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
3850 | method.finishAndAddTo(builder); | ||||
3851 | } | ||||
3852 | |||||
3853 | /// Build a struct objc_method_list or struct objc_method_description_list, | ||||
3854 | /// as appropriate. | ||||
3855 | /// | ||||
3856 | /// struct objc_method_list { | ||||
3857 | /// struct objc_method_list *obsolete; | ||||
3858 | /// int count; | ||||
3859 | /// struct objc_method methods_list[count]; | ||||
3860 | /// }; | ||||
3861 | /// | ||||
3862 | /// struct objc_method_description_list { | ||||
3863 | /// int count; | ||||
3864 | /// struct objc_method_description list[count]; | ||||
3865 | /// }; | ||||
3866 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCMac::emitMethodList(Twine name, MethodListType MLT, | ||||
3867 | ArrayRef<const ObjCMethodDecl *> methods) { | ||||
3868 | StringRef prefix; | ||||
3869 | StringRef section; | ||||
3870 | bool forProtocol = false; | ||||
3871 | switch (MLT) { | ||||
3872 | case MethodListType::CategoryInstanceMethods: | ||||
3873 | prefix = "OBJC_CATEGORY_INSTANCE_METHODS_"; | ||||
3874 | section = "__OBJC,__cat_inst_meth,regular,no_dead_strip"; | ||||
3875 | forProtocol = false; | ||||
3876 | break; | ||||
3877 | case MethodListType::CategoryClassMethods: | ||||
3878 | prefix = "OBJC_CATEGORY_CLASS_METHODS_"; | ||||
3879 | section = "__OBJC,__cat_cls_meth,regular,no_dead_strip"; | ||||
3880 | forProtocol = false; | ||||
3881 | break; | ||||
3882 | case MethodListType::InstanceMethods: | ||||
3883 | prefix = "OBJC_INSTANCE_METHODS_"; | ||||
3884 | section = "__OBJC,__inst_meth,regular,no_dead_strip"; | ||||
3885 | forProtocol = false; | ||||
3886 | break; | ||||
3887 | case MethodListType::ClassMethods: | ||||
3888 | prefix = "OBJC_CLASS_METHODS_"; | ||||
3889 | section = "__OBJC,__cls_meth,regular,no_dead_strip"; | ||||
3890 | forProtocol = false; | ||||
3891 | break; | ||||
3892 | case MethodListType::ProtocolInstanceMethods: | ||||
3893 | prefix = "OBJC_PROTOCOL_INSTANCE_METHODS_"; | ||||
3894 | section = "__OBJC,__cat_inst_meth,regular,no_dead_strip"; | ||||
3895 | forProtocol = true; | ||||
3896 | break; | ||||
3897 | case MethodListType::ProtocolClassMethods: | ||||
3898 | prefix = "OBJC_PROTOCOL_CLASS_METHODS_"; | ||||
3899 | section = "__OBJC,__cat_cls_meth,regular,no_dead_strip"; | ||||
3900 | forProtocol = true; | ||||
3901 | break; | ||||
3902 | case MethodListType::OptionalProtocolInstanceMethods: | ||||
3903 | prefix = "OBJC_PROTOCOL_INSTANCE_METHODS_OPT_"; | ||||
3904 | section = "__OBJC,__cat_inst_meth,regular,no_dead_strip"; | ||||
3905 | forProtocol = true; | ||||
3906 | break; | ||||
3907 | case MethodListType::OptionalProtocolClassMethods: | ||||
3908 | prefix = "OBJC_PROTOCOL_CLASS_METHODS_OPT_"; | ||||
3909 | section = "__OBJC,__cat_cls_meth,regular,no_dead_strip"; | ||||
3910 | forProtocol = true; | ||||
3911 | break; | ||||
3912 | } | ||||
3913 | |||||
3914 | // Return null for empty list. | ||||
3915 | if (methods.empty()) | ||||
3916 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(forProtocol | ||||
3917 | ? ObjCTypes.MethodDescriptionListPtrTy | ||||
3918 | : ObjCTypes.MethodListPtrTy); | ||||
3919 | |||||
3920 | // For protocols, this is an objc_method_description_list, which has | ||||
3921 | // a slightly different structure. | ||||
3922 | if (forProtocol) { | ||||
3923 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
3924 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(); | ||||
3925 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, methods.size()); | ||||
3926 | auto methodArray = values.beginArray(ObjCTypes.MethodDescriptionTy); | ||||
3927 | for (auto MD : methods) { | ||||
3928 | emitMethodDescriptionConstant(methodArray, MD); | ||||
3929 | } | ||||
3930 | methodArray.finishAndAddTo(values); | ||||
3931 | |||||
3932 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = CreateMetadataVar(prefix + name, values, section, | ||||
3933 | CGM.getPointerAlign(), true); | ||||
3934 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, | ||||
3935 | ObjCTypes.MethodDescriptionListPtrTy); | ||||
3936 | } | ||||
3937 | |||||
3938 | // Otherwise, it's an objc_method_list. | ||||
3939 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
3940 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(); | ||||
3941 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
3942 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, methods.size()); | ||||
3943 | auto methodArray = values.beginArray(ObjCTypes.MethodTy); | ||||
3944 | for (auto MD : methods) { | ||||
3945 | if (!MD->isDirectMethod()) | ||||
3946 | emitMethodConstant(methodArray, MD); | ||||
3947 | } | ||||
3948 | methodArray.finishAndAddTo(values); | ||||
3949 | |||||
3950 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = CreateMetadataVar(prefix + name, values, section, | ||||
3951 | CGM.getPointerAlign(), true); | ||||
3952 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, ObjCTypes.MethodListPtrTy); | ||||
3953 | } | ||||
3954 | |||||
3955 | llvm::Function *CGObjCCommonMac::GenerateMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD, | ||||
3956 | const ObjCContainerDecl *CD) { | ||||
3957 | llvm::Function *Method; | ||||
3958 | |||||
3959 | if (OMD->isDirectMethod()) { | ||||
3960 | Method = GenerateDirectMethod(OMD, CD); | ||||
3961 | } else { | ||||
3962 | auto Name = getSymbolNameForMethod(OMD); | ||||
3963 | |||||
3964 | CodeGenTypes &Types = CGM.getTypes(); | ||||
3965 | llvm::FunctionType *MethodTy = | ||||
3966 | Types.GetFunctionType(Types.arrangeObjCMethodDeclaration(OMD)); | ||||
3967 | Method = | ||||
3968 | llvm::Function::Create(MethodTy, llvm::GlobalValue::InternalLinkage, | ||||
3969 | Name, &CGM.getModule()); | ||||
3970 | } | ||||
3971 | |||||
3972 | MethodDefinitions.insert(std::make_pair(OMD, Method)); | ||||
3973 | |||||
3974 | return Method; | ||||
3975 | } | ||||
3976 | |||||
3977 | llvm::Function * | ||||
3978 | CGObjCCommonMac::GenerateDirectMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD, | ||||
3979 | const ObjCContainerDecl *CD) { | ||||
3980 | auto *COMD = OMD->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||
3981 | auto I = DirectMethodDefinitions.find(COMD); | ||||
3982 | llvm::Function *OldFn = nullptr, *Fn = nullptr; | ||||
3983 | |||||
3984 | if (I != DirectMethodDefinitions.end()) { | ||||
3985 | // Objective-C allows for the declaration and implementation types | ||||
3986 | // to differ slightly. | ||||
3987 | // | ||||
3988 | // If we're being asked for the Function associated for a method | ||||
3989 | // implementation, a previous value might have been cached | ||||
3990 | // based on the type of the canonical declaration. | ||||
3991 | // | ||||
3992 | // If these do not match, then we'll replace this function with | ||||
3993 | // a new one that has the proper type below. | ||||
3994 | if (!OMD->getBody() || COMD->getReturnType() == OMD->getReturnType()) | ||||
3995 | return I->second; | ||||
3996 | OldFn = I->second; | ||||
3997 | } | ||||
3998 | |||||
3999 | CodeGenTypes &Types = CGM.getTypes(); | ||||
4000 | llvm::FunctionType *MethodTy = | ||||
4001 | Types.GetFunctionType(Types.arrangeObjCMethodDeclaration(OMD)); | ||||
4002 | |||||
4003 | if (OldFn) { | ||||
4004 | Fn = llvm::Function::Create(MethodTy, llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage, | ||||
4005 | "", &CGM.getModule()); | ||||
4006 | Fn->takeName(OldFn); | ||||
4007 | OldFn->replaceAllUsesWith( | ||||
4008 | llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Fn, OldFn->getType())); | ||||
4009 | OldFn->eraseFromParent(); | ||||
4010 | |||||
4011 | // Replace the cached function in the map. | ||||
4012 | I->second = Fn; | ||||
4013 | } else { | ||||
4014 | auto Name = getSymbolNameForMethod(OMD, /*include category*/ false); | ||||
4015 | |||||
4016 | Fn = llvm::Function::Create(MethodTy, llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage, | ||||
4017 | Name, &CGM.getModule()); | ||||
4018 | DirectMethodDefinitions.insert(std::make_pair(COMD, Fn)); | ||||
4019 | } | ||||
4020 | |||||
4021 | return Fn; | ||||
4022 | } | ||||
4023 | |||||
4024 | void CGObjCCommonMac::GenerateDirectMethodPrologue( | ||||
4025 | CodeGenFunction &CGF, llvm::Function *Fn, const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD, | ||||
4026 | const ObjCContainerDecl *CD) { | ||||
4027 | auto &Builder = CGF.Builder; | ||||
4028 | bool ReceiverCanBeNull = true; | ||||
4029 | auto selfAddr = CGF.GetAddrOfLocalVar(OMD->getSelfDecl()); | ||||
4030 | auto selfValue = Builder.CreateLoad(selfAddr); | ||||
4031 | |||||
4032 | // Generate: | ||||
4033 | // | ||||
4034 | // /* for class methods only to force class lazy initialization */ | ||||
4035 | // self = [self self]; | ||||
4036 | // | ||||
4037 | // /* unless the receiver is never NULL */ | ||||
4038 | // if (self == nil) { | ||||
4039 | // return (ReturnType){ }; | ||||
4040 | // } | ||||
4041 | // | ||||
4042 | // _cmd = @selector(...) | ||||
4043 | // ... | ||||
4044 | |||||
4045 | if (OMD->isClassMethod()) { | ||||
4046 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OID = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CD); | ||||
4047 | assert(OID &&(static_cast <bool> (OID && "GenerateDirectMethod() should be called with the Class Interface" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("OID && \"GenerateDirectMethod() should be called with the Class Interface\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 4048, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
4048 | "GenerateDirectMethod() should be called with the Class Interface")(static_cast <bool> (OID && "GenerateDirectMethod() should be called with the Class Interface" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("OID && \"GenerateDirectMethod() should be called with the Class Interface\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 4048, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4049 | Selector SelfSel = GetNullarySelector("self", CGM.getContext()); | ||||
4050 | auto ResultType = CGF.getContext().getObjCIdType(); | ||||
4051 | RValue result; | ||||
4052 | CallArgList Args; | ||||
4053 | |||||
4054 | // TODO: If this method is inlined, the caller might know that `self` is | ||||
4055 | // already initialized; for example, it might be an ordinary Objective-C | ||||
4056 | // method which always receives an initialized `self`, or it might have just | ||||
4057 | // forced initialization on its own. | ||||
4058 | // | ||||
4059 | // We should find a way to eliminate this unnecessary initialization in such | ||||
4060 | // cases in LLVM. | ||||
4061 | result = GeneratePossiblySpecializedMessageSend( | ||||
4062 | CGF, ReturnValueSlot(), ResultType, SelfSel, selfValue, Args, OID, | ||||
4063 | nullptr, true); | ||||
4064 | Builder.CreateStore(result.getScalarVal(), selfAddr); | ||||
4065 | |||||
4066 | // Nullable `Class` expressions cannot be messaged with a direct method | ||||
4067 | // so the only reason why the receive can be null would be because | ||||
4068 | // of weak linking. | ||||
4069 | ReceiverCanBeNull = isWeakLinkedClass(OID); | ||||
4070 | } | ||||
4071 | |||||
4072 | if (ReceiverCanBeNull) { | ||||
4073 | llvm::BasicBlock *SelfIsNilBlock = | ||||
4074 | CGF.createBasicBlock("objc_direct_method.self_is_nil"); | ||||
4075 | llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = | ||||
4076 | CGF.createBasicBlock("objc_direct_method.cont"); | ||||
4077 | |||||
4078 | // if (self == nil) { | ||||
4079 | auto selfTy = cast<llvm::PointerType>(selfValue->getType()); | ||||
4080 | auto Zero = llvm::ConstantPointerNull::get(selfTy); | ||||
4081 | |||||
4082 | llvm::MDBuilder MDHelper(CGM.getLLVMContext()); | ||||
4083 | Builder.CreateCondBr(Builder.CreateICmpEQ(selfValue, Zero), SelfIsNilBlock, | ||||
4084 | ContBlock, MDHelper.createBranchWeights(1, 1 << 20)); | ||||
4085 | |||||
4086 | CGF.EmitBlock(SelfIsNilBlock); | ||||
4087 | |||||
4088 | // return (ReturnType){ }; | ||||
4089 | auto retTy = OMD->getReturnType(); | ||||
4090 | Builder.SetInsertPoint(SelfIsNilBlock); | ||||
4091 | if (!retTy->isVoidType()) { | ||||
4092 | CGF.EmitNullInitialization(CGF.ReturnValue, retTy); | ||||
4093 | } | ||||
4094 | CGF.EmitBranchThroughCleanup(CGF.ReturnBlock); | ||||
4095 | // } | ||||
4096 | |||||
4097 | // rest of the body | ||||
4098 | CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); | ||||
4099 | Builder.SetInsertPoint(ContBlock); | ||||
4100 | } | ||||
4101 | |||||
4102 | // only synthesize _cmd if it's referenced | ||||
4103 | if (OMD->getCmdDecl()->isUsed()) { | ||||
4104 | Builder.CreateStore(GetSelector(CGF, OMD), | ||||
4105 | CGF.GetAddrOfLocalVar(OMD->getCmdDecl())); | ||||
4106 | } | ||||
4107 | } | ||||
4108 | |||||
4109 | llvm::GlobalVariable *CGObjCCommonMac::CreateMetadataVar(Twine Name, | ||||
4110 | ConstantStructBuilder &Init, | ||||
4111 | StringRef Section, | ||||
4112 | CharUnits Align, | ||||
4113 | bool AddToUsed) { | ||||
4114 | llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes LT = | ||||
4115 | getLinkageTypeForObjCMetadata(CGM, Section); | ||||
4116 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = | ||||
4117 | Init.finishAndCreateGlobal(Name, Align, /*constant*/ false, LT); | ||||
4118 | if (!Section.empty()) | ||||
4119 | GV->setSection(Section); | ||||
4120 | if (AddToUsed) | ||||
4121 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(GV); | ||||
4122 | return GV; | ||||
4123 | } | ||||
4124 | |||||
4125 | llvm::GlobalVariable *CGObjCCommonMac::CreateMetadataVar(Twine Name, | ||||
4126 | llvm::Constant *Init, | ||||
4127 | StringRef Section, | ||||
4128 | CharUnits Align, | ||||
4129 | bool AddToUsed) { | ||||
4130 | llvm::Type *Ty = Init->getType(); | ||||
4131 | llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes LT = | ||||
4132 | getLinkageTypeForObjCMetadata(CGM, Section); | ||||
4133 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = | ||||
4134 | new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), Ty, false, LT, Init, Name); | ||||
4135 | if (!Section.empty()) | ||||
4136 | GV->setSection(Section); | ||||
4137 | GV->setAlignment(Align.getAsAlign()); | ||||
4138 | if (AddToUsed) | ||||
4139 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(GV); | ||||
4140 | return GV; | ||||
4141 | } | ||||
4142 | |||||
4143 | llvm::GlobalVariable * | ||||
4144 | CGObjCCommonMac::CreateCStringLiteral(StringRef Name, ObjCLabelType Type, | ||||
4145 | bool ForceNonFragileABI, | ||||
4146 | bool NullTerminate) { | ||||
4147 | StringRef Label; | ||||
4148 | switch (Type) { | ||||
4149 | case ObjCLabelType::ClassName: Label = "OBJC_CLASS_NAME_"; break; | ||||
4150 | case ObjCLabelType::MethodVarName: Label = "OBJC_METH_VAR_NAME_"; break; | ||||
4151 | case ObjCLabelType::MethodVarType: Label = "OBJC_METH_VAR_TYPE_"; break; | ||||
4152 | case ObjCLabelType::PropertyName: Label = "OBJC_PROP_NAME_ATTR_"; break; | ||||
4153 | } | ||||
4154 | |||||
4155 | bool NonFragile = ForceNonFragileABI || isNonFragileABI(); | ||||
4156 | |||||
4157 | StringRef Section; | ||||
4158 | switch (Type) { | ||||
4159 | case ObjCLabelType::ClassName: | ||||
4160 | Section = NonFragile ? "__TEXT,__objc_classname,cstring_literals" | ||||
4161 | : "__TEXT,__cstring,cstring_literals"; | ||||
4162 | break; | ||||
4163 | case ObjCLabelType::MethodVarName: | ||||
4164 | Section = NonFragile ? "__TEXT,__objc_methname,cstring_literals" | ||||
4165 | : "__TEXT,__cstring,cstring_literals"; | ||||
4166 | break; | ||||
4167 | case ObjCLabelType::MethodVarType: | ||||
4168 | Section = NonFragile ? "__TEXT,__objc_methtype,cstring_literals" | ||||
4169 | : "__TEXT,__cstring,cstring_literals"; | ||||
4170 | break; | ||||
4171 | case ObjCLabelType::PropertyName: | ||||
4172 | Section = NonFragile ? "__TEXT,__objc_methname,cstring_literals" | ||||
4173 | : "__TEXT,__cstring,cstring_literals"; | ||||
4174 | break; | ||||
4175 | } | ||||
4176 | |||||
4177 | llvm::Constant *Value = | ||||
4178 | llvm::ConstantDataArray::getString(VMContext, Name, NullTerminate); | ||||
4179 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = | ||||
4180 | new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), Value->getType(), | ||||
4181 | /*isConstant=*/true, | ||||
4182 | llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage, Value, Label); | ||||
4183 | if (CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO()) | ||||
4184 | GV->setSection(Section); | ||||
4185 | GV->setUnnamedAddr(llvm::GlobalValue::UnnamedAddr::Global); | ||||
4186 | GV->setAlignment(CharUnits::One().getAsAlign()); | ||||
4187 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(GV); | ||||
4188 | |||||
4189 | return GV; | ||||
4190 | } | ||||
4191 | |||||
4192 | llvm::Function *CGObjCMac::ModuleInitFunction() { | ||||
4193 | // Abuse this interface function as a place to finalize. | ||||
4194 | FinishModule(); | ||||
4195 | return nullptr; | ||||
4196 | } | ||||
4197 | |||||
4198 | llvm::FunctionCallee CGObjCMac::GetPropertyGetFunction() { | ||||
4199 | return ObjCTypes.getGetPropertyFn(); | ||||
4200 | } | ||||
4201 | |||||
4202 | llvm::FunctionCallee CGObjCMac::GetPropertySetFunction() { | ||||
4203 | return ObjCTypes.getSetPropertyFn(); | ||||
4204 | } | ||||
4205 | |||||
4206 | llvm::FunctionCallee CGObjCMac::GetOptimizedPropertySetFunction(bool atomic, | ||||
4207 | bool copy) { | ||||
4208 | return ObjCTypes.getOptimizedSetPropertyFn(atomic, copy); | ||||
4209 | } | ||||
4210 | |||||
4211 | llvm::FunctionCallee CGObjCMac::GetGetStructFunction() { | ||||
4212 | return ObjCTypes.getCopyStructFn(); | ||||
4213 | } | ||||
4214 | |||||
4215 | llvm::FunctionCallee CGObjCMac::GetSetStructFunction() { | ||||
4216 | return ObjCTypes.getCopyStructFn(); | ||||
4217 | } | ||||
4218 | |||||
4219 | llvm::FunctionCallee CGObjCMac::GetCppAtomicObjectGetFunction() { | ||||
4220 | return ObjCTypes.getCppAtomicObjectFunction(); | ||||
4221 | } | ||||
4222 | |||||
4223 | llvm::FunctionCallee CGObjCMac::GetCppAtomicObjectSetFunction() { | ||||
4224 | return ObjCTypes.getCppAtomicObjectFunction(); | ||||
4225 | } | ||||
4226 | |||||
4227 | llvm::FunctionCallee CGObjCMac::EnumerationMutationFunction() { | ||||
4228 | return ObjCTypes.getEnumerationMutationFn(); | ||||
4229 | } | ||||
4230 | |||||
4231 | void CGObjCMac::EmitTryStmt(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const ObjCAtTryStmt &S) { | ||||
4232 | return EmitTryOrSynchronizedStmt(CGF, S); | ||||
4233 | } | ||||
4234 | |||||
4235 | void CGObjCMac::EmitSynchronizedStmt(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
4236 | const ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt &S) { | ||||
4237 | return EmitTryOrSynchronizedStmt(CGF, S); | ||||
4238 | } | ||||
4239 | |||||
4240 | namespace { | ||||
4241 | struct PerformFragileFinally final : EHScopeStack::Cleanup { | ||||
4242 | const Stmt &S; | ||||
4243 | Address SyncArgSlot; | ||||
4244 | Address CallTryExitVar; | ||||
4245 | Address ExceptionData; | ||||
4246 | ObjCTypesHelper &ObjCTypes; | ||||
4247 | PerformFragileFinally(const Stmt *S, | ||||
4248 | Address SyncArgSlot, | ||||
4249 | Address CallTryExitVar, | ||||
4250 | Address ExceptionData, | ||||
4251 | ObjCTypesHelper *ObjCTypes) | ||||
4252 | : S(*S), SyncArgSlot(SyncArgSlot), CallTryExitVar(CallTryExitVar), | ||||
4253 | ExceptionData(ExceptionData), ObjCTypes(*ObjCTypes) {} | ||||
4254 | |||||
4255 | void Emit(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Flags flags) override { | ||||
4256 | // Check whether we need to call objc_exception_try_exit. | ||||
4257 | // In optimized code, this branch will always be folded. | ||||
4258 | llvm::BasicBlock *FinallyCallExit = | ||||
4259 | CGF.createBasicBlock("finally.call_exit"); | ||||
4260 | llvm::BasicBlock *FinallyNoCallExit = | ||||
4261 | CGF.createBasicBlock("finally.no_call_exit"); | ||||
4262 | CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CallTryExitVar), | ||||
4263 | FinallyCallExit, FinallyNoCallExit); | ||||
4264 | |||||
4265 | CGF.EmitBlock(FinallyCallExit); | ||||
4266 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getExceptionTryExitFn(), | ||||
4267 | ExceptionData.getPointer()); | ||||
4268 | |||||
4269 | CGF.EmitBlock(FinallyNoCallExit); | ||||
4270 | |||||
4271 | if (isa<ObjCAtTryStmt>(S)) { | ||||
4272 | if (const ObjCAtFinallyStmt* FinallyStmt = | ||||
4273 | cast<ObjCAtTryStmt>(S).getFinallyStmt()) { | ||||
4274 | // Don't try to do the @finally if this is an EH cleanup. | ||||
4275 | if (flags.isForEHCleanup()) return; | ||||
4276 | |||||
4277 | // Save the current cleanup destination in case there's | ||||
4278 | // control flow inside the finally statement. | ||||
4279 | llvm::Value *CurCleanupDest = | ||||
4280 | CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.getNormalCleanupDestSlot()); | ||||
4281 | |||||
4282 | CGF.EmitStmt(FinallyStmt->getFinallyBody()); | ||||
4283 | |||||
4284 | if (CGF.HaveInsertPoint()) { | ||||
4285 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CurCleanupDest, | ||||
4286 | CGF.getNormalCleanupDestSlot()); | ||||
4287 | } else { | ||||
4288 | // Currently, the end of the cleanup must always exist. | ||||
4289 | CGF.EnsureInsertPoint(); | ||||
4290 | } | ||||
4291 | } | ||||
4292 | } else { | ||||
4293 | // Emit objc_sync_exit(expr); as finally's sole statement for | ||||
4294 | // @synchronized. | ||||
4295 | llvm::Value *SyncArg = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(SyncArgSlot); | ||||
4296 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getSyncExitFn(), SyncArg); | ||||
4297 | } | ||||
4298 | } | ||||
4299 | }; | ||||
4300 | |||||
4301 | class FragileHazards { | ||||
4302 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; | ||||
4303 | SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 20> Locals; | ||||
4304 | llvm::DenseSet<llvm::BasicBlock*> BlocksBeforeTry; | ||||
4305 | |||||
4306 | llvm::InlineAsm *ReadHazard; | ||||
4307 | llvm::InlineAsm *WriteHazard; | ||||
4308 | |||||
4309 | llvm::FunctionType *GetAsmFnType(); | ||||
4310 | |||||
4311 | void collectLocals(); | ||||
4312 | void emitReadHazard(CGBuilderTy &Builder); | ||||
4313 | |||||
4314 | public: | ||||
4315 | FragileHazards(CodeGenFunction &CGF); | ||||
4316 | |||||
4317 | void emitWriteHazard(); | ||||
4318 | void emitHazardsInNewBlocks(); | ||||
4319 | }; | ||||
4320 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
4321 | |||||
4322 | /// Create the fragile-ABI read and write hazards based on the current | ||||
4323 | /// state of the function, which is presumed to be immediately prior | ||||
4324 | /// to a @try block. These hazards are used to maintain correct | ||||
4325 | /// semantics in the face of optimization and the fragile ABI's | ||||
4326 | /// cavalier use of setjmp/longjmp. | ||||
4327 | FragileHazards::FragileHazards(CodeGenFunction &CGF) : CGF(CGF) { | ||||
4328 | collectLocals(); | ||||
4329 | |||||
4330 | if (Locals.empty()) return; | ||||
4331 | |||||
4332 | // Collect all the blocks in the function. | ||||
4333 | for (llvm::Function::iterator | ||||
4334 | I = CGF.CurFn->begin(), E = CGF.CurFn->end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||
4335 | BlocksBeforeTry.insert(&*I); | ||||
4336 | |||||
4337 | llvm::FunctionType *AsmFnTy = GetAsmFnType(); | ||||
4338 | |||||
4339 | // Create a read hazard for the allocas. This inhibits dead-store | ||||
4340 | // optimizations and forces the values to memory. This hazard is | ||||
4341 | // inserted before any 'throwing' calls in the protected scope to | ||||
4342 | // reflect the possibility that the variables might be read from the | ||||
4343 | // catch block if the call throws. | ||||
4344 | { | ||||
4345 | std::string Constraint; | ||||
4346 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Locals.size(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
4347 | if (I) Constraint += ','; | ||||
4348 | Constraint += "*m"; | ||||
4349 | } | ||||
4350 | |||||
4351 | ReadHazard = llvm::InlineAsm::get(AsmFnTy, "", Constraint, true, false); | ||||
4352 | } | ||||
4353 | |||||
4354 | // Create a write hazard for the allocas. This inhibits folding | ||||
4355 | // loads across the hazard. This hazard is inserted at the | ||||
4356 | // beginning of the catch path to reflect the possibility that the | ||||
4357 | // variables might have been written within the protected scope. | ||||
4358 | { | ||||
4359 | std::string Constraint; | ||||
4360 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Locals.size(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
4361 | if (I) Constraint += ','; | ||||
4362 | Constraint += "=*m"; | ||||
4363 | } | ||||
4364 | |||||
4365 | WriteHazard = llvm::InlineAsm::get(AsmFnTy, "", Constraint, true, false); | ||||
4366 | } | ||||
4367 | } | ||||
4368 | |||||
4369 | /// Emit a write hazard at the current location. | ||||
4370 | void FragileHazards::emitWriteHazard() { | ||||
4371 | if (Locals.empty()) return; | ||||
4372 | |||||
4373 | llvm::CallInst *Call = CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(WriteHazard, Locals); | ||||
4374 | for (auto Pair : llvm::enumerate(Locals)) | ||||
4375 | Call->addParamAttr(Pair.index(), llvm::Attribute::get( | ||||
4376 | CGF.getLLVMContext(), llvm::Attribute::ElementType, | ||||
4377 | cast<llvm::AllocaInst>(Pair.value())->getAllocatedType())); | ||||
4378 | } | ||||
4379 | |||||
4380 | void FragileHazards::emitReadHazard(CGBuilderTy &Builder) { | ||||
4381 | assert(!Locals.empty())(static_cast <bool> (!Locals.empty()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Locals.empty()", "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 4381, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4382 | llvm::CallInst *call = Builder.CreateCall(ReadHazard, Locals); | ||||
4383 | call->setDoesNotThrow(); | ||||
4384 | call->setCallingConv(CGF.getRuntimeCC()); | ||||
4385 | for (auto Pair : llvm::enumerate(Locals)) | ||||
4386 | call->addParamAttr(Pair.index(), llvm::Attribute::get( | ||||
4387 | Builder.getContext(), llvm::Attribute::ElementType, | ||||
4388 | cast<llvm::AllocaInst>(Pair.value())->getAllocatedType())); | ||||
4389 | } | ||||
4390 | |||||
4391 | /// Emit read hazards in all the protected blocks, i.e. all the blocks | ||||
4392 | /// which have been inserted since the beginning of the try. | ||||
4393 | void FragileHazards::emitHazardsInNewBlocks() { | ||||
4394 | if (Locals.empty()) return; | ||||
4395 | |||||
4396 | CGBuilderTy Builder(CGF, CGF.getLLVMContext()); | ||||
4397 | |||||
4398 | // Iterate through all blocks, skipping those prior to the try. | ||||
4399 | for (llvm::Function::iterator | ||||
4400 | FI = CGF.CurFn->begin(), FE = CGF.CurFn->end(); FI != FE; ++FI) { | ||||
4401 | llvm::BasicBlock &BB = *FI; | ||||
4402 | if (BlocksBeforeTry.count(&BB)) continue; | ||||
4403 | |||||
4404 | // Walk through all the calls in the block. | ||||
4405 | for (llvm::BasicBlock::iterator | ||||
4406 | BI = BB.begin(), BE = BB.end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { | ||||
4407 | llvm::Instruction &I = *BI; | ||||
4408 | |||||
4409 | // Ignore instructions that aren't non-intrinsic calls. | ||||
4410 | // These are the only calls that can possibly call longjmp. | ||||
4411 | if (!isa<llvm::CallInst>(I) && !isa<llvm::InvokeInst>(I)) | ||||
4412 | continue; | ||||
4413 | if (isa<llvm::IntrinsicInst>(I)) | ||||
4414 | continue; | ||||
4415 | |||||
4416 | // Ignore call sites marked nounwind. This may be questionable, | ||||
4417 | // since 'nounwind' doesn't necessarily mean 'does not call longjmp'. | ||||
4418 | if (cast<llvm::CallBase>(I).doesNotThrow()) | ||||
4419 | continue; | ||||
4420 | |||||
4421 | // Insert a read hazard before the call. This will ensure that | ||||
4422 | // any writes to the locals are performed before making the | ||||
4423 | // call. If the call throws, then this is sufficient to | ||||
4424 | // guarantee correctness as long as it doesn't also write to any | ||||
4425 | // locals. | ||||
4426 | Builder.SetInsertPoint(&BB, BI); | ||||
4427 | emitReadHazard(Builder); | ||||
4428 | } | ||||
4429 | } | ||||
4430 | } | ||||
4431 | |||||
4432 | static void addIfPresent(llvm::DenseSet<llvm::Value*> &S, Address V) { | ||||
4433 | if (V.isValid()) S.insert(V.getPointer()); | ||||
4434 | } | ||||
4435 | |||||
4436 | void FragileHazards::collectLocals() { | ||||
4437 | // Compute a set of allocas to ignore. | ||||
4438 | llvm::DenseSet<llvm::Value*> AllocasToIgnore; | ||||
4439 | addIfPresent(AllocasToIgnore, CGF.ReturnValue); | ||||
4440 | addIfPresent(AllocasToIgnore, CGF.NormalCleanupDest); | ||||
4441 | |||||
4442 | // Collect all the allocas currently in the function. This is | ||||
4443 | // probably way too aggressive. | ||||
4444 | llvm::BasicBlock &Entry = CGF.CurFn->getEntryBlock(); | ||||
4445 | for (llvm::BasicBlock::iterator | ||||
4446 | I = Entry.begin(), E = Entry.end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||
4447 | if (isa<llvm::AllocaInst>(*I) && !AllocasToIgnore.count(&*I)) | ||||
4448 | Locals.push_back(&*I); | ||||
4449 | } | ||||
4450 | |||||
4451 | llvm::FunctionType *FragileHazards::GetAsmFnType() { | ||||
4452 | SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 16> tys(Locals.size()); | ||||
4453 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Locals.size(); i != e; ++i) | ||||
4454 | tys[i] = Locals[i]->getType(); | ||||
4455 | return llvm::FunctionType::get(CGF.VoidTy, tys, false); | ||||
4456 | } | ||||
4457 | |||||
4458 | /* | ||||
4459 | |||||
4460 | Objective-C setjmp-longjmp (sjlj) Exception Handling | ||||
4461 | -- | ||||
4462 | |||||
4463 | A catch buffer is a setjmp buffer plus: | ||||
4464 | - a pointer to the exception that was caught | ||||
4465 | - a pointer to the previous exception data buffer | ||||
4466 | - two pointers of reserved storage | ||||
4467 | Therefore catch buffers form a stack, with a pointer to the top | ||||
4468 | of the stack kept in thread-local storage. | ||||
4469 | |||||
4470 | objc_exception_try_enter pushes a catch buffer onto the EH stack. | ||||
4471 | objc_exception_try_exit pops the given catch buffer, which is | ||||
4472 | required to be the top of the EH stack. | ||||
4473 | objc_exception_throw pops the top of the EH stack, writes the | ||||
4474 | thrown exception into the appropriate field, and longjmps | ||||
4475 | to the setjmp buffer. It crashes the process (with a printf | ||||
4476 | and an abort()) if there are no catch buffers on the stack. | ||||
4477 | objc_exception_extract just reads the exception pointer out of the | ||||
4478 | catch buffer. | ||||
4479 | |||||
4480 | There's no reason an implementation couldn't use a light-weight | ||||
4481 | setjmp here --- something like __builtin_setjmp, but API-compatible | ||||
4482 | with the heavyweight setjmp. This will be more important if we ever | ||||
4483 | want to implement correct ObjC/C++ exception interactions for the | ||||
4484 | fragile ABI. | ||||
4485 | |||||
4486 | Note that for this use of setjmp/longjmp to be correct, we may need | ||||
4487 | to mark some local variables volatile: if a non-volatile local | ||||
4488 | variable is modified between the setjmp and the longjmp, it has | ||||
4489 | indeterminate value. For the purposes of LLVM IR, it may be | ||||
4490 | sufficient to make loads and stores within the @try (to variables | ||||
4491 | declared outside the @try) volatile. This is necessary for | ||||
4492 | optimized correctness, but is not currently being done; this is | ||||
4493 | being tracked as rdar://problem/8160285 | ||||
4494 | |||||
4495 | The basic framework for a @try-catch-finally is as follows: | ||||
4496 | { | ||||
4497 | objc_exception_data d; | ||||
4498 | id _rethrow = null; | ||||
4499 | bool _call_try_exit = true; | ||||
4500 | |||||
4501 | objc_exception_try_enter(&d); | ||||
4502 | if (!setjmp(d.jmp_buf)) { | ||||
4503 | ... try body ... | ||||
4504 | } else { | ||||
4505 | // exception path | ||||
4506 | id _caught = objc_exception_extract(&d); | ||||
4507 | |||||
4508 | // enter new try scope for handlers | ||||
4509 | if (!setjmp(d.jmp_buf)) { | ||||
4510 | ... match exception and execute catch blocks ... | ||||
4511 | |||||
4512 | // fell off end, rethrow. | ||||
4513 | _rethrow = _caught; | ||||
4514 | ... jump-through-finally to finally_rethrow ... | ||||
4515 | } else { | ||||
4516 | // exception in catch block | ||||
4517 | _rethrow = objc_exception_extract(&d); | ||||
4518 | _call_try_exit = false; | ||||
4519 | ... jump-through-finally to finally_rethrow ... | ||||
4520 | } | ||||
4521 | } | ||||
4522 | ... jump-through-finally to finally_end ... | ||||
4523 | |||||
4524 | finally: | ||||
4525 | if (_call_try_exit) | ||||
4526 | objc_exception_try_exit(&d); | ||||
4527 | |||||
4528 | ... finally block .... | ||||
4529 | ... dispatch to finally destination ... | ||||
4530 | |||||
4531 | finally_rethrow: | ||||
4532 | objc_exception_throw(_rethrow); | ||||
4533 | |||||
4534 | finally_end: | ||||
4535 | } | ||||
4536 | |||||
4537 | This framework differs slightly from the one gcc uses, in that gcc | ||||
4538 | uses _rethrow to determine if objc_exception_try_exit should be called | ||||
4539 | and if the object should be rethrown. This breaks in the face of | ||||
4540 | throwing nil and introduces unnecessary branches. | ||||
4541 | |||||
4542 | We specialize this framework for a few particular circumstances: | ||||
4543 | |||||
4544 | - If there are no catch blocks, then we avoid emitting the second | ||||
4545 | exception handling context. | ||||
4546 | |||||
4547 | - If there is a catch-all catch block (i.e. @catch(...) or @catch(id | ||||
4548 | e)) we avoid emitting the code to rethrow an uncaught exception. | ||||
4549 | |||||
4550 | - FIXME: If there is no @finally block we can do a few more | ||||
4551 | simplifications. | ||||
4552 | |||||
4553 | Rethrows and Jumps-Through-Finally | ||||
4554 | -- | ||||
4555 | |||||
4556 | '@throw;' is supported by pushing the currently-caught exception | ||||
4557 | onto ObjCEHStack while the @catch blocks are emitted. | ||||
4558 | |||||
4559 | Branches through the @finally block are handled with an ordinary | ||||
4560 | normal cleanup. We do not register an EH cleanup; fragile-ABI ObjC | ||||
4561 | exceptions are not compatible with C++ exceptions, and this is | ||||
4562 | hardly the only place where this will go wrong. | ||||
4563 | |||||
4564 | @synchronized(expr) { stmt; } is emitted as if it were: | ||||
4565 | id synch_value = expr; | ||||
4566 | objc_sync_enter(synch_value); | ||||
4567 | @try { stmt; } @finally { objc_sync_exit(synch_value); } | ||||
4568 | */ | ||||
4569 | |||||
4570 | void CGObjCMac::EmitTryOrSynchronizedStmt(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
4571 | const Stmt &S) { | ||||
4572 | bool isTry = isa<ObjCAtTryStmt>(S); | ||||
4573 | |||||
4574 | // A destination for the fall-through edges of the catch handlers to | ||||
4575 | // jump to. | ||||
4576 | CodeGenFunction::JumpDest FinallyEnd = | ||||
4577 | CGF.getJumpDestInCurrentScope("finally.end"); | ||||
4578 | |||||
4579 | // A destination for the rethrow edge of the catch handlers to jump | ||||
4580 | // to. | ||||
4581 | CodeGenFunction::JumpDest FinallyRethrow = | ||||
4582 | CGF.getJumpDestInCurrentScope("finally.rethrow"); | ||||
4583 | |||||
4584 | // For @synchronized, call objc_sync_enter(sync.expr). The | ||||
4585 | // evaluation of the expression must occur before we enter the | ||||
4586 | // @synchronized. We can't avoid a temp here because we need the | ||||
4587 | // value to be preserved. If the backend ever does liveness | ||||
4588 | // correctly after setjmp, this will be unnecessary. | ||||
4589 | Address SyncArgSlot = Address::invalid(); | ||||
4590 | if (!isTry) { | ||||
4591 | llvm::Value *SyncArg = | ||||
4592 | CGF.EmitScalarExpr(cast<ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt>(S).getSynchExpr()); | ||||
4593 | SyncArg = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(SyncArg, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
4594 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getSyncEnterFn(), SyncArg); | ||||
4595 | |||||
4596 | SyncArgSlot = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(SyncArg->getType(), | ||||
4597 | CGF.getPointerAlign(), "sync.arg"); | ||||
4598 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(SyncArg, SyncArgSlot); | ||||
4599 | } | ||||
4600 | |||||
4601 | // Allocate memory for the setjmp buffer. This needs to be kept | ||||
4602 | // live throughout the try and catch blocks. | ||||
4603 | Address ExceptionData = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(ObjCTypes.ExceptionDataTy, | ||||
4604 | CGF.getPointerAlign(), | ||||
4605 | "exceptiondata.ptr"); | ||||
4606 | |||||
4607 | // Create the fragile hazards. Note that this will not capture any | ||||
4608 | // of the allocas required for exception processing, but will | ||||
4609 | // capture the current basic block (which extends all the way to the | ||||
4610 | // setjmp call) as "before the @try". | ||||
4611 | FragileHazards Hazards(CGF); | ||||
4612 | |||||
4613 | // Create a flag indicating whether the cleanup needs to call | ||||
4614 | // objc_exception_try_exit. This is true except when | ||||
4615 | // - no catches match and we're branching through the cleanup | ||||
4616 | // just to rethrow the exception, or | ||||
4617 | // - a catch matched and we're falling out of the catch handler. | ||||
4618 | // The setjmp-safety rule here is that we should always store to this | ||||
4619 | // variable in a place that dominates the branch through the cleanup | ||||
4620 | // without passing through any setjmps. | ||||
4621 | Address CallTryExitVar = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.Builder.getInt1Ty(), | ||||
4622 | CharUnits::One(), | ||||
4623 | "_call_try_exit"); | ||||
4624 | |||||
4625 | // A slot containing the exception to rethrow. Only needed when we | ||||
4626 | // have both a @catch and a @finally. | ||||
4627 | Address PropagatingExnVar = Address::invalid(); | ||||
4628 | |||||
4629 | // Push a normal cleanup to leave the try scope. | ||||
4630 | CGF.EHStack.pushCleanup<PerformFragileFinally>(NormalAndEHCleanup, &S, | ||||
4631 | SyncArgSlot, | ||||
4632 | CallTryExitVar, | ||||
4633 | ExceptionData, | ||||
4634 | &ObjCTypes); | ||||
4635 | |||||
4636 | // Enter a try block: | ||||
4637 | // - Call objc_exception_try_enter to push ExceptionData on top of | ||||
4638 | // the EH stack. | ||||
4639 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getExceptionTryEnterFn(), | ||||
4640 | ExceptionData.getPointer()); | ||||
4641 | |||||
4642 | // - Call setjmp on the exception data buffer. | ||||
4643 | llvm::Constant *Zero = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Builder.getInt32Ty(), 0); | ||||
4644 | llvm::Value *GEPIndexes[] = { Zero, Zero, Zero }; | ||||
4645 | llvm::Value *SetJmpBuffer = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP( | ||||
4646 | ObjCTypes.ExceptionDataTy, ExceptionData.getPointer(), GEPIndexes, | ||||
4647 | "setjmp_buffer"); | ||||
4648 | llvm::CallInst *SetJmpResult = CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall( | ||||
4649 | ObjCTypes.getSetJmpFn(), SetJmpBuffer, "setjmp_result"); | ||||
4650 | SetJmpResult->setCanReturnTwice(); | ||||
4651 | |||||
4652 | // If setjmp returned 0, enter the protected block; otherwise, | ||||
4653 | // branch to the handler. | ||||
4654 | llvm::BasicBlock *TryBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("try"); | ||||
4655 | llvm::BasicBlock *TryHandler = CGF.createBasicBlock("try.handler"); | ||||
4656 | llvm::Value *DidCatch = | ||||
4657 | CGF.Builder.CreateIsNotNull(SetJmpResult, "did_catch_exception"); | ||||
4658 | CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(DidCatch, TryHandler, TryBlock); | ||||
4659 | |||||
4660 | // Emit the protected block. | ||||
4661 | CGF.EmitBlock(TryBlock); | ||||
4662 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.getTrue(), CallTryExitVar); | ||||
4663 | CGF.EmitStmt(isTry ? cast<ObjCAtTryStmt>(S).getTryBody() | ||||
4664 | : cast<ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt>(S).getSynchBody()); | ||||
4665 | |||||
4666 | CGBuilderTy::InsertPoint TryFallthroughIP = CGF.Builder.saveAndClearIP(); | ||||
4667 | |||||
4668 | // Emit the exception handler block. | ||||
4669 | CGF.EmitBlock(TryHandler); | ||||
4670 | |||||
4671 | // Don't optimize loads of the in-scope locals across this point. | ||||
4672 | Hazards.emitWriteHazard(); | ||||
4673 | |||||
4674 | // For a @synchronized (or a @try with no catches), just branch | ||||
4675 | // through the cleanup to the rethrow block. | ||||
4676 | if (!isTry || !cast<ObjCAtTryStmt>(S).getNumCatchStmts()) { | ||||
4677 | // Tell the cleanup not to re-pop the exit. | ||||
4678 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.getFalse(), CallTryExitVar); | ||||
4679 | CGF.EmitBranchThroughCleanup(FinallyRethrow); | ||||
4680 | |||||
4681 | // Otherwise, we have to match against the caught exceptions. | ||||
4682 | } else { | ||||
4683 | // Retrieve the exception object. We may emit multiple blocks but | ||||
4684 | // nothing can cross this so the value is already in SSA form. | ||||
4685 | llvm::CallInst *Caught = | ||||
4686 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getExceptionExtractFn(), | ||||
4687 | ExceptionData.getPointer(), "caught"); | ||||
4688 | |||||
4689 | // Push the exception to rethrow onto the EH value stack for the | ||||
4690 | // benefit of any @throws in the handlers. | ||||
4691 | CGF.ObjCEHValueStack.push_back(Caught); | ||||
4692 | |||||
4693 | const ObjCAtTryStmt* AtTryStmt = cast<ObjCAtTryStmt>(&S); | ||||
4694 | |||||
4695 | bool HasFinally = (AtTryStmt->getFinallyStmt() != nullptr); | ||||
4696 | |||||
4697 | llvm::BasicBlock *CatchBlock = nullptr; | ||||
4698 | llvm::BasicBlock *CatchHandler = nullptr; | ||||
4699 | if (HasFinally) { | ||||
4700 | // Save the currently-propagating exception before | ||||
4701 | // objc_exception_try_enter clears the exception slot. | ||||
4702 | PropagatingExnVar = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(Caught->getType(), | ||||
4703 | CGF.getPointerAlign(), | ||||
4704 | "propagating_exception"); | ||||
4705 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Caught, PropagatingExnVar); | ||||
4706 | |||||
4707 | // Enter a new exception try block (in case a @catch block | ||||
4708 | // throws an exception). | ||||
4709 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getExceptionTryEnterFn(), | ||||
4710 | ExceptionData.getPointer()); | ||||
4711 | |||||
4712 | llvm::CallInst *SetJmpResult = | ||||
4713 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getSetJmpFn(), | ||||
4714 | SetJmpBuffer, "setjmp.result"); | ||||
4715 | SetJmpResult->setCanReturnTwice(); | ||||
4716 | |||||
4717 | llvm::Value *Threw = | ||||
4718 | CGF.Builder.CreateIsNotNull(SetJmpResult, "did_catch_exception"); | ||||
4719 | |||||
4720 | CatchBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("catch"); | ||||
4721 | CatchHandler = CGF.createBasicBlock("catch_for_catch"); | ||||
4722 | CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(Threw, CatchHandler, CatchBlock); | ||||
4723 | |||||
4724 | CGF.EmitBlock(CatchBlock); | ||||
4725 | } | ||||
4726 | |||||
4727 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.getInt1(HasFinally), CallTryExitVar); | ||||
4728 | |||||
4729 | // Handle catch list. As a special case we check if everything is | ||||
4730 | // matched and avoid generating code for falling off the end if | ||||
4731 | // so. | ||||
4732 | bool AllMatched = false; | ||||
4733 | for (const ObjCAtCatchStmt *CatchStmt : AtTryStmt->catch_stmts()) { | ||||
4734 | const VarDecl *CatchParam = CatchStmt->getCatchParamDecl(); | ||||
4735 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr; | ||||
4736 | |||||
4737 | // catch(...) always matches. | ||||
4738 | if (!CatchParam) { | ||||
4739 | AllMatched = true; | ||||
4740 | } else { | ||||
4741 | OPT = CatchParam->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
4742 | |||||
4743 | // catch(id e) always matches under this ABI, since only | ||||
4744 | // ObjC exceptions end up here in the first place. | ||||
4745 | // FIXME: For the time being we also match id<X>; this should | ||||
4746 | // be rejected by Sema instead. | ||||
4747 | if (OPT && (OPT->isObjCIdType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) | ||||
4748 | AllMatched = true; | ||||
4749 | } | ||||
4750 | |||||
4751 | // If this is a catch-all, we don't need to test anything. | ||||
4752 | if (AllMatched) { | ||||
4753 | CodeGenFunction::RunCleanupsScope CatchVarCleanups(CGF); | ||||
4754 | |||||
4755 | if (CatchParam) { | ||||
4756 | CGF.EmitAutoVarDecl(*CatchParam); | ||||
4757 | assert(CGF.HaveInsertPoint() && "DeclStmt destroyed insert point?")(static_cast <bool> (CGF.HaveInsertPoint() && "DeclStmt destroyed insert point?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CGF.HaveInsertPoint() && \"DeclStmt destroyed insert point?\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 4757, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4758 | |||||
4759 | // These types work out because ConvertType(id) == i8*. | ||||
4760 | EmitInitOfCatchParam(CGF, Caught, CatchParam); | ||||
4761 | } | ||||
4762 | |||||
4763 | CGF.EmitStmt(CatchStmt->getCatchBody()); | ||||
4764 | |||||
4765 | // The scope of the catch variable ends right here. | ||||
4766 | CatchVarCleanups.ForceCleanup(); | ||||
4767 | |||||
4768 | CGF.EmitBranchThroughCleanup(FinallyEnd); | ||||
4769 | break; | ||||
4770 | } | ||||
4771 | |||||
4772 | assert(OPT && "Unexpected non-object pointer type in @catch")(static_cast <bool> (OPT && "Unexpected non-object pointer type in @catch" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("OPT && \"Unexpected non-object pointer type in @catch\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 4772, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4773 | const ObjCObjectType *ObjTy = OPT->getObjectType(); | ||||
4774 | |||||
4775 | // FIXME: @catch (Class c) ? | ||||
4776 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = ObjTy->getInterface(); | ||||
4777 | assert(IDecl && "Catch parameter must have Objective-C type!")(static_cast <bool> (IDecl && "Catch parameter must have Objective-C type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("IDecl && \"Catch parameter must have Objective-C type!\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 4777, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4778 | |||||
4779 | // Check if the @catch block matches the exception object. | ||||
4780 | llvm::Value *Class = EmitClassRef(CGF, IDecl); | ||||
4781 | |||||
4782 | llvm::Value *matchArgs[] = { Class, Caught }; | ||||
4783 | llvm::CallInst *Match = | ||||
4784 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getExceptionMatchFn(), | ||||
4785 | matchArgs, "match"); | ||||
4786 | |||||
4787 | llvm::BasicBlock *MatchedBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("match"); | ||||
4788 | llvm::BasicBlock *NextCatchBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("catch.next"); | ||||
4789 | |||||
4790 | CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(CGF.Builder.CreateIsNotNull(Match, "matched"), | ||||
4791 | MatchedBlock, NextCatchBlock); | ||||
4792 | |||||
4793 | // Emit the @catch block. | ||||
4794 | CGF.EmitBlock(MatchedBlock); | ||||
4795 | |||||
4796 | // Collect any cleanups for the catch variable. The scope lasts until | ||||
4797 | // the end of the catch body. | ||||
4798 | CodeGenFunction::RunCleanupsScope CatchVarCleanups(CGF); | ||||
4799 | |||||
4800 | CGF.EmitAutoVarDecl(*CatchParam); | ||||
4801 | assert(CGF.HaveInsertPoint() && "DeclStmt destroyed insert point?")(static_cast <bool> (CGF.HaveInsertPoint() && "DeclStmt destroyed insert point?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CGF.HaveInsertPoint() && \"DeclStmt destroyed insert point?\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 4801, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4802 | |||||
4803 | // Initialize the catch variable. | ||||
4804 | llvm::Value *Tmp = | ||||
4805 | CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Caught, | ||||
4806 | CGF.ConvertType(CatchParam->getType())); | ||||
4807 | EmitInitOfCatchParam(CGF, Tmp, CatchParam); | ||||
4808 | |||||
4809 | CGF.EmitStmt(CatchStmt->getCatchBody()); | ||||
4810 | |||||
4811 | // We're done with the catch variable. | ||||
4812 | CatchVarCleanups.ForceCleanup(); | ||||
4813 | |||||
4814 | CGF.EmitBranchThroughCleanup(FinallyEnd); | ||||
4815 | |||||
4816 | CGF.EmitBlock(NextCatchBlock); | ||||
4817 | } | ||||
4818 | |||||
4819 | CGF.ObjCEHValueStack.pop_back(); | ||||
4820 | |||||
4821 | // If nothing wanted anything to do with the caught exception, | ||||
4822 | // kill the extract call. | ||||
4823 | if (Caught->use_empty()) | ||||
4824 | Caught->eraseFromParent(); | ||||
4825 | |||||
4826 | if (!AllMatched) | ||||
4827 | CGF.EmitBranchThroughCleanup(FinallyRethrow); | ||||
4828 | |||||
4829 | if (HasFinally) { | ||||
4830 | // Emit the exception handler for the @catch blocks. | ||||
4831 | CGF.EmitBlock(CatchHandler); | ||||
4832 | |||||
4833 | // In theory we might now need a write hazard, but actually it's | ||||
4834 | // unnecessary because there's no local-accessing code between | ||||
4835 | // the try's write hazard and here. | ||||
4836 | //Hazards.emitWriteHazard(); | ||||
4837 | |||||
4838 | // Extract the new exception and save it to the | ||||
4839 | // propagating-exception slot. | ||||
4840 | assert(PropagatingExnVar.isValid())(static_cast <bool> (PropagatingExnVar.isValid()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("PropagatingExnVar.isValid()", "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp" , 4840, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4841 | llvm::CallInst *NewCaught = | ||||
4842 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getExceptionExtractFn(), | ||||
4843 | ExceptionData.getPointer(), "caught"); | ||||
4844 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewCaught, PropagatingExnVar); | ||||
4845 | |||||
4846 | // Don't pop the catch handler; the throw already did. | ||||
4847 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.getFalse(), CallTryExitVar); | ||||
4848 | CGF.EmitBranchThroughCleanup(FinallyRethrow); | ||||
4849 | } | ||||
4850 | } | ||||
4851 | |||||
4852 | // Insert read hazards as required in the new blocks. | ||||
4853 | Hazards.emitHazardsInNewBlocks(); | ||||
4854 | |||||
4855 | // Pop the cleanup. | ||||
4856 | CGF.Builder.restoreIP(TryFallthroughIP); | ||||
4857 | if (CGF.HaveInsertPoint()) | ||||
4858 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.getTrue(), CallTryExitVar); | ||||
4859 | CGF.PopCleanupBlock(); | ||||
4860 | CGF.EmitBlock(FinallyEnd.getBlock(), true); | ||||
4861 | |||||
4862 | // Emit the rethrow block. | ||||
4863 | CGBuilderTy::InsertPoint SavedIP = CGF.Builder.saveAndClearIP(); | ||||
4864 | CGF.EmitBlock(FinallyRethrow.getBlock(), true); | ||||
4865 | if (CGF.HaveInsertPoint()) { | ||||
4866 | // If we have a propagating-exception variable, check it. | ||||
4867 | llvm::Value *PropagatingExn; | ||||
4868 | if (PropagatingExnVar.isValid()) { | ||||
4869 | PropagatingExn = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(PropagatingExnVar); | ||||
4870 | |||||
4871 | // Otherwise, just look in the buffer for the exception to throw. | ||||
4872 | } else { | ||||
4873 | llvm::CallInst *Caught = | ||||
4874 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getExceptionExtractFn(), | ||||
4875 | ExceptionData.getPointer()); | ||||
4876 | PropagatingExn = Caught; | ||||
4877 | } | ||||
4878 | |||||
4879 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getExceptionThrowFn(), | ||||
4880 | PropagatingExn); | ||||
4881 | CGF.Builder.CreateUnreachable(); | ||||
4882 | } | ||||
4883 | |||||
4884 | CGF.Builder.restoreIP(SavedIP); | ||||
4885 | } | ||||
4886 | |||||
4887 | void CGObjCMac::EmitThrowStmt(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
4888 | const ObjCAtThrowStmt &S, | ||||
4889 | bool ClearInsertionPoint) { | ||||
4890 | llvm::Value *ExceptionAsObject; | ||||
4891 | |||||
4892 | if (const Expr *ThrowExpr = S.getThrowExpr()) { | ||||
4893 | llvm::Value *Exception = CGF.EmitObjCThrowOperand(ThrowExpr); | ||||
4894 | ExceptionAsObject = | ||||
4895 | CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Exception, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
4896 | } else { | ||||
4897 | assert((!CGF.ObjCEHValueStack.empty() && CGF.ObjCEHValueStack.back()) &&(static_cast <bool> ((!CGF.ObjCEHValueStack.empty() && CGF.ObjCEHValueStack.back()) && "Unexpected rethrow outside @catch block." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!CGF.ObjCEHValueStack.empty() && CGF.ObjCEHValueStack.back()) && \"Unexpected rethrow outside @catch block.\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 4898, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
4898 | "Unexpected rethrow outside @catch block.")(static_cast <bool> ((!CGF.ObjCEHValueStack.empty() && CGF.ObjCEHValueStack.back()) && "Unexpected rethrow outside @catch block." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!CGF.ObjCEHValueStack.empty() && CGF.ObjCEHValueStack.back()) && \"Unexpected rethrow outside @catch block.\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 4898, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4899 | ExceptionAsObject = CGF.ObjCEHValueStack.back(); | ||||
4900 | } | ||||
4901 | |||||
4902 | CGF.EmitRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getExceptionThrowFn(), ExceptionAsObject) | ||||
4903 | ->setDoesNotReturn(); | ||||
4904 | CGF.Builder.CreateUnreachable(); | ||||
4905 | |||||
4906 | // Clear the insertion point to indicate we are in unreachable code. | ||||
4907 | if (ClearInsertionPoint) | ||||
4908 | CGF.Builder.ClearInsertionPoint(); | ||||
4909 | } | ||||
4910 | |||||
4911 | /// EmitObjCWeakRead - Code gen for loading value of a __weak | ||||
4912 | /// object: objc_read_weak (id *src) | ||||
4913 | /// | ||||
4914 | llvm::Value * CGObjCMac::EmitObjCWeakRead(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
4915 | Address AddrWeakObj) { | ||||
4916 | llvm::Type* DestTy = AddrWeakObj.getElementType(); | ||||
4917 | AddrWeakObj = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrWeakObj, | ||||
4918 | ObjCTypes.PtrObjectPtrTy); | ||||
4919 | llvm::Value *read_weak = | ||||
4920 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getGcReadWeakFn(), | ||||
4921 | AddrWeakObj.getPointer(), "weakread"); | ||||
4922 | read_weak = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(read_weak, DestTy); | ||||
4923 | return read_weak; | ||||
4924 | } | ||||
4925 | |||||
4926 | /// EmitObjCWeakAssign - Code gen for assigning to a __weak object. | ||||
4927 | /// objc_assign_weak (id src, id *dst) | ||||
4928 | /// | ||||
4929 | void CGObjCMac::EmitObjCWeakAssign(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
4930 | llvm::Value *src, Address dst) { | ||||
4931 | llvm::Type * SrcTy = src->getType(); | ||||
4932 | if (!isa<llvm::PointerType>(SrcTy)) { | ||||
4933 | unsigned Size = CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(SrcTy); | ||||
4934 | assert(Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8")(static_cast <bool> (Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Size <= 8 && \"does not support size > 8\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 4934, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4935 | src = (Size == 4) ? CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, CGM.Int32Ty) | ||||
4936 | : CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, CGM.Int64Ty); | ||||
4937 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(src, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
4938 | } | ||||
4939 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
4940 | dst = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(dst, ObjCTypes.PtrObjectPtrTy); | ||||
4941 | llvm::Value *args[] = { src, dst.getPointer() }; | ||||
4942 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getGcAssignWeakFn(), | ||||
4943 | args, "weakassign"); | ||||
4944 | } | ||||
4945 | |||||
4946 | /// EmitObjCGlobalAssign - Code gen for assigning to a __strong object. | ||||
4947 | /// objc_assign_global (id src, id *dst) | ||||
4948 | /// | ||||
4949 | void CGObjCMac::EmitObjCGlobalAssign(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
4950 | llvm::Value *src, Address dst, | ||||
4951 | bool threadlocal) { | ||||
4952 | llvm::Type * SrcTy = src->getType(); | ||||
4953 | if (!isa<llvm::PointerType>(SrcTy)) { | ||||
4954 | unsigned Size = CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(SrcTy); | ||||
4955 | assert(Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8")(static_cast <bool> (Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Size <= 8 && \"does not support size > 8\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 4955, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4956 | src = (Size == 4) ? CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, CGM.Int32Ty) | ||||
4957 | : CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, CGM.Int64Ty); | ||||
4958 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(src, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
4959 | } | ||||
4960 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
4961 | dst = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(dst, ObjCTypes.PtrObjectPtrTy); | ||||
4962 | llvm::Value *args[] = { src, dst.getPointer() }; | ||||
4963 | if (!threadlocal) | ||||
4964 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getGcAssignGlobalFn(), | ||||
4965 | args, "globalassign"); | ||||
4966 | else | ||||
4967 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getGcAssignThreadLocalFn(), | ||||
4968 | args, "threadlocalassign"); | ||||
4969 | } | ||||
4970 | |||||
4971 | /// EmitObjCIvarAssign - Code gen for assigning to a __strong object. | ||||
4972 | /// objc_assign_ivar (id src, id *dst, ptrdiff_t ivaroffset) | ||||
4973 | /// | ||||
4974 | void CGObjCMac::EmitObjCIvarAssign(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
4975 | llvm::Value *src, Address dst, | ||||
4976 | llvm::Value *ivarOffset) { | ||||
4977 | assert(ivarOffset && "EmitObjCIvarAssign - ivarOffset is NULL")(static_cast <bool> (ivarOffset && "EmitObjCIvarAssign - ivarOffset is NULL" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ivarOffset && \"EmitObjCIvarAssign - ivarOffset is NULL\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 4977, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4978 | llvm::Type * SrcTy = src->getType(); | ||||
4979 | if (!isa<llvm::PointerType>(SrcTy)) { | ||||
4980 | unsigned Size = CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(SrcTy); | ||||
4981 | assert(Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8")(static_cast <bool> (Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Size <= 8 && \"does not support size > 8\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 4981, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4982 | src = (Size == 4) ? CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, CGM.Int32Ty) | ||||
4983 | : CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, CGM.Int64Ty); | ||||
4984 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(src, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
4985 | } | ||||
4986 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
4987 | dst = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(dst, ObjCTypes.PtrObjectPtrTy); | ||||
4988 | llvm::Value *args[] = { src, dst.getPointer(), ivarOffset }; | ||||
4989 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getGcAssignIvarFn(), args); | ||||
4990 | } | ||||
4991 | |||||
4992 | /// EmitObjCStrongCastAssign - Code gen for assigning to a __strong cast object. | ||||
4993 | /// objc_assign_strongCast (id src, id *dst) | ||||
4994 | /// | ||||
4995 | void CGObjCMac::EmitObjCStrongCastAssign(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
4996 | llvm::Value *src, Address dst) { | ||||
4997 | llvm::Type * SrcTy = src->getType(); | ||||
4998 | if (!isa<llvm::PointerType>(SrcTy)) { | ||||
4999 | unsigned Size = CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(SrcTy); | ||||
5000 | assert(Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8")(static_cast <bool> (Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Size <= 8 && \"does not support size > 8\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5000, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
5001 | src = (Size == 4) ? CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, CGM.Int32Ty) | ||||
5002 | : CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, CGM.Int64Ty); | ||||
5003 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(src, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
5004 | } | ||||
5005 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
5006 | dst = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(dst, ObjCTypes.PtrObjectPtrTy); | ||||
5007 | llvm::Value *args[] = { src, dst.getPointer() }; | ||||
5008 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getGcAssignStrongCastFn(), | ||||
5009 | args, "strongassign"); | ||||
5010 | } | ||||
5011 | |||||
5012 | void CGObjCMac::EmitGCMemmoveCollectable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
5013 | Address DestPtr, | ||||
5014 | Address SrcPtr, | ||||
5015 | llvm::Value *size) { | ||||
5016 | SrcPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(SrcPtr, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
5017 | DestPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(DestPtr, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
5018 | llvm::Value *args[] = { DestPtr.getPointer(), SrcPtr.getPointer(), size }; | ||||
5019 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.GcMemmoveCollectableFn(), args); | ||||
5020 | } | ||||
5021 | |||||
5022 | /// EmitObjCValueForIvar - Code Gen for ivar reference. | ||||
5023 | /// | ||||
5024 | LValue CGObjCMac::EmitObjCValueForIvar(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
5025 | QualType ObjectTy, | ||||
5026 | llvm::Value *BaseValue, | ||||
5027 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar, | ||||
5028 | unsigned CVRQualifiers) { | ||||
5029 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = | ||||
5030 | ObjectTy->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface(); | ||||
5031 | return EmitValueForIvarAtOffset(CGF, ID, BaseValue, Ivar, CVRQualifiers, | ||||
5032 | EmitIvarOffset(CGF, ID, Ivar)); | ||||
5033 | } | ||||
5034 | |||||
5035 | llvm::Value *CGObjCMac::EmitIvarOffset(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
5036 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface, | ||||
5037 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar) { | ||||
5038 | uint64_t Offset = ComputeIvarBaseOffset(CGM, Interface, Ivar); | ||||
5039 | return llvm::ConstantInt::get( | ||||
5040 | CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(CGM.getContext().LongTy), | ||||
5041 | Offset); | ||||
5042 | } | ||||
5043 | |||||
5044 | /* *** Private Interface *** */ | ||||
5045 | |||||
5046 | std::string CGObjCCommonMac::GetSectionName(StringRef Section, | ||||
5047 | StringRef MachOAttributes) { | ||||
5048 | switch (CGM.getTriple().getObjectFormat()) { | ||||
5049 | case llvm::Triple::UnknownObjectFormat: | ||||
5050 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected object file format")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected object file format" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5050); | ||||
5051 | case llvm::Triple::MachO: { | ||||
5052 | if (MachOAttributes.empty()) | ||||
5053 | return ("__DATA," + Section).str(); | ||||
5054 | return ("__DATA," + Section + "," + MachOAttributes).str(); | ||||
5055 | } | ||||
5056 | case llvm::Triple::ELF: | ||||
5057 | assert(Section.substr(0, 2) == "__" &&(static_cast <bool> (Section.substr(0, 2) == "__" && "expected the name to begin with __") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Section.substr(0, 2) == \"__\" && \"expected the name to begin with __\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5058, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
5058 | "expected the name to begin with __")(static_cast <bool> (Section.substr(0, 2) == "__" && "expected the name to begin with __") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Section.substr(0, 2) == \"__\" && \"expected the name to begin with __\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5058, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
5059 | return Section.substr(2).str(); | ||||
5060 | case llvm::Triple::COFF: | ||||
5061 | assert(Section.substr(0, 2) == "__" &&(static_cast <bool> (Section.substr(0, 2) == "__" && "expected the name to begin with __") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Section.substr(0, 2) == \"__\" && \"expected the name to begin with __\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5062, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
5062 | "expected the name to begin with __")(static_cast <bool> (Section.substr(0, 2) == "__" && "expected the name to begin with __") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Section.substr(0, 2) == \"__\" && \"expected the name to begin with __\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5062, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
5063 | return ("." + Section.substr(2) + "$B").str(); | ||||
5064 | case llvm::Triple::Wasm: | ||||
5065 | case llvm::Triple::GOFF: | ||||
5066 | case llvm::Triple::XCOFF: | ||||
5067 | llvm::report_fatal_error( | ||||
5068 | "Objective-C support is unimplemented for object file format"); | ||||
5069 | } | ||||
5070 | |||||
5071 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled llvm::Triple::ObjectFormatType enum")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled llvm::Triple::ObjectFormatType enum" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5071); | ||||
5072 | } | ||||
5073 | |||||
5074 | /// EmitImageInfo - Emit the image info marker used to encode some module | ||||
5075 | /// level information. | ||||
5076 | /// | ||||
5077 | /// See: <rdr://4810609&4810587&4810587> | ||||
5078 | /// struct IMAGE_INFO { | ||||
5079 | /// unsigned version; | ||||
5080 | /// unsigned flags; | ||||
5081 | /// }; | ||||
5082 | enum ImageInfoFlags { | ||||
5083 | eImageInfo_FixAndContinue = (1 << 0), // This flag is no longer set by clang. | ||||
5084 | eImageInfo_GarbageCollected = (1 << 1), | ||||
5085 | eImageInfo_GCOnly = (1 << 2), | ||||
5086 | eImageInfo_OptimizedByDyld = (1 << 3), // This flag is set by the dyld shared cache. | ||||
5087 | |||||
5088 | // A flag indicating that the module has no instances of a @synthesize of a | ||||
5089 | // superclass variable. <rdar://problem/6803242> | ||||
5090 | eImageInfo_CorrectedSynthesize = (1 << 4), // This flag is no longer set by clang. | ||||
5091 | eImageInfo_ImageIsSimulated = (1 << 5), | ||||
5092 | eImageInfo_ClassProperties = (1 << 6) | ||||
5093 | }; | ||||
5094 | |||||
5095 | void CGObjCCommonMac::EmitImageInfo() { | ||||
5096 | unsigned version = 0; // Version is unused? | ||||
5097 | std::string Section = | ||||
5098 | (ObjCABI == 1) | ||||
5099 | ? "__OBJC,__image_info,regular" | ||||
5100 | : GetSectionName("__objc_imageinfo", "regular,no_dead_strip"); | ||||
5101 | |||||
5102 | // Generate module-level named metadata to convey this information to the | ||||
5103 | // linker and code-gen. | ||||
5104 | llvm::Module &Mod = CGM.getModule(); | ||||
5105 | |||||
5106 | // Add the ObjC ABI version to the module flags. | ||||
5107 | Mod.addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Error, "Objective-C Version", ObjCABI); | ||||
5108 | Mod.addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Error, "Objective-C Image Info Version", | ||||
5109 | version); | ||||
5110 | Mod.addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Error, "Objective-C Image Info Section", | ||||
5111 | llvm::MDString::get(VMContext, Section)); | ||||
5112 | |||||
5113 | auto Int8Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(VMContext); | ||||
5114 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) { | ||||
5115 | // Non-GC overrides those files which specify GC. | ||||
5116 | Mod.addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Error, | ||||
5117 | "Objective-C Garbage Collection", | ||||
5118 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int8Ty,0)); | ||||
5119 | } else { | ||||
5120 | // Add the ObjC garbage collection value. | ||||
5121 | Mod.addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Error, | ||||
5122 | "Objective-C Garbage Collection", | ||||
5123 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int8Ty, | ||||
5124 | (uint8_t)eImageInfo_GarbageCollected)); | ||||
5125 | |||||
5126 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::GCOnly) { | ||||
5127 | // Add the ObjC GC Only value. | ||||
5128 | Mod.addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Error, "Objective-C GC Only", | ||||
5129 | eImageInfo_GCOnly); | ||||
5130 | |||||
5131 | // Require that GC be specified and set to eImageInfo_GarbageCollected. | ||||
5132 | llvm::Metadata *Ops[2] = { | ||||
5133 | llvm::MDString::get(VMContext, "Objective-C Garbage Collection"), | ||||
5134 | llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::get( | ||||
5135 | Int8Ty, eImageInfo_GarbageCollected))}; | ||||
5136 | Mod.addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Require, "Objective-C GC Only", | ||||
5137 | llvm::MDNode::get(VMContext, Ops)); | ||||
5138 | } | ||||
5139 | } | ||||
5140 | |||||
5141 | // Indicate whether we're compiling this to run on a simulator. | ||||
5142 | if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isSimulatorEnvironment()) | ||||
5143 | Mod.addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Error, "Objective-C Is Simulated", | ||||
5144 | eImageInfo_ImageIsSimulated); | ||||
5145 | |||||
5146 | // Indicate whether we are generating class properties. | ||||
5147 | Mod.addModuleFlag(llvm::Module::Error, "Objective-C Class Properties", | ||||
5148 | eImageInfo_ClassProperties); | ||||
5149 | } | ||||
5150 | |||||
5151 | // struct objc_module { | ||||
5152 | // unsigned long version; | ||||
5153 | // unsigned long size; | ||||
5154 | // const char *name; | ||||
5155 | // Symtab symtab; | ||||
5156 | // }; | ||||
5157 | |||||
5158 | // FIXME: Get from somewhere | ||||
5159 | static const int ModuleVersion = 7; | ||||
5160 | |||||
5161 | void CGObjCMac::EmitModuleInfo() { | ||||
5162 | uint64_t Size = CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ObjCTypes.ModuleTy); | ||||
5163 | |||||
5164 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
5165 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.ModuleTy); | ||||
5166 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.LongTy, ModuleVersion); | ||||
5167 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.LongTy, Size); | ||||
5168 | // This used to be the filename, now it is unused. <rdr://4327263> | ||||
5169 | values.add(GetClassName(StringRef(""))); | ||||
5170 | values.add(EmitModuleSymbols()); | ||||
5171 | CreateMetadataVar("OBJC_MODULES", values, | ||||
5172 | "__OBJC,__module_info,regular,no_dead_strip", | ||||
5173 | CGM.getPointerAlign(), true); | ||||
5174 | } | ||||
5175 | |||||
5176 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCMac::EmitModuleSymbols() { | ||||
5177 | unsigned NumClasses = DefinedClasses.size(); | ||||
5178 | unsigned NumCategories = DefinedCategories.size(); | ||||
5179 | |||||
5180 | // Return null if no symbols were defined. | ||||
5181 | if (!NumClasses && !NumCategories) | ||||
5182 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ObjCTypes.SymtabPtrTy); | ||||
5183 | |||||
5184 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
5185 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(); | ||||
5186 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.LongTy, 0); | ||||
5187 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.SelectorPtrTy); | ||||
5188 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.ShortTy, NumClasses); | ||||
5189 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.ShortTy, NumCategories); | ||||
5190 | |||||
5191 | // The runtime expects exactly the list of defined classes followed | ||||
5192 | // by the list of defined categories, in a single array. | ||||
5193 | auto array = values.beginArray(ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
5194 | for (unsigned i=0; i<NumClasses; i++) { | ||||
5195 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = ImplementedClasses[i]; | ||||
5196 | assert(ID)(static_cast <bool> (ID) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ID" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5196, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
5197 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMP = ID->getImplementation()) | ||||
5198 | // We are implementing a weak imported interface. Give it external linkage | ||||
5199 | if (ID->isWeakImported() && !IMP->isWeakImported()) | ||||
5200 | DefinedClasses[i]->setLinkage(llvm::GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage); | ||||
5201 | |||||
5202 | array.addBitCast(DefinedClasses[i], ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
5203 | } | ||||
5204 | for (unsigned i=0; i<NumCategories; i++) | ||||
5205 | array.addBitCast(DefinedCategories[i], ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
5206 | |||||
5207 | array.finishAndAddTo(values); | ||||
5208 | |||||
5209 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = CreateMetadataVar( | ||||
5210 | "OBJC_SYMBOLS", values, "__OBJC,__symbols,regular,no_dead_strip", | ||||
5211 | CGM.getPointerAlign(), true); | ||||
5212 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, ObjCTypes.SymtabPtrTy); | ||||
5213 | } | ||||
5214 | |||||
5215 | llvm::Value *CGObjCMac::EmitClassRefFromId(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
5216 | IdentifierInfo *II) { | ||||
5217 | LazySymbols.insert(II); | ||||
5218 | |||||
5219 | llvm::GlobalVariable *&Entry = ClassReferences[II]; | ||||
5220 | |||||
5221 | if (!Entry) { | ||||
5222 | llvm::Constant *Casted = | ||||
5223 | llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GetClassName(II->getName()), | ||||
5224 | ObjCTypes.ClassPtrTy); | ||||
5225 | Entry = CreateMetadataVar( | ||||
5226 | "OBJC_CLASS_REFERENCES_", Casted, | ||||
5227 | "__OBJC,__cls_refs,literal_pointers,no_dead_strip", | ||||
5228 | CGM.getPointerAlign(), true); | ||||
5229 | } | ||||
5230 | |||||
5231 | return CGF.Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(Entry->getValueType(), Entry, | ||||
5232 | CGF.getPointerAlign()); | ||||
5233 | } | ||||
5234 | |||||
5235 | llvm::Value *CGObjCMac::EmitClassRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
5236 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) { | ||||
5237 | // If the class has the objc_runtime_visible attribute, we need to | ||||
5238 | // use the Objective-C runtime to get the class. | ||||
5239 | if (ID->hasAttr<ObjCRuntimeVisibleAttr>()) | ||||
5240 | return EmitClassRefViaRuntime(CGF, ID, ObjCTypes); | ||||
5241 | |||||
5242 | IdentifierInfo *RuntimeName = | ||||
5243 | &CGM.getContext().Idents.get(ID->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString()); | ||||
5244 | return EmitClassRefFromId(CGF, RuntimeName); | ||||
5245 | } | ||||
5246 | |||||
5247 | llvm::Value *CGObjCMac::EmitNSAutoreleasePoolClassRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF) { | ||||
5248 | IdentifierInfo *II = &CGM.getContext().Idents.get("NSAutoreleasePool"); | ||||
5249 | return EmitClassRefFromId(CGF, II); | ||||
5250 | } | ||||
5251 | |||||
5252 | llvm::Value *CGObjCMac::EmitSelector(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Selector Sel) { | ||||
5253 | return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(EmitSelectorAddr(Sel)); | ||||
5254 | } | ||||
5255 | |||||
5256 | Address CGObjCMac::EmitSelectorAddr(Selector Sel) { | ||||
5257 | CharUnits Align = CGM.getPointerAlign(); | ||||
5258 | |||||
5259 | llvm::GlobalVariable *&Entry = SelectorReferences[Sel]; | ||||
5260 | if (!Entry) { | ||||
5261 | llvm::Constant *Casted = | ||||
5262 | llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GetMethodVarName(Sel), | ||||
5263 | ObjCTypes.SelectorPtrTy); | ||||
5264 | Entry = CreateMetadataVar( | ||||
5265 | "OBJC_SELECTOR_REFERENCES_", Casted, | ||||
5266 | "__OBJC,__message_refs,literal_pointers,no_dead_strip", Align, true); | ||||
5267 | Entry->setExternallyInitialized(true); | ||||
5268 | } | ||||
5269 | |||||
5270 | return Address(Entry, Align); | ||||
5271 | } | ||||
5272 | |||||
5273 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCCommonMac::GetClassName(StringRef RuntimeName) { | ||||
5274 | llvm::GlobalVariable *&Entry = ClassNames[RuntimeName]; | ||||
5275 | if (!Entry) | ||||
5276 | Entry = CreateCStringLiteral(RuntimeName, ObjCLabelType::ClassName); | ||||
5277 | return getConstantGEP(VMContext, Entry, 0, 0); | ||||
5278 | } | ||||
5279 | |||||
5280 | llvm::Function *CGObjCCommonMac::GetMethodDefinition(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { | ||||
5281 | llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCMethodDecl*, llvm::Function*>::iterator | ||||
5282 | I = MethodDefinitions.find(MD); | ||||
5283 | if (I != MethodDefinitions.end()) | ||||
5284 | return I->second; | ||||
5285 | |||||
5286 | return nullptr; | ||||
5287 | } | ||||
5288 | |||||
5289 | /// GetIvarLayoutName - Returns a unique constant for the given | ||||
5290 | /// ivar layout bitmap. | ||||
5291 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCCommonMac::GetIvarLayoutName(IdentifierInfo *Ident, | ||||
5292 | const ObjCCommonTypesHelper &ObjCTypes) { | ||||
5293 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
5294 | } | ||||
5295 | |||||
5296 | void IvarLayoutBuilder::visitRecord(const RecordType *RT, | ||||
5297 | CharUnits offset) { | ||||
5298 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); | ||||
5299 | |||||
5300 | // If this is a union, remember that we had one, because it might mess | ||||
5301 | // up the ordering of layout entries. | ||||
5302 | if (RD->isUnion()) | ||||
5303 | IsDisordered = true; | ||||
5304 | |||||
5305 | const ASTRecordLayout *recLayout = nullptr; | ||||
5306 | visitAggregate(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end(), offset, | ||||
5307 | [&](const FieldDecl *field) -> CharUnits { | ||||
5308 | if (!recLayout) | ||||
5309 | recLayout = &CGM.getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); | ||||
5310 | auto offsetInBits = recLayout->getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); | ||||
5311 | return CGM.getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(offsetInBits); | ||||
5312 | }); | ||||
5313 | } | ||||
5314 | |||||
5315 | template <class Iterator, class GetOffsetFn> | ||||
5316 | void IvarLayoutBuilder::visitAggregate(Iterator begin, Iterator end, | ||||
5317 | CharUnits aggregateOffset, | ||||
5318 | const GetOffsetFn &getOffset) { | ||||
5319 | for (; begin != end; ++begin) { | ||||
5320 | auto field = *begin; | ||||
5321 | |||||
5322 | // Skip over bitfields. | ||||
5323 | if (field->isBitField()) { | ||||
5324 | continue; | ||||
5325 | } | ||||
5326 | |||||
5327 | // Compute the offset of the field within the aggregate. | ||||
5328 | CharUnits fieldOffset = aggregateOffset + getOffset(field); | ||||
5329 | |||||
5330 | visitField(field, fieldOffset); | ||||
5331 | } | ||||
5332 | } | ||||
5333 | |||||
5334 | /// Collect layout information for the given fields into IvarsInfo. | ||||
5335 | void IvarLayoutBuilder::visitField(const FieldDecl *field, | ||||
5336 | CharUnits fieldOffset) { | ||||
5337 | QualType fieldType = field->getType(); | ||||
5338 | |||||
5339 | // Drill down into arrays. | ||||
5340 | uint64_t numElts = 1; | ||||
5341 | if (auto arrayType = CGM.getContext().getAsIncompleteArrayType(fieldType)) { | ||||
5342 | numElts = 0; | ||||
5343 | fieldType = arrayType->getElementType(); | ||||
5344 | } | ||||
5345 | // Unlike incomplete arrays, constant arrays can be nested. | ||||
5346 | while (auto arrayType = CGM.getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(fieldType)) { | ||||
5347 | numElts *= arrayType->getSize().getZExtValue(); | ||||
5348 | fieldType = arrayType->getElementType(); | ||||
5349 | } | ||||
5350 | |||||
5351 | assert(!fieldType->isArrayType() && "ivar of non-constant array type?")(static_cast <bool> (!fieldType->isArrayType() && "ivar of non-constant array type?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!fieldType->isArrayType() && \"ivar of non-constant array type?\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5351, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
5352 | |||||
5353 | // If we ended up with a zero-sized array, we've done what we can do within | ||||
5354 | // the limits of this layout encoding. | ||||
5355 | if (numElts == 0) return; | ||||
5356 | |||||
5357 | // Recurse if the base element type is a record type. | ||||
5358 | if (auto recType = fieldType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
5359 | size_t oldEnd = IvarsInfo.size(); | ||||
5360 | |||||
5361 | visitRecord(recType, fieldOffset); | ||||
5362 | |||||
5363 | // If we have an array, replicate the first entry's layout information. | ||||
5364 | auto numEltEntries = IvarsInfo.size() - oldEnd; | ||||
5365 | if (numElts != 1 && numEltEntries != 0) { | ||||
5366 | CharUnits eltSize = CGM.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(recType); | ||||
5367 | for (uint64_t eltIndex = 1; eltIndex != numElts; ++eltIndex) { | ||||
5368 | // Copy the last numEltEntries onto the end of the array, adjusting | ||||
5369 | // each for the element size. | ||||
5370 | for (size_t i = 0; i != numEltEntries; ++i) { | ||||
5371 | auto firstEntry = IvarsInfo[oldEnd + i]; | ||||
5372 | IvarsInfo.push_back(IvarInfo(firstEntry.Offset + eltIndex * eltSize, | ||||
5373 | firstEntry.SizeInWords)); | ||||
5374 | } | ||||
5375 | } | ||||
5376 | } | ||||
5377 | |||||
5378 | return; | ||||
5379 | } | ||||
5380 | |||||
5381 | // Classify the element type. | ||||
5382 | Qualifiers::GC GCAttr = GetGCAttrTypeForType(CGM.getContext(), fieldType); | ||||
5383 | |||||
5384 | // If it matches what we're looking for, add an entry. | ||||
5385 | if ((ForStrongLayout && GCAttr == Qualifiers::Strong) | ||||
5386 | || (!ForStrongLayout && GCAttr == Qualifiers::Weak)) { | ||||
5387 | assert(CGM.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(fieldType)(static_cast <bool> (CGM.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars (fieldType) == CGM.getPointerSize()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CGM.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(fieldType) == CGM.getPointerSize()" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5388, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
5388 | == CGM.getPointerSize())(static_cast <bool> (CGM.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars (fieldType) == CGM.getPointerSize()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CGM.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(fieldType) == CGM.getPointerSize()" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5388, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
5389 | IvarsInfo.push_back(IvarInfo(fieldOffset, numElts)); | ||||
5390 | } | ||||
5391 | } | ||||
5392 | |||||
5393 | /// buildBitmap - This routine does the horsework of taking the offsets of | ||||
5394 | /// strong/weak references and creating a bitmap. The bitmap is also | ||||
5395 | /// returned in the given buffer, suitable for being passed to \c dump(). | ||||
5396 | llvm::Constant *IvarLayoutBuilder::buildBitmap(CGObjCCommonMac &CGObjC, | ||||
5397 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned char> &buffer) { | ||||
5398 | // The bitmap is a series of skip/scan instructions, aligned to word | ||||
5399 | // boundaries. The skip is performed first. | ||||
5400 | const unsigned char MaxNibble = 0xF; | ||||
5401 | const unsigned char SkipMask = 0xF0, SkipShift = 4; | ||||
5402 | const unsigned char ScanMask = 0x0F, ScanShift = 0; | ||||
5403 | |||||
5404 | assert(!IvarsInfo.empty() && "generating bitmap for no data")(static_cast <bool> (!IvarsInfo.empty() && "generating bitmap for no data" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IvarsInfo.empty() && \"generating bitmap for no data\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5404, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
5405 | |||||
5406 | // Sort the ivar info on byte position in case we encounterred a | ||||
5407 | // union nested in the ivar list. | ||||
5408 | if (IsDisordered) { | ||||
5409 | // This isn't a stable sort, but our algorithm should handle it fine. | ||||
5410 | llvm::array_pod_sort(IvarsInfo.begin(), IvarsInfo.end()); | ||||
5411 | } else { | ||||
5412 | assert(llvm::is_sorted(IvarsInfo))(static_cast <bool> (llvm::is_sorted(IvarsInfo)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("llvm::is_sorted(IvarsInfo)", "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp" , 5412, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
5413 | } | ||||
5414 | assert(IvarsInfo.back().Offset < InstanceEnd)(static_cast <bool> (IvarsInfo.back().Offset < InstanceEnd ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("IvarsInfo.back().Offset < InstanceEnd" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5414, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
5415 | |||||
5416 | assert(buffer.empty())(static_cast <bool> (buffer.empty()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("buffer.empty()", "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5416, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
5417 | |||||
5418 | // Skip the next N words. | ||||
5419 | auto skip = [&](unsigned numWords) { | ||||
5420 | assert(numWords > 0)(static_cast <bool> (numWords > 0) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("numWords > 0", "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5420, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
5421 | |||||
5422 | // Try to merge into the previous byte. Since scans happen second, we | ||||
5423 | // can't do this if it includes a scan. | ||||
5424 | if (!buffer.empty() && !(buffer.back() & ScanMask)) { | ||||
5425 | unsigned lastSkip = buffer.back() >> SkipShift; | ||||
5426 | if (lastSkip < MaxNibble) { | ||||
5427 | unsigned claimed = std::min(MaxNibble - lastSkip, numWords); | ||||
5428 | numWords -= claimed; | ||||
5429 | lastSkip += claimed; | ||||
5430 | buffer.back() = (lastSkip << SkipShift); | ||||
5431 | } | ||||
5432 | } | ||||
5433 | |||||
5434 | while (numWords >= MaxNibble) { | ||||
5435 | buffer.push_back(MaxNibble << SkipShift); | ||||
5436 | numWords -= MaxNibble; | ||||
5437 | } | ||||
5438 | if (numWords) { | ||||
5439 | buffer.push_back(numWords << SkipShift); | ||||
5440 | } | ||||
5441 | }; | ||||
5442 | |||||
5443 | // Scan the next N words. | ||||
5444 | auto scan = [&](unsigned numWords) { | ||||
5445 | assert(numWords > 0)(static_cast <bool> (numWords > 0) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("numWords > 0", "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5445, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
5446 | |||||
5447 | // Try to merge into the previous byte. Since scans happen second, we can | ||||
5448 | // do this even if it includes a skip. | ||||
5449 | if (!buffer.empty()) { | ||||
5450 | unsigned lastScan = (buffer.back() & ScanMask) >> ScanShift; | ||||
5451 | if (lastScan < MaxNibble) { | ||||
5452 | unsigned claimed = std::min(MaxNibble - lastScan, numWords); | ||||
5453 | numWords -= claimed; | ||||
5454 | lastScan += claimed; | ||||
5455 | buffer.back() = (buffer.back() & SkipMask) | (lastScan << ScanShift); | ||||
5456 | } | ||||
5457 | } | ||||
5458 | |||||
5459 | while (numWords >= MaxNibble) { | ||||
5460 | buffer.push_back(MaxNibble << ScanShift); | ||||
5461 | numWords -= MaxNibble; | ||||
5462 | } | ||||
5463 | if (numWords) { | ||||
5464 | buffer.push_back(numWords << ScanShift); | ||||
5465 | } | ||||
5466 | }; | ||||
5467 | |||||
5468 | // One past the end of the last scan. | ||||
5469 | unsigned endOfLastScanInWords = 0; | ||||
5470 | const CharUnits WordSize = CGM.getPointerSize(); | ||||
5471 | |||||
5472 | // Consider all the scan requests. | ||||
5473 | for (auto &request : IvarsInfo) { | ||||
5474 | CharUnits beginOfScan = request.Offset - InstanceBegin; | ||||
5475 | |||||
5476 | // Ignore scan requests that don't start at an even multiple of the | ||||
5477 | // word size. We can't encode them. | ||||
5478 | if ((beginOfScan % WordSize) != 0) continue; | ||||
5479 | |||||
5480 | // Ignore scan requests that start before the instance start. | ||||
5481 | // This assumes that scans never span that boundary. The boundary | ||||
5482 | // isn't the true start of the ivars, because in the fragile-ARC case | ||||
5483 | // it's rounded up to word alignment, but the test above should leave | ||||
5484 | // us ignoring that possibility. | ||||
5485 | if (beginOfScan.isNegative()) { | ||||
5486 | assert(request.Offset + request.SizeInWords * WordSize <= InstanceBegin)(static_cast <bool> (request.Offset + request.SizeInWords * WordSize <= InstanceBegin) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "request.Offset + request.SizeInWords * WordSize <= InstanceBegin" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5486, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
5487 | continue; | ||||
5488 | } | ||||
5489 | |||||
5490 | unsigned beginOfScanInWords = beginOfScan / WordSize; | ||||
5491 | unsigned endOfScanInWords = beginOfScanInWords + request.SizeInWords; | ||||
5492 | |||||
5493 | // If the scan starts some number of words after the last one ended, | ||||
5494 | // skip forward. | ||||
5495 | if (beginOfScanInWords > endOfLastScanInWords) { | ||||
5496 | skip(beginOfScanInWords - endOfLastScanInWords); | ||||
5497 | |||||
5498 | // Otherwise, start scanning where the last left off. | ||||
5499 | } else { | ||||
5500 | beginOfScanInWords = endOfLastScanInWords; | ||||
5501 | |||||
5502 | // If that leaves us with nothing to scan, ignore this request. | ||||
5503 | if (beginOfScanInWords >= endOfScanInWords) continue; | ||||
5504 | } | ||||
5505 | |||||
5506 | // Scan to the end of the request. | ||||
5507 | assert(beginOfScanInWords < endOfScanInWords)(static_cast <bool> (beginOfScanInWords < endOfScanInWords ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("beginOfScanInWords < endOfScanInWords" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 5507, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
5508 | scan(endOfScanInWords - beginOfScanInWords); | ||||
5509 | endOfLastScanInWords = endOfScanInWords; | ||||
5510 | } | ||||
5511 | |||||
5512 | if (buffer.empty()) | ||||
5513 | return llvm::ConstantPointerNull::get(CGM.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
5514 | |||||
5515 | // For GC layouts, emit a skip to the end of the allocation so that we | ||||
5516 | // have precise information about the entire thing. This isn't useful | ||||
5517 | // or necessary for the ARC-style layout strings. | ||||
5518 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) { | ||||
5519 | unsigned lastOffsetInWords = | ||||
5520 | (InstanceEnd - InstanceBegin + WordSize - CharUnits::One()) / WordSize; | ||||
5521 | if (lastOffsetInWords > endOfLastScanInWords) { | ||||
5522 | skip(lastOffsetInWords - endOfLastScanInWords); | ||||
5523 | } | ||||
5524 | } | ||||
5525 | |||||
5526 | // Null terminate the string. | ||||
5527 | buffer.push_back(0); | ||||
5528 | |||||
5529 | auto *Entry = CGObjC.CreateCStringLiteral( | ||||
5530 | reinterpret_cast<char *>(buffer.data()), ObjCLabelType::ClassName); | ||||
5531 | return getConstantGEP(CGM.getLLVMContext(), Entry, 0, 0); | ||||
5532 | } | ||||
5533 | |||||
5534 | /// BuildIvarLayout - Builds ivar layout bitmap for the class | ||||
5535 | /// implementation for the __strong or __weak case. | ||||
5536 | /// The layout map displays which words in ivar list must be skipped | ||||
5537 | /// and which must be scanned by GC (see below). String is built of bytes. | ||||
5538 | /// Each byte is divided up in two nibbles (4-bit each). Left nibble is count | ||||
5539 | /// of words to skip and right nibble is count of words to scan. So, each | ||||
5540 | /// nibble represents up to 15 workds to skip or scan. Skipping the rest is | ||||
5541 | /// represented by a 0x00 byte which also ends the string. | ||||
5542 | /// 1. when ForStrongLayout is true, following ivars are scanned: | ||||
5543 | /// - id, Class | ||||
5544 | /// - object * | ||||
5545 | /// - __strong anything | ||||
5546 | /// | ||||
5547 | /// 2. When ForStrongLayout is false, following ivars are scanned: | ||||
5548 | /// - __weak anything | ||||
5549 | /// | ||||
5550 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
5551 | CGObjCCommonMac::BuildIvarLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *OMD, | ||||
5552 | CharUnits beginOffset, CharUnits endOffset, | ||||
5553 | bool ForStrongLayout, bool HasMRCWeakIvars) { | ||||
5554 | // If this is MRC, and we're either building a strong layout or there | ||||
5555 | // are no weak ivars, bail out early. | ||||
5556 | llvm::Type *PtrTy = CGM.Int8PtrTy; | ||||
5557 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC && | ||||
5558 | !CGM.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||
5559 | (ForStrongLayout || !HasMRCWeakIvars)) | ||||
5560 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(PtrTy); | ||||
5561 | |||||
5562 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OMD->getClassInterface(); | ||||
5563 | SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> ivars; | ||||
5564 | |||||
5565 | // GC layout strings include the complete object layout, possibly | ||||
5566 | // inaccurately in the non-fragile ABI; the runtime knows how to fix this | ||||
5567 | // up. | ||||
5568 | // | ||||
5569 | // ARC layout strings only include the class's ivars. In non-fragile | ||||
5570 | // runtimes, that means starting at InstanceStart, rounded up to word | ||||
5571 | // alignment. In fragile runtimes, there's no InstanceStart, so it means | ||||
5572 | // starting at the offset of the first ivar, rounded up to word alignment. | ||||
5573 | // | ||||
5574 | // MRC weak layout strings follow the ARC style. | ||||
5575 | CharUnits baseOffset; | ||||
5576 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) { | ||||
5577 | for (const ObjCIvarDecl *IVD = OI->all_declared_ivar_begin(); | ||||
5578 | IVD; IVD = IVD->getNextIvar()) | ||||
5579 | ivars.push_back(IVD); | ||||
5580 | |||||
5581 | if (isNonFragileABI()) { | ||||
5582 | baseOffset = beginOffset; // InstanceStart | ||||
5583 | } else if (!ivars.empty()) { | ||||
5584 | baseOffset = | ||||
5585 | CharUnits::fromQuantity(ComputeIvarBaseOffset(CGM, OMD, ivars[0])); | ||||
5586 | } else { | ||||
5587 | baseOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); | ||||
5588 | } | ||||
5589 | |||||
5590 | baseOffset = baseOffset.alignTo(CGM.getPointerAlign()); | ||||
5591 | } | ||||
5592 | else { | ||||
5593 | CGM.getContext().DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, ivars); | ||||
5594 | |||||
5595 | baseOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); | ||||
5596 | } | ||||
5597 | |||||
5598 | if (ivars.empty()) | ||||
5599 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(PtrTy); | ||||
5600 | |||||
5601 | IvarLayoutBuilder builder(CGM, baseOffset, endOffset, ForStrongLayout); | ||||
5602 | |||||
5603 | builder.visitAggregate(ivars.begin(), ivars.end(), CharUnits::Zero(), | ||||
5604 | [&](const ObjCIvarDecl *ivar) -> CharUnits { | ||||
5605 | return CharUnits::fromQuantity(ComputeIvarBaseOffset(CGM, OMD, ivar)); | ||||
5606 | }); | ||||
5607 | |||||
5608 | if (!builder.hasBitmapData()) | ||||
5609 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(PtrTy); | ||||
5610 | |||||
5611 | llvm::SmallVector<unsigned char, 4> buffer; | ||||
5612 | llvm::Constant *C = builder.buildBitmap(*this, buffer); | ||||
5613 | |||||
5614 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().ObjCGCBitmapPrint && !buffer.empty()) { | ||||
5615 | printf("\n%s ivar layout for class '%s': ", | ||||
5616 | ForStrongLayout ? "strong" : "weak", | ||||
5617 | OMD->getClassInterface()->getName().str().c_str()); | ||||
5618 | builder.dump(buffer); | ||||
5619 | } | ||||
5620 | return C; | ||||
5621 | } | ||||
5622 | |||||
5623 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCCommonMac::GetMethodVarName(Selector Sel) { | ||||
5624 | llvm::GlobalVariable *&Entry = MethodVarNames[Sel]; | ||||
5625 | // FIXME: Avoid std::string in "Sel.getAsString()" | ||||
5626 | if (!Entry) | ||||
5627 | Entry = CreateCStringLiteral(Sel.getAsString(), ObjCLabelType::MethodVarName); | ||||
5628 | return getConstantGEP(VMContext, Entry, 0, 0); | ||||
5629 | } | ||||
5630 | |||||
5631 | // FIXME: Merge into a single cstring creation function. | ||||
5632 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCCommonMac::GetMethodVarName(IdentifierInfo *ID) { | ||||
5633 | return GetMethodVarName(CGM.getContext().Selectors.getNullarySelector(ID)); | ||||
5634 | } | ||||
5635 | |||||
5636 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCCommonMac::GetMethodVarType(const FieldDecl *Field) { | ||||
5637 | std::string TypeStr; | ||||
5638 | CGM.getContext().getObjCEncodingForType(Field->getType(), TypeStr, Field); | ||||
5639 | |||||
5640 | llvm::GlobalVariable *&Entry = MethodVarTypes[TypeStr]; | ||||
5641 | if (!Entry) | ||||
5642 | Entry = CreateCStringLiteral(TypeStr, ObjCLabelType::MethodVarType); | ||||
5643 | return getConstantGEP(VMContext, Entry, 0, 0); | ||||
5644 | } | ||||
5645 | |||||
5646 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCCommonMac::GetMethodVarType(const ObjCMethodDecl *D, | ||||
5647 | bool Extended) { | ||||
5648 | std::string TypeStr = | ||||
5649 | CGM.getContext().getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(D, Extended); | ||||
5650 | |||||
5651 | llvm::GlobalVariable *&Entry = MethodVarTypes[TypeStr]; | ||||
5652 | if (!Entry) | ||||
5653 | Entry = CreateCStringLiteral(TypeStr, ObjCLabelType::MethodVarType); | ||||
5654 | return getConstantGEP(VMContext, Entry, 0, 0); | ||||
5655 | } | ||||
5656 | |||||
5657 | // FIXME: Merge into a single cstring creation function. | ||||
5658 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCCommonMac::GetPropertyName(IdentifierInfo *Ident) { | ||||
5659 | llvm::GlobalVariable *&Entry = PropertyNames[Ident]; | ||||
5660 | if (!Entry) | ||||
5661 | Entry = CreateCStringLiteral(Ident->getName(), ObjCLabelType::PropertyName); | ||||
5662 | return getConstantGEP(VMContext, Entry, 0, 0); | ||||
5663 | } | ||||
5664 | |||||
5665 | // FIXME: Merge into a single cstring creation function. | ||||
5666 | // FIXME: This Decl should be more precise. | ||||
5667 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
5668 | CGObjCCommonMac::GetPropertyTypeString(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, | ||||
5669 | const Decl *Container) { | ||||
5670 | std::string TypeStr = | ||||
5671 | CGM.getContext().getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(PD, Container); | ||||
5672 | return GetPropertyName(&CGM.getContext().Idents.get(TypeStr)); | ||||
5673 | } | ||||
5674 | |||||
5675 | void CGObjCMac::FinishModule() { | ||||
5676 | EmitModuleInfo(); | ||||
5677 | |||||
5678 | // Emit the dummy bodies for any protocols which were referenced but | ||||
5679 | // never defined. | ||||
5680 | for (auto &entry : Protocols) { | ||||
5681 | llvm::GlobalVariable *global = entry.second; | ||||
5682 | if (global->hasInitializer()) | ||||
5683 | continue; | ||||
5684 | |||||
5685 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
5686 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.ProtocolTy); | ||||
5687 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.ProtocolExtensionPtrTy); | ||||
5688 | values.add(GetClassName(entry.first->getName())); | ||||
5689 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.ProtocolListPtrTy); | ||||
5690 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.MethodDescriptionListPtrTy); | ||||
5691 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.MethodDescriptionListPtrTy); | ||||
5692 | values.finishAndSetAsInitializer(global); | ||||
5693 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(global); | ||||
5694 | } | ||||
5695 | |||||
5696 | // Add assembler directives to add lazy undefined symbol references | ||||
5697 | // for classes which are referenced but not defined. This is | ||||
5698 | // important for correct linker interaction. | ||||
5699 | // | ||||
5700 | // FIXME: It would be nice if we had an LLVM construct for this. | ||||
5701 | if ((!LazySymbols.empty() || !DefinedSymbols.empty()) && | ||||
5702 | CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO()) { | ||||
5703 | SmallString<256> Asm; | ||||
5704 | Asm += CGM.getModule().getModuleInlineAsm(); | ||||
5705 | if (!Asm.empty() && Asm.back() != '\n') | ||||
5706 | Asm += '\n'; | ||||
5707 | |||||
5708 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Asm); | ||||
5709 | for (const auto *Sym : DefinedSymbols) | ||||
5710 | OS << "\t.objc_class_name_" << Sym->getName() << "=0\n" | ||||
5711 | << "\t.globl .objc_class_name_" << Sym->getName() << "\n"; | ||||
5712 | for (const auto *Sym : LazySymbols) | ||||
5713 | OS << "\t.lazy_reference .objc_class_name_" << Sym->getName() << "\n"; | ||||
5714 | for (const auto &Category : DefinedCategoryNames) | ||||
5715 | OS << "\t.objc_category_name_" << Category << "=0\n" | ||||
5716 | << "\t.globl .objc_category_name_" << Category << "\n"; | ||||
5717 | |||||
5718 | CGM.getModule().setModuleInlineAsm(OS.str()); | ||||
5719 | } | ||||
5720 | } | ||||
5721 | |||||
5722 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::CGObjCNonFragileABIMac(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm) | ||||
5723 | : CGObjCCommonMac(cgm), ObjCTypes(cgm), ObjCEmptyCacheVar(nullptr), | ||||
5724 | ObjCEmptyVtableVar(nullptr) { | ||||
5725 | ObjCABI = 2; | ||||
5726 | } | ||||
5727 | |||||
5728 | /* *** */ | ||||
5729 | |||||
5730 | ObjCCommonTypesHelper::ObjCCommonTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm) | ||||
5731 | : VMContext(cgm.getLLVMContext()), CGM(cgm), ExternalProtocolPtrTy(nullptr) | ||||
5732 | { | ||||
5733 | CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &Types = CGM.getTypes(); | ||||
5734 | ASTContext &Ctx = CGM.getContext(); | ||||
5735 | |||||
5736 | ShortTy = cast<llvm::IntegerType>(Types.ConvertType(Ctx.ShortTy)); | ||||
5737 | IntTy = CGM.IntTy; | ||||
5738 | LongTy = cast<llvm::IntegerType>(Types.ConvertType(Ctx.LongTy)); | ||||
5739 | Int8PtrTy = CGM.Int8PtrTy; | ||||
5740 | Int8PtrPtrTy = CGM.Int8PtrPtrTy; | ||||
5741 | |||||
5742 | // arm64 targets use "int" ivar offset variables. All others, | ||||
5743 | // including OS X x86_64 and Windows x86_64, use "long" ivar offsets. | ||||
5744 | if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64) | ||||
5745 | IvarOffsetVarTy = IntTy; | ||||
5746 | else | ||||
5747 | IvarOffsetVarTy = LongTy; | ||||
5748 | |||||
5749 | ObjectPtrTy = | ||||
5750 | cast<llvm::PointerType>(Types.ConvertType(Ctx.getObjCIdType())); | ||||
5751 | PtrObjectPtrTy = | ||||
5752 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
5753 | SelectorPtrTy = | ||||
5754 | cast<llvm::PointerType>(Types.ConvertType(Ctx.getObjCSelType())); | ||||
5755 | |||||
5756 | // I'm not sure I like this. The implicit coordination is a bit | ||||
5757 | // gross. We should solve this in a reasonable fashion because this | ||||
5758 | // is a pretty common task (match some runtime data structure with | ||||
5759 | // an LLVM data structure). | ||||
5760 | |||||
5761 | // FIXME: This is leaked. | ||||
5762 | // FIXME: Merge with rewriter code? | ||||
5763 | |||||
5764 | // struct _objc_super { | ||||
5765 | // id self; | ||||
5766 | // Class cls; | ||||
5767 | // } | ||||
5768 | RecordDecl *RD = RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TTK_Struct, | ||||
5769 | Ctx.getTranslationUnitDecl(), | ||||
5770 | SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), | ||||
5771 | &Ctx.Idents.get("_objc_super")); | ||||
5772 | RD->addDecl(FieldDecl::Create(Ctx, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), | ||||
5773 | nullptr, Ctx.getObjCIdType(), nullptr, nullptr, | ||||
5774 | false, ICIS_NoInit)); | ||||
5775 | RD->addDecl(FieldDecl::Create(Ctx, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), | ||||
5776 | nullptr, Ctx.getObjCClassType(), nullptr, | ||||
5777 | nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit)); | ||||
5778 | RD->completeDefinition(); | ||||
5779 | |||||
5780 | SuperCTy = Ctx.getTagDeclType(RD); | ||||
5781 | SuperPtrCTy = Ctx.getPointerType(SuperCTy); | ||||
5782 | |||||
5783 | SuperTy = cast<llvm::StructType>(Types.ConvertType(SuperCTy)); | ||||
5784 | SuperPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(SuperTy); | ||||
5785 | |||||
5786 | // struct _prop_t { | ||||
5787 | // char *name; | ||||
5788 | // char *attributes; | ||||
5789 | // } | ||||
5790 | PropertyTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._prop_t", Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy); | ||||
5791 | |||||
5792 | // struct _prop_list_t { | ||||
5793 | // uint32_t entsize; // sizeof(struct _prop_t) | ||||
5794 | // uint32_t count_of_properties; | ||||
5795 | // struct _prop_t prop_list[count_of_properties]; | ||||
5796 | // } | ||||
5797 | PropertyListTy = llvm::StructType::create( | ||||
5798 | "struct._prop_list_t", IntTy, IntTy, llvm::ArrayType::get(PropertyTy, 0)); | ||||
5799 | // struct _prop_list_t * | ||||
5800 | PropertyListPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(PropertyListTy); | ||||
5801 | |||||
5802 | // struct _objc_method { | ||||
5803 | // SEL _cmd; | ||||
5804 | // char *method_type; | ||||
5805 | // char *_imp; | ||||
5806 | // } | ||||
5807 | MethodTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_method", SelectorPtrTy, | ||||
5808 | Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy); | ||||
5809 | |||||
5810 | // struct _objc_cache * | ||||
5811 | CacheTy = llvm::StructType::create(VMContext, "struct._objc_cache"); | ||||
5812 | CachePtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CacheTy); | ||||
5813 | } | ||||
5814 | |||||
5815 | ObjCTypesHelper::ObjCTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm) | ||||
5816 | : ObjCCommonTypesHelper(cgm) { | ||||
5817 | // struct _objc_method_description { | ||||
5818 | // SEL name; | ||||
5819 | // char *types; | ||||
5820 | // } | ||||
5821 | MethodDescriptionTy = llvm::StructType::create( | ||||
5822 | "struct._objc_method_description", SelectorPtrTy, Int8PtrTy); | ||||
5823 | |||||
5824 | // struct _objc_method_description_list { | ||||
5825 | // int count; | ||||
5826 | // struct _objc_method_description[1]; | ||||
5827 | // } | ||||
5828 | MethodDescriptionListTy = | ||||
5829 | llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_method_description_list", IntTy, | ||||
5830 | llvm::ArrayType::get(MethodDescriptionTy, 0)); | ||||
5831 | |||||
5832 | // struct _objc_method_description_list * | ||||
5833 | MethodDescriptionListPtrTy = | ||||
5834 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MethodDescriptionListTy); | ||||
5835 | |||||
5836 | // Protocol description structures | ||||
5837 | |||||
5838 | // struct _objc_protocol_extension { | ||||
5839 | // uint32_t size; // sizeof(struct _objc_protocol_extension) | ||||
5840 | // struct _objc_method_description_list *optional_instance_methods; | ||||
5841 | // struct _objc_method_description_list *optional_class_methods; | ||||
5842 | // struct _objc_property_list *instance_properties; | ||||
5843 | // const char ** extendedMethodTypes; | ||||
5844 | // struct _objc_property_list *class_properties; | ||||
5845 | // } | ||||
5846 | ProtocolExtensionTy = llvm::StructType::create( | ||||
5847 | "struct._objc_protocol_extension", IntTy, MethodDescriptionListPtrTy, | ||||
5848 | MethodDescriptionListPtrTy, PropertyListPtrTy, Int8PtrPtrTy, | ||||
5849 | PropertyListPtrTy); | ||||
5850 | |||||
5851 | // struct _objc_protocol_extension * | ||||
5852 | ProtocolExtensionPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolExtensionTy); | ||||
5853 | |||||
5854 | // Handle recursive construction of Protocol and ProtocolList types | ||||
5855 | |||||
5856 | ProtocolTy = | ||||
5857 | llvm::StructType::create(VMContext, "struct._objc_protocol"); | ||||
5858 | |||||
5859 | ProtocolListTy = | ||||
5860 | llvm::StructType::create(VMContext, "struct._objc_protocol_list"); | ||||
5861 | ProtocolListTy->setBody(llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolListTy), LongTy, | ||||
5862 | llvm::ArrayType::get(ProtocolTy, 0)); | ||||
5863 | |||||
5864 | // struct _objc_protocol { | ||||
5865 | // struct _objc_protocol_extension *isa; | ||||
5866 | // char *protocol_name; | ||||
5867 | // struct _objc_protocol **_objc_protocol_list; | ||||
5868 | // struct _objc_method_description_list *instance_methods; | ||||
5869 | // struct _objc_method_description_list *class_methods; | ||||
5870 | // } | ||||
5871 | ProtocolTy->setBody(ProtocolExtensionPtrTy, Int8PtrTy, | ||||
5872 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolListTy), | ||||
5873 | MethodDescriptionListPtrTy, MethodDescriptionListPtrTy); | ||||
5874 | |||||
5875 | // struct _objc_protocol_list * | ||||
5876 | ProtocolListPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolListTy); | ||||
5877 | |||||
5878 | ProtocolPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolTy); | ||||
5879 | |||||
5880 | // Class description structures | ||||
5881 | |||||
5882 | // struct _objc_ivar { | ||||
5883 | // char *ivar_name; | ||||
5884 | // char *ivar_type; | ||||
5885 | // int ivar_offset; | ||||
5886 | // } | ||||
5887 | IvarTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_ivar", Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy, | ||||
5888 | IntTy); | ||||
5889 | |||||
5890 | // struct _objc_ivar_list * | ||||
5891 | IvarListTy = | ||||
5892 | llvm::StructType::create(VMContext, "struct._objc_ivar_list"); | ||||
5893 | IvarListPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(IvarListTy); | ||||
5894 | |||||
5895 | // struct _objc_method_list * | ||||
5896 | MethodListTy = | ||||
5897 | llvm::StructType::create(VMContext, "struct._objc_method_list"); | ||||
5898 | MethodListPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MethodListTy); | ||||
5899 | |||||
5900 | // struct _objc_class_extension * | ||||
5901 | ClassExtensionTy = llvm::StructType::create( | ||||
5902 | "struct._objc_class_extension", IntTy, Int8PtrTy, PropertyListPtrTy); | ||||
5903 | ClassExtensionPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassExtensionTy); | ||||
5904 | |||||
5905 | ClassTy = llvm::StructType::create(VMContext, "struct._objc_class"); | ||||
5906 | |||||
5907 | // struct _objc_class { | ||||
5908 | // Class isa; | ||||
5909 | // Class super_class; | ||||
5910 | // char *name; | ||||
5911 | // long version; | ||||
5912 | // long info; | ||||
5913 | // long instance_size; | ||||
5914 | // struct _objc_ivar_list *ivars; | ||||
5915 | // struct _objc_method_list *methods; | ||||
5916 | // struct _objc_cache *cache; | ||||
5917 | // struct _objc_protocol_list *protocols; | ||||
5918 | // char *ivar_layout; | ||||
5919 | // struct _objc_class_ext *ext; | ||||
5920 | // }; | ||||
5921 | ClassTy->setBody(llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassTy), | ||||
5922 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassTy), Int8PtrTy, LongTy, | ||||
5923 | LongTy, LongTy, IvarListPtrTy, MethodListPtrTy, CachePtrTy, | ||||
5924 | ProtocolListPtrTy, Int8PtrTy, ClassExtensionPtrTy); | ||||
5925 | |||||
5926 | ClassPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassTy); | ||||
5927 | |||||
5928 | // struct _objc_category { | ||||
5929 | // char *category_name; | ||||
5930 | // char *class_name; | ||||
5931 | // struct _objc_method_list *instance_method; | ||||
5932 | // struct _objc_method_list *class_method; | ||||
5933 | // struct _objc_protocol_list *protocols; | ||||
5934 | // uint32_t size; // sizeof(struct _objc_category) | ||||
5935 | // struct _objc_property_list *instance_properties;// category's @property | ||||
5936 | // struct _objc_property_list *class_properties; | ||||
5937 | // } | ||||
5938 | CategoryTy = llvm::StructType::create( | ||||
5939 | "struct._objc_category", Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy, MethodListPtrTy, | ||||
5940 | MethodListPtrTy, ProtocolListPtrTy, IntTy, PropertyListPtrTy, | ||||
5941 | PropertyListPtrTy); | ||||
5942 | |||||
5943 | // Global metadata structures | ||||
5944 | |||||
5945 | // struct _objc_symtab { | ||||
5946 | // long sel_ref_cnt; | ||||
5947 | // SEL *refs; | ||||
5948 | // short cls_def_cnt; | ||||
5949 | // short cat_def_cnt; | ||||
5950 | // char *defs[cls_def_cnt + cat_def_cnt]; | ||||
5951 | // } | ||||
5952 | SymtabTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_symtab", LongTy, | ||||
5953 | SelectorPtrTy, ShortTy, ShortTy, | ||||
5954 | llvm::ArrayType::get(Int8PtrTy, 0)); | ||||
5955 | SymtabPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(SymtabTy); | ||||
5956 | |||||
5957 | // struct _objc_module { | ||||
5958 | // long version; | ||||
5959 | // long size; // sizeof(struct _objc_module) | ||||
5960 | // char *name; | ||||
5961 | // struct _objc_symtab* symtab; | ||||
5962 | // } | ||||
5963 | ModuleTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_module", LongTy, LongTy, | ||||
5964 | Int8PtrTy, SymtabPtrTy); | ||||
5965 | |||||
5966 | // FIXME: This is the size of the setjmp buffer and should be target | ||||
5967 | // specific. 18 is what's used on 32-bit X86. | ||||
5968 | uint64_t SetJmpBufferSize = 18; | ||||
5969 | |||||
5970 | // Exceptions | ||||
5971 | llvm::Type *StackPtrTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(CGM.Int8PtrTy, 4); | ||||
5972 | |||||
5973 | ExceptionDataTy = llvm::StructType::create( | ||||
5974 | "struct._objc_exception_data", | ||||
5975 | llvm::ArrayType::get(CGM.Int32Ty, SetJmpBufferSize), StackPtrTy); | ||||
5976 | } | ||||
5977 | |||||
5978 | ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper::ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm) | ||||
5979 | : ObjCCommonTypesHelper(cgm) { | ||||
5980 | // struct _method_list_t { | ||||
5981 | // uint32_t entsize; // sizeof(struct _objc_method) | ||||
5982 | // uint32_t method_count; | ||||
5983 | // struct _objc_method method_list[method_count]; | ||||
5984 | // } | ||||
5985 | MethodListnfABITy = | ||||
5986 | llvm::StructType::create("struct.__method_list_t", IntTy, IntTy, | ||||
5987 | llvm::ArrayType::get(MethodTy, 0)); | ||||
5988 | // struct method_list_t * | ||||
5989 | MethodListnfABIPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MethodListnfABITy); | ||||
5990 | |||||
5991 | // struct _protocol_t { | ||||
5992 | // id isa; // NULL | ||||
5993 | // const char * const protocol_name; | ||||
5994 | // const struct _protocol_list_t * protocol_list; // super protocols | ||||
5995 | // const struct method_list_t * const instance_methods; | ||||
5996 | // const struct method_list_t * const class_methods; | ||||
5997 | // const struct method_list_t *optionalInstanceMethods; | ||||
5998 | // const struct method_list_t *optionalClassMethods; | ||||
5999 | // const struct _prop_list_t * properties; | ||||
6000 | // const uint32_t size; // sizeof(struct _protocol_t) | ||||
6001 | // const uint32_t flags; // = 0 | ||||
6002 | // const char ** extendedMethodTypes; | ||||
6003 | // const char *demangledName; | ||||
6004 | // const struct _prop_list_t * class_properties; | ||||
6005 | // } | ||||
6006 | |||||
6007 | // Holder for struct _protocol_list_t * | ||||
6008 | ProtocolListnfABITy = | ||||
6009 | llvm::StructType::create(VMContext, "struct._objc_protocol_list"); | ||||
6010 | |||||
6011 | ProtocolnfABITy = llvm::StructType::create( | ||||
6012 | "struct._protocol_t", ObjectPtrTy, Int8PtrTy, | ||||
6013 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolListnfABITy), MethodListnfABIPtrTy, | ||||
6014 | MethodListnfABIPtrTy, MethodListnfABIPtrTy, MethodListnfABIPtrTy, | ||||
6015 | PropertyListPtrTy, IntTy, IntTy, Int8PtrPtrTy, Int8PtrTy, | ||||
6016 | PropertyListPtrTy); | ||||
6017 | |||||
6018 | // struct _protocol_t* | ||||
6019 | ProtocolnfABIPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolnfABITy); | ||||
6020 | |||||
6021 | // struct _protocol_list_t { | ||||
6022 | // long protocol_count; // Note, this is 32/64 bit | ||||
6023 | // struct _protocol_t *[protocol_count]; | ||||
6024 | // } | ||||
6025 | ProtocolListnfABITy->setBody(LongTy, | ||||
6026 | llvm::ArrayType::get(ProtocolnfABIPtrTy, 0)); | ||||
6027 | |||||
6028 | // struct _objc_protocol_list* | ||||
6029 | ProtocolListnfABIPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ProtocolListnfABITy); | ||||
6030 | |||||
6031 | // struct _ivar_t { | ||||
6032 | // unsigned [long] int *offset; // pointer to ivar offset location | ||||
6033 | // char *name; | ||||
6034 | // char *type; | ||||
6035 | // uint32_t alignment; | ||||
6036 | // uint32_t size; | ||||
6037 | // } | ||||
6038 | IvarnfABITy = llvm::StructType::create( | ||||
6039 | "struct._ivar_t", llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(IvarOffsetVarTy), | ||||
6040 | Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy, IntTy, IntTy); | ||||
6041 | |||||
6042 | // struct _ivar_list_t { | ||||
6043 | // uint32 entsize; // sizeof(struct _ivar_t) | ||||
6044 | // uint32 count; | ||||
6045 | // struct _iver_t list[count]; | ||||
6046 | // } | ||||
6047 | IvarListnfABITy = | ||||
6048 | llvm::StructType::create("struct._ivar_list_t", IntTy, IntTy, | ||||
6049 | llvm::ArrayType::get(IvarnfABITy, 0)); | ||||
6050 | |||||
6051 | IvarListnfABIPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(IvarListnfABITy); | ||||
6052 | |||||
6053 | // struct _class_ro_t { | ||||
6054 | // uint32_t const flags; | ||||
6055 | // uint32_t const instanceStart; | ||||
6056 | // uint32_t const instanceSize; | ||||
6057 | // uint32_t const reserved; // only when building for 64bit targets | ||||
6058 | // const uint8_t * const ivarLayout; | ||||
6059 | // const char *const name; | ||||
6060 | // const struct _method_list_t * const baseMethods; | ||||
6061 | // const struct _objc_protocol_list *const baseProtocols; | ||||
6062 | // const struct _ivar_list_t *const ivars; | ||||
6063 | // const uint8_t * const weakIvarLayout; | ||||
6064 | // const struct _prop_list_t * const properties; | ||||
6065 | // } | ||||
6066 | |||||
6067 | // FIXME. Add 'reserved' field in 64bit abi mode! | ||||
6068 | ClassRonfABITy = llvm::StructType::create( | ||||
6069 | "struct._class_ro_t", IntTy, IntTy, IntTy, Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy, | ||||
6070 | MethodListnfABIPtrTy, ProtocolListnfABIPtrTy, IvarListnfABIPtrTy, | ||||
6071 | Int8PtrTy, PropertyListPtrTy); | ||||
6072 | |||||
6073 | // ImpnfABITy - LLVM for id (*)(id, SEL, ...) | ||||
6074 | llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy }; | ||||
6075 | ImpnfABITy = llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, params, false) | ||||
6076 | ->getPointerTo(); | ||||
6077 | |||||
6078 | // struct _class_t { | ||||
6079 | // struct _class_t *isa; | ||||
6080 | // struct _class_t * const superclass; | ||||
6081 | // void *cache; | ||||
6082 | // IMP *vtable; | ||||
6083 | // struct class_ro_t *ro; | ||||
6084 | // } | ||||
6085 | |||||
6086 | ClassnfABITy = llvm::StructType::create(VMContext, "struct._class_t"); | ||||
6087 | ClassnfABITy->setBody(llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassnfABITy), | ||||
6088 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassnfABITy), CachePtrTy, | ||||
6089 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ImpnfABITy), | ||||
6090 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassRonfABITy)); | ||||
6091 | |||||
6092 | // LLVM for struct _class_t * | ||||
6093 | ClassnfABIPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ClassnfABITy); | ||||
6094 | |||||
6095 | // struct _category_t { | ||||
6096 | // const char * const name; | ||||
6097 | // struct _class_t *const cls; | ||||
6098 | // const struct _method_list_t * const instance_methods; | ||||
6099 | // const struct _method_list_t * const class_methods; | ||||
6100 | // const struct _protocol_list_t * const protocols; | ||||
6101 | // const struct _prop_list_t * const properties; | ||||
6102 | // const struct _prop_list_t * const class_properties; | ||||
6103 | // const uint32_t size; | ||||
6104 | // } | ||||
6105 | CategorynfABITy = llvm::StructType::create( | ||||
6106 | "struct._category_t", Int8PtrTy, ClassnfABIPtrTy, MethodListnfABIPtrTy, | ||||
6107 | MethodListnfABIPtrTy, ProtocolListnfABIPtrTy, PropertyListPtrTy, | ||||
6108 | PropertyListPtrTy, IntTy); | ||||
6109 | |||||
6110 | // New types for nonfragile abi messaging. | ||||
6111 | CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &Types = CGM.getTypes(); | ||||
6112 | ASTContext &Ctx = CGM.getContext(); | ||||
6113 | |||||
6114 | // MessageRefTy - LLVM for: | ||||
6115 | // struct _message_ref_t { | ||||
6116 | // IMP messenger; | ||||
6117 | // SEL name; | ||||
6118 | // }; | ||||
6119 | |||||
6120 | // First the clang type for struct _message_ref_t | ||||
6121 | RecordDecl *RD = RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TTK_Struct, | ||||
6122 | Ctx.getTranslationUnitDecl(), | ||||
6123 | SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), | ||||
6124 | &Ctx.Idents.get("_message_ref_t")); | ||||
6125 | RD->addDecl(FieldDecl::Create(Ctx, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), | ||||
6126 | nullptr, Ctx.VoidPtrTy, nullptr, nullptr, false, | ||||
6127 | ICIS_NoInit)); | ||||
6128 | RD->addDecl(FieldDecl::Create(Ctx, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), | ||||
6129 | nullptr, Ctx.getObjCSelType(), nullptr, nullptr, | ||||
6130 | false, ICIS_NoInit)); | ||||
6131 | RD->completeDefinition(); | ||||
6132 | |||||
6133 | MessageRefCTy = Ctx.getTagDeclType(RD); | ||||
6134 | MessageRefCPtrTy = Ctx.getPointerType(MessageRefCTy); | ||||
6135 | MessageRefTy = cast<llvm::StructType>(Types.ConvertType(MessageRefCTy)); | ||||
6136 | |||||
6137 | // MessageRefPtrTy - LLVM for struct _message_ref_t* | ||||
6138 | MessageRefPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MessageRefTy); | ||||
6139 | |||||
6140 | // SuperMessageRefTy - LLVM for: | ||||
6141 | // struct _super_message_ref_t { | ||||
6142 | // SUPER_IMP messenger; | ||||
6143 | // SEL name; | ||||
6144 | // }; | ||||
6145 | SuperMessageRefTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._super_message_ref_t", | ||||
6146 | ImpnfABITy, SelectorPtrTy); | ||||
6147 | |||||
6148 | // SuperMessageRefPtrTy - LLVM for struct _super_message_ref_t* | ||||
6149 | SuperMessageRefPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(SuperMessageRefTy); | ||||
6150 | |||||
6151 | |||||
6152 | // struct objc_typeinfo { | ||||
6153 | // const void** vtable; // objc_ehtype_vtable + 2 | ||||
6154 | // const char* name; // c++ typeinfo string | ||||
6155 | // Class cls; | ||||
6156 | // }; | ||||
6157 | EHTypeTy = llvm::StructType::create("struct._objc_typeinfo", | ||||
6158 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(Int8PtrTy), | ||||
6159 | Int8PtrTy, ClassnfABIPtrTy); | ||||
6160 | EHTypePtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(EHTypeTy); | ||||
6161 | } | ||||
6162 | |||||
6163 | llvm::Function *CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::ModuleInitFunction() { | ||||
6164 | FinishNonFragileABIModule(); | ||||
6165 | |||||
6166 | return nullptr; | ||||
6167 | } | ||||
6168 | |||||
6169 | void CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::AddModuleClassList( | ||||
6170 | ArrayRef<llvm::GlobalValue *> Container, StringRef SymbolName, | ||||
6171 | StringRef SectionName) { | ||||
6172 | unsigned NumClasses = Container.size(); | ||||
6173 | |||||
6174 | if (!NumClasses) | ||||
6175 | return; | ||||
6176 | |||||
6177 | SmallVector<llvm::Constant*, 8> Symbols(NumClasses); | ||||
6178 | for (unsigned i=0; i<NumClasses; i++) | ||||
6179 | Symbols[i] = llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Container[i], | ||||
6180 | ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
6181 | llvm::Constant *Init = | ||||
6182 | llvm::ConstantArray::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy, | ||||
6183 | Symbols.size()), | ||||
6184 | Symbols); | ||||
6185 | |||||
6186 | // Section name is obtained by calling GetSectionName, which returns | ||||
6187 | // sections in the __DATA segment on MachO. | ||||
6188 | assert((!CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO() ||(static_cast <bool> ((!CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO () || SectionName.startswith("__DATA")) && "SectionName expected to start with __DATA on MachO" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO() || SectionName.startswith(\"__DATA\")) && \"SectionName expected to start with __DATA on MachO\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 6190, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
6189 | SectionName.startswith("__DATA")) &&(static_cast <bool> ((!CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO () || SectionName.startswith("__DATA")) && "SectionName expected to start with __DATA on MachO" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO() || SectionName.startswith(\"__DATA\")) && \"SectionName expected to start with __DATA on MachO\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 6190, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
6190 | "SectionName expected to start with __DATA on MachO")(static_cast <bool> ((!CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO () || SectionName.startswith("__DATA")) && "SectionName expected to start with __DATA on MachO" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO() || SectionName.startswith(\"__DATA\")) && \"SectionName expected to start with __DATA on MachO\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 6190, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6191 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = new llvm::GlobalVariable( | ||||
6192 | CGM.getModule(), Init->getType(), false, | ||||
6193 | llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage, Init, SymbolName); | ||||
6194 | GV->setAlignment( | ||||
6195 | llvm::Align(CGM.getDataLayout().getABITypeAlignment(Init->getType()))); | ||||
6196 | GV->setSection(SectionName); | ||||
6197 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(GV); | ||||
6198 | } | ||||
6199 | |||||
6200 | void CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::FinishNonFragileABIModule() { | ||||
6201 | // nonfragile abi has no module definition. | ||||
6202 | |||||
6203 | // Build list of all implemented class addresses in array | ||||
6204 | // L_OBJC_LABEL_CLASS_$. | ||||
6205 | |||||
6206 | for (unsigned i=0, NumClasses=ImplementedClasses.size(); i<NumClasses; i++) { | ||||
6207 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = ImplementedClasses[i]; | ||||
6208 | assert(ID)(static_cast <bool> (ID) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ID" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 6208, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6209 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMP = ID->getImplementation()) | ||||
6210 | // We are implementing a weak imported interface. Give it external linkage | ||||
6211 | if (ID->isWeakImported() && !IMP->isWeakImported()) { | ||||
6212 | DefinedClasses[i]->setLinkage(llvm::GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage); | ||||
6213 | DefinedMetaClasses[i]->setLinkage(llvm::GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage); | ||||
6214 | } | ||||
6215 | } | ||||
6216 | |||||
6217 | AddModuleClassList(DefinedClasses, "OBJC_LABEL_CLASS_$", | ||||
6218 | GetSectionName("__objc_classlist", | ||||
6219 | "regular,no_dead_strip")); | ||||
6220 | |||||
6221 | AddModuleClassList(DefinedNonLazyClasses, "OBJC_LABEL_NONLAZY_CLASS_$", | ||||
6222 | GetSectionName("__objc_nlclslist", | ||||
6223 | "regular,no_dead_strip")); | ||||
6224 | |||||
6225 | // Build list of all implemented category addresses in array | ||||
6226 | // L_OBJC_LABEL_CATEGORY_$. | ||||
6227 | AddModuleClassList(DefinedCategories, "OBJC_LABEL_CATEGORY_$", | ||||
6228 | GetSectionName("__objc_catlist", | ||||
6229 | "regular,no_dead_strip")); | ||||
6230 | AddModuleClassList(DefinedStubCategories, "OBJC_LABEL_STUB_CATEGORY_$", | ||||
6231 | GetSectionName("__objc_catlist2", | ||||
6232 | "regular,no_dead_strip")); | ||||
6233 | AddModuleClassList(DefinedNonLazyCategories, "OBJC_LABEL_NONLAZY_CATEGORY_$", | ||||
6234 | GetSectionName("__objc_nlcatlist", | ||||
6235 | "regular,no_dead_strip")); | ||||
6236 | |||||
6237 | EmitImageInfo(); | ||||
6238 | } | ||||
6239 | |||||
6240 | /// isVTableDispatchedSelector - Returns true if SEL is not in the list of | ||||
6241 | /// VTableDispatchMethods; false otherwise. What this means is that | ||||
6242 | /// except for the 19 selectors in the list, we generate 32bit-style | ||||
6243 | /// message dispatch call for all the rest. | ||||
6244 | bool CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::isVTableDispatchedSelector(Selector Sel) { | ||||
6245 | // At various points we've experimented with using vtable-based | ||||
6246 | // dispatch for all methods. | ||||
6247 | switch (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().getObjCDispatchMethod()) { | ||||
6248 | case CodeGenOptions::Legacy: | ||||
6249 | return false; | ||||
6250 | case CodeGenOptions::NonLegacy: | ||||
6251 | return true; | ||||
6252 | case CodeGenOptions::Mixed: | ||||
6253 | break; | ||||
6254 | } | ||||
6255 | |||||
6256 | // If so, see whether this selector is in the white-list of things which must | ||||
6257 | // use the new dispatch convention. We lazily build a dense set for this. | ||||
6258 | if (VTableDispatchMethods.empty()) { | ||||
6259 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("alloc")); | ||||
6260 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("class")); | ||||
6261 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("self")); | ||||
6262 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("isFlipped")); | ||||
6263 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("length")); | ||||
6264 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("count")); | ||||
6265 | |||||
6266 | // These are vtable-based if GC is disabled. | ||||
6267 | // Optimistically use vtable dispatch for hybrid compiles. | ||||
6268 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::GCOnly) { | ||||
6269 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("retain")); | ||||
6270 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("release")); | ||||
6271 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("autorelease")); | ||||
6272 | } | ||||
6273 | |||||
6274 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("allocWithZone")); | ||||
6275 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("isKindOfClass")); | ||||
6276 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("respondsToSelector")); | ||||
6277 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("objectForKey")); | ||||
6278 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("objectAtIndex")); | ||||
6279 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("isEqualToString")); | ||||
6280 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("isEqual")); | ||||
6281 | |||||
6282 | // These are vtable-based if GC is enabled. | ||||
6283 | // Optimistically use vtable dispatch for hybrid compiles. | ||||
6284 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) { | ||||
6285 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("hash")); | ||||
6286 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("addObject")); | ||||
6287 | |||||
6288 | // "countByEnumeratingWithState:objects:count" | ||||
6289 | IdentifierInfo *KeyIdents[] = { | ||||
6290 | &CGM.getContext().Idents.get("countByEnumeratingWithState"), | ||||
6291 | &CGM.getContext().Idents.get("objects"), | ||||
6292 | &CGM.getContext().Idents.get("count") | ||||
6293 | }; | ||||
6294 | VTableDispatchMethods.insert( | ||||
6295 | CGM.getContext().Selectors.getSelector(3, KeyIdents)); | ||||
6296 | } | ||||
6297 | } | ||||
6298 | |||||
6299 | return VTableDispatchMethods.count(Sel); | ||||
6300 | } | ||||
6301 | |||||
6302 | /// BuildClassRoTInitializer - generate meta-data for: | ||||
6303 | /// struct _class_ro_t { | ||||
6304 | /// uint32_t const flags; | ||||
6305 | /// uint32_t const instanceStart; | ||||
6306 | /// uint32_t const instanceSize; | ||||
6307 | /// uint32_t const reserved; // only when building for 64bit targets | ||||
6308 | /// const uint8_t * const ivarLayout; | ||||
6309 | /// const char *const name; | ||||
6310 | /// const struct _method_list_t * const baseMethods; | ||||
6311 | /// const struct _protocol_list_t *const baseProtocols; | ||||
6312 | /// const struct _ivar_list_t *const ivars; | ||||
6313 | /// const uint8_t * const weakIvarLayout; | ||||
6314 | /// const struct _prop_list_t * const properties; | ||||
6315 | /// } | ||||
6316 | /// | ||||
6317 | llvm::GlobalVariable * CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::BuildClassRoTInitializer( | ||||
6318 | unsigned flags, | ||||
6319 | unsigned InstanceStart, | ||||
6320 | unsigned InstanceSize, | ||||
6321 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID) { | ||||
6322 | std::string ClassName = std::string(ID->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString()); | ||||
6323 | |||||
6324 | CharUnits beginInstance = CharUnits::fromQuantity(InstanceStart); | ||||
6325 | CharUnits endInstance = CharUnits::fromQuantity(InstanceSize); | ||||
6326 | |||||
6327 | bool hasMRCWeak = false; | ||||
6328 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||
6329 | flags |= NonFragileABI_Class_CompiledByARC; | ||||
6330 | else if ((hasMRCWeak = hasMRCWeakIvars(CGM, ID))) | ||||
6331 | flags |= NonFragileABI_Class_HasMRCWeakIvars; | ||||
6332 | |||||
6333 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
6334 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.ClassRonfABITy); | ||||
6335 | |||||
6336 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, flags); | ||||
6337 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, InstanceStart); | ||||
6338 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, InstanceSize); | ||||
6339 | values.add((flags & NonFragileABI_Class_Meta) | ||||
6340 | ? GetIvarLayoutName(nullptr, ObjCTypes) | ||||
6341 | : BuildStrongIvarLayout(ID, beginInstance, endInstance)); | ||||
6342 | values.add(GetClassName(ID->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString())); | ||||
6343 | |||||
6344 | // const struct _method_list_t * const baseMethods; | ||||
6345 | SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl*, 16> methods; | ||||
6346 | if (flags & NonFragileABI_Class_Meta) { | ||||
6347 | for (const auto *MD : ID->class_methods()) | ||||
6348 | if (!MD->isDirectMethod()) | ||||
6349 | methods.push_back(MD); | ||||
6350 | } else { | ||||
6351 | for (const auto *MD : ID->instance_methods()) | ||||
6352 | if (!MD->isDirectMethod()) | ||||
6353 | methods.push_back(MD); | ||||
6354 | } | ||||
6355 | |||||
6356 | values.add(emitMethodList(ID->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(), | ||||
6357 | (flags & NonFragileABI_Class_Meta) | ||||
6358 | ? MethodListType::ClassMethods | ||||
6359 | : MethodListType::InstanceMethods, | ||||
6360 | methods)); | ||||
6361 | |||||
6362 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OID = ID->getClassInterface(); | ||||
6363 | assert(OID && "CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::BuildClassRoTInitializer")(static_cast <bool> (OID && "CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::BuildClassRoTInitializer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("OID && \"CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::BuildClassRoTInitializer\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 6363, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6364 | values.add(EmitProtocolList("_OBJC_CLASS_PROTOCOLS_$_" | ||||
6365 | + OID->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(), | ||||
6366 | OID->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), | ||||
6367 | OID->all_referenced_protocol_end())); | ||||
6368 | |||||
6369 | if (flags & NonFragileABI_Class_Meta) { | ||||
6370 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.IvarListnfABIPtrTy); | ||||
6371 | values.add(GetIvarLayoutName(nullptr, ObjCTypes)); | ||||
6372 | values.add(EmitPropertyList( | ||||
6373 | "_OBJC_$_CLASS_PROP_LIST_" + ID->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(), | ||||
6374 | ID, ID->getClassInterface(), ObjCTypes, true)); | ||||
6375 | } else { | ||||
6376 | values.add(EmitIvarList(ID)); | ||||
6377 | values.add(BuildWeakIvarLayout(ID, beginInstance, endInstance, hasMRCWeak)); | ||||
6378 | values.add(EmitPropertyList( | ||||
6379 | "_OBJC_$_PROP_LIST_" + ID->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(), | ||||
6380 | ID, ID->getClassInterface(), ObjCTypes, false)); | ||||
6381 | } | ||||
6382 | |||||
6383 | llvm::SmallString<64> roLabel; | ||||
6384 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream(roLabel) | ||||
6385 | << ((flags & NonFragileABI_Class_Meta) ? "_OBJC_METACLASS_RO_$_" | ||||
6386 | : "_OBJC_CLASS_RO_$_") | ||||
6387 | << ClassName; | ||||
6388 | |||||
6389 | return finishAndCreateGlobal(values, roLabel, CGM); | ||||
6390 | } | ||||
6391 | |||||
6392 | /// Build the metaclass object for a class. | ||||
6393 | /// | ||||
6394 | /// struct _class_t { | ||||
6395 | /// struct _class_t *isa; | ||||
6396 | /// struct _class_t * const superclass; | ||||
6397 | /// void *cache; | ||||
6398 | /// IMP *vtable; | ||||
6399 | /// struct class_ro_t *ro; | ||||
6400 | /// } | ||||
6401 | /// | ||||
6402 | llvm::GlobalVariable * | ||||
6403 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::BuildClassObject(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *CI, | ||||
6404 | bool isMetaclass, | ||||
6405 | llvm::Constant *IsAGV, | ||||
6406 | llvm::Constant *SuperClassGV, | ||||
6407 | llvm::Constant *ClassRoGV, | ||||
6408 | bool HiddenVisibility) { | ||||
6409 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
6410 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.ClassnfABITy); | ||||
6411 | values.add(IsAGV); | ||||
6412 | if (SuperClassGV) { | ||||
6413 | values.add(SuperClassGV); | ||||
6414 | } else { | ||||
6415 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.ClassnfABIPtrTy); | ||||
6416 | } | ||||
6417 | values.add(ObjCEmptyCacheVar); | ||||
6418 | values.add(ObjCEmptyVtableVar); | ||||
6419 | values.add(ClassRoGV); | ||||
6420 | |||||
6421 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = | ||||
6422 | cast<llvm::GlobalVariable>(GetClassGlobal(CI, isMetaclass, ForDefinition)); | ||||
6423 | values.finishAndSetAsInitializer(GV); | ||||
6424 | |||||
6425 | if (CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO()) | ||||
6426 | GV->setSection("__DATA, __objc_data"); | ||||
6427 | GV->setAlignment(llvm::Align( | ||||
6428 | CGM.getDataLayout().getABITypeAlignment(ObjCTypes.ClassnfABITy))); | ||||
6429 | if (!CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatCOFF()) | ||||
6430 | if (HiddenVisibility) | ||||
6431 | GV->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::HiddenVisibility); | ||||
6432 | return GV; | ||||
6433 | } | ||||
6434 | |||||
6435 | bool CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::ImplementationIsNonLazy( | ||||
6436 | const ObjCImplDecl *OD) const { | ||||
6437 | return OD->getClassMethod(GetNullarySelector("load")) != nullptr || | ||||
6438 | OD->getClassInterface()->hasAttr<ObjCNonLazyClassAttr>() || | ||||
6439 | OD->hasAttr<ObjCNonLazyClassAttr>(); | ||||
6440 | } | ||||
6441 | |||||
6442 | void CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GetClassSizeInfo(const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID, | ||||
6443 | uint32_t &InstanceStart, | ||||
6444 | uint32_t &InstanceSize) { | ||||
6445 | const ASTRecordLayout &RL = | ||||
6446 | CGM.getContext().getASTObjCImplementationLayout(OID); | ||||
6447 | |||||
6448 | // InstanceSize is really instance end. | ||||
6449 | InstanceSize = RL.getDataSize().getQuantity(); | ||||
6450 | |||||
6451 | // If there are no fields, the start is the same as the end. | ||||
6452 | if (!RL.getFieldCount()) | ||||
6453 | InstanceStart = InstanceSize; | ||||
6454 | else | ||||
6455 | InstanceStart = RL.getFieldOffset(0) / CGM.getContext().getCharWidth(); | ||||
6456 | } | ||||
6457 | |||||
6458 | static llvm::GlobalValue::DLLStorageClassTypes getStorage(CodeGenModule &CGM, | ||||
6459 | StringRef Name) { | ||||
6460 | IdentifierInfo &II = CGM.getContext().Idents.get(Name); | ||||
6461 | TranslationUnitDecl *TUDecl = CGM.getContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||
6462 | DeclContext *DC = TranslationUnitDecl::castToDeclContext(TUDecl); | ||||
6463 | |||||
6464 | const VarDecl *VD = nullptr; | ||||
6465 | for (const auto *Result : DC->lookup(&II)) | ||||
6466 | if ((VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Result))) | ||||
6467 | break; | ||||
6468 | |||||
6469 | if (!VD) | ||||
6470 | return llvm::GlobalValue::DLLImportStorageClass; | ||||
6471 | if (VD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) | ||||
6472 | return llvm::GlobalValue::DLLExportStorageClass; | ||||
6473 | if (VD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) | ||||
6474 | return llvm::GlobalValue::DLLImportStorageClass; | ||||
6475 | return llvm::GlobalValue::DefaultStorageClass; | ||||
6476 | } | ||||
6477 | |||||
6478 | void CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GenerateClass(const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID) { | ||||
6479 | if (!ObjCEmptyCacheVar) { | ||||
6480 | ObjCEmptyCacheVar = | ||||
6481 | new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), ObjCTypes.CacheTy, false, | ||||
6482 | llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage, nullptr, | ||||
6483 | "_objc_empty_cache"); | ||||
6484 | if (CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatCOFF()) | ||||
6485 | ObjCEmptyCacheVar->setDLLStorageClass(getStorage(CGM, "_objc_empty_cache")); | ||||
6486 | |||||
6487 | // Only OS X with deployment version <10.9 use the empty vtable symbol | ||||
6488 | const llvm::Triple &Triple = CGM.getTarget().getTriple(); | ||||
6489 | if (Triple.isMacOSX() && Triple.isMacOSXVersionLT(10, 9)) | ||||
6490 | ObjCEmptyVtableVar = | ||||
6491 | new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), ObjCTypes.ImpnfABITy, false, | ||||
6492 | llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage, nullptr, | ||||
6493 | "_objc_empty_vtable"); | ||||
6494 | else | ||||
6495 | ObjCEmptyVtableVar = | ||||
6496 | llvm::ConstantPointerNull::get(ObjCTypes.ImpnfABITy->getPointerTo()); | ||||
6497 | } | ||||
6498 | |||||
6499 | // FIXME: Is this correct (that meta class size is never computed)? | ||||
6500 | uint32_t InstanceStart = | ||||
6501 | CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ObjCTypes.ClassnfABITy); | ||||
6502 | uint32_t InstanceSize = InstanceStart; | ||||
6503 | uint32_t flags = NonFragileABI_Class_Meta; | ||||
6504 | |||||
6505 | llvm::Constant *SuperClassGV, *IsAGV; | ||||
6506 | |||||
6507 | const auto *CI = ID->getClassInterface(); | ||||
6508 | assert(CI && "CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GenerateClass - class is 0")(static_cast <bool> (CI && "CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GenerateClass - class is 0" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CI && \"CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GenerateClass - class is 0\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 6508, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6509 | |||||
6510 | // Build the flags for the metaclass. | ||||
6511 | bool classIsHidden = (CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatCOFF()) | ||||
6512 | ? !CI->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() | ||||
6513 | : CI->getVisibility() == HiddenVisibility; | ||||
6514 | if (classIsHidden) | ||||
6515 | flags |= NonFragileABI_Class_Hidden; | ||||
6516 | |||||
6517 | // FIXME: why is this flag set on the metaclass? | ||||
6518 | // ObjC metaclasses have no fields and don't really get constructed. | ||||
6519 | if (ID->hasNonZeroConstructors() || ID->hasDestructors()) { | ||||
6520 | flags |= NonFragileABI_Class_HasCXXStructors; | ||||
6521 | if (!ID->hasNonZeroConstructors()) | ||||
6522 | flags |= NonFragileABI_Class_HasCXXDestructorOnly; | ||||
6523 | } | ||||
6524 | |||||
6525 | if (!CI->getSuperClass()) { | ||||
6526 | // class is root | ||||
6527 | flags |= NonFragileABI_Class_Root; | ||||
6528 | |||||
6529 | SuperClassGV = GetClassGlobal(CI, /*metaclass*/ false, NotForDefinition); | ||||
6530 | IsAGV = GetClassGlobal(CI, /*metaclass*/ true, NotForDefinition); | ||||
6531 | } else { | ||||
6532 | // Has a root. Current class is not a root. | ||||
6533 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Root = ID->getClassInterface(); | ||||
6534 | while (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = Root->getSuperClass()) | ||||
6535 | Root = Super; | ||||
6536 | |||||
6537 | const auto *Super = CI->getSuperClass(); | ||||
6538 | IsAGV = GetClassGlobal(Root, /*metaclass*/ true, NotForDefinition); | ||||
6539 | SuperClassGV = GetClassGlobal(Super, /*metaclass*/ true, NotForDefinition); | ||||
6540 | } | ||||
6541 | |||||
6542 | llvm::GlobalVariable *CLASS_RO_GV = | ||||
6543 | BuildClassRoTInitializer(flags, InstanceStart, InstanceSize, ID); | ||||
6544 | |||||
6545 | llvm::GlobalVariable *MetaTClass = | ||||
6546 | BuildClassObject(CI, /*metaclass*/ true, | ||||
6547 | IsAGV, SuperClassGV, CLASS_RO_GV, classIsHidden); | ||||
6548 | CGM.setGVProperties(MetaTClass, CI); | ||||
6549 | DefinedMetaClasses.push_back(MetaTClass); | ||||
6550 | |||||
6551 | // Metadata for the class | ||||
6552 | flags = 0; | ||||
6553 | if (classIsHidden) | ||||
6554 | flags |= NonFragileABI_Class_Hidden; | ||||
6555 | |||||
6556 | if (ID->hasNonZeroConstructors() || ID->hasDestructors()) { | ||||
6557 | flags |= NonFragileABI_Class_HasCXXStructors; | ||||
6558 | |||||
6559 | // Set a flag to enable a runtime optimization when a class has | ||||
6560 | // fields that require destruction but which don't require | ||||
6561 | // anything except zero-initialization during construction. This | ||||
6562 | // is most notably true of __strong and __weak types, but you can | ||||
6563 | // also imagine there being C++ types with non-trivial default | ||||
6564 | // constructors that merely set all fields to null. | ||||
6565 | if (!ID->hasNonZeroConstructors()) | ||||
6566 | flags |= NonFragileABI_Class_HasCXXDestructorOnly; | ||||
6567 | } | ||||
6568 | |||||
6569 | if (hasObjCExceptionAttribute(CGM.getContext(), CI)) | ||||
6570 | flags |= NonFragileABI_Class_Exception; | ||||
6571 | |||||
6572 | if (!CI->getSuperClass()) { | ||||
6573 | flags |= NonFragileABI_Class_Root; | ||||
6574 | SuperClassGV = nullptr; | ||||
6575 | } else { | ||||
6576 | // Has a root. Current class is not a root. | ||||
6577 | const auto *Super = CI->getSuperClass(); | ||||
6578 | SuperClassGV = GetClassGlobal(Super, /*metaclass*/ false, NotForDefinition); | ||||
6579 | } | ||||
6580 | |||||
6581 | GetClassSizeInfo(ID, InstanceStart, InstanceSize); | ||||
6582 | CLASS_RO_GV = | ||||
6583 | BuildClassRoTInitializer(flags, InstanceStart, InstanceSize, ID); | ||||
6584 | |||||
6585 | llvm::GlobalVariable *ClassMD = | ||||
6586 | BuildClassObject(CI, /*metaclass*/ false, | ||||
6587 | MetaTClass, SuperClassGV, CLASS_RO_GV, classIsHidden); | ||||
6588 | CGM.setGVProperties(ClassMD, CI); | ||||
6589 | DefinedClasses.push_back(ClassMD); | ||||
6590 | ImplementedClasses.push_back(CI); | ||||
6591 | |||||
6592 | // Determine if this class is also "non-lazy". | ||||
6593 | if (ImplementationIsNonLazy(ID)) | ||||
6594 | DefinedNonLazyClasses.push_back(ClassMD); | ||||
6595 | |||||
6596 | // Force the definition of the EHType if necessary. | ||||
6597 | if (flags & NonFragileABI_Class_Exception) | ||||
6598 | (void) GetInterfaceEHType(CI, ForDefinition); | ||||
6599 | // Make sure method definition entries are all clear for next implementation. | ||||
6600 | MethodDefinitions.clear(); | ||||
6601 | } | ||||
6602 | |||||
6603 | /// GenerateProtocolRef - This routine is called to generate code for | ||||
6604 | /// a protocol reference expression; as in: | ||||
6605 | /// @code | ||||
6606 | /// @protocol(Proto1); | ||||
6607 | /// @endcode | ||||
6608 | /// It generates a weak reference to l_OBJC_PROTOCOL_REFERENCE_$_Proto1 | ||||
6609 | /// which will hold address of the protocol meta-data. | ||||
6610 | /// | ||||
6611 | llvm::Value *CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GenerateProtocolRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
6612 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) { | ||||
6613 | |||||
6614 | // This routine is called for @protocol only. So, we must build definition | ||||
6615 | // of protocol's meta-data (not a reference to it!) | ||||
6616 | assert(!PD->isNonRuntimeProtocol() &&(static_cast <bool> (!PD->isNonRuntimeProtocol() && "attempting to get a protocol ref to a static protocol.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!PD->isNonRuntimeProtocol() && \"attempting to get a protocol ref to a static protocol.\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 6617, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
6617 | "attempting to get a protocol ref to a static protocol.")(static_cast <bool> (!PD->isNonRuntimeProtocol() && "attempting to get a protocol ref to a static protocol.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!PD->isNonRuntimeProtocol() && \"attempting to get a protocol ref to a static protocol.\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 6617, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6618 | llvm::Constant *Init = | ||||
6619 | llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GetOrEmitProtocol(PD), | ||||
6620 | ObjCTypes.getExternalProtocolPtrTy()); | ||||
6621 | |||||
6622 | std::string ProtocolName("_OBJC_PROTOCOL_REFERENCE_$_"); | ||||
6623 | ProtocolName += PD->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); | ||||
6624 | |||||
6625 | CharUnits Align = CGF.getPointerAlign(); | ||||
6626 | |||||
6627 | llvm::GlobalVariable *PTGV = CGM.getModule().getGlobalVariable(ProtocolName); | ||||
6628 | if (PTGV) | ||||
6629 | return CGF.Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(PTGV->getValueType(), PTGV, Align); | ||||
6630 | PTGV = new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), Init->getType(), false, | ||||
6631 | llvm::GlobalValue::WeakAnyLinkage, Init, | ||||
6632 | ProtocolName); | ||||
6633 | PTGV->setSection(GetSectionName("__objc_protorefs", | ||||
6634 | "coalesced,no_dead_strip")); | ||||
6635 | PTGV->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::HiddenVisibility); | ||||
6636 | PTGV->setAlignment(Align.getAsAlign()); | ||||
6637 | if (!CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO()) | ||||
6638 | PTGV->setComdat(CGM.getModule().getOrInsertComdat(ProtocolName)); | ||||
6639 | CGM.addUsedGlobal(PTGV); | ||||
6640 | return CGF.Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(PTGV->getValueType(), PTGV, Align); | ||||
6641 | } | ||||
6642 | |||||
6643 | /// GenerateCategory - Build metadata for a category implementation. | ||||
6644 | /// struct _category_t { | ||||
6645 | /// const char * const name; | ||||
6646 | /// struct _class_t *const cls; | ||||
6647 | /// const struct _method_list_t * const instance_methods; | ||||
6648 | /// const struct _method_list_t * const class_methods; | ||||
6649 | /// const struct _protocol_list_t * const protocols; | ||||
6650 | /// const struct _prop_list_t * const properties; | ||||
6651 | /// const struct _prop_list_t * const class_properties; | ||||
6652 | /// const uint32_t size; | ||||
6653 | /// } | ||||
6654 | /// | ||||
6655 | void CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GenerateCategory(const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *OCD) { | ||||
6656 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = OCD->getClassInterface(); | ||||
6657 | const char *Prefix = "_OBJC_$_CATEGORY_"; | ||||
6658 | |||||
6659 | llvm::SmallString<64> ExtCatName(Prefix); | ||||
6660 | ExtCatName += Interface->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); | ||||
6661 | ExtCatName += "_$_"; | ||||
6662 | ExtCatName += OCD->getNameAsString(); | ||||
6663 | |||||
6664 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
6665 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.CategorynfABITy); | ||||
6666 | values.add(GetClassName(OCD->getIdentifier()->getName())); | ||||
6667 | // meta-class entry symbol | ||||
6668 | values.add(GetClassGlobal(Interface, /*metaclass*/ false, NotForDefinition)); | ||||
6669 | std::string listName = | ||||
6670 | (Interface->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString() + "_$_" + OCD->getName()).str(); | ||||
6671 | |||||
6672 | SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 16> instanceMethods; | ||||
6673 | SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> classMethods; | ||||
6674 | for (const auto *MD : OCD->methods()) { | ||||
6675 | if (MD->isDirectMethod()) | ||||
6676 | continue; | ||||
6677 | if (MD->isInstanceMethod()) { | ||||
6678 | instanceMethods.push_back(MD); | ||||
6679 | } else { | ||||
6680 | classMethods.push_back(MD); | ||||
6681 | } | ||||
6682 | } | ||||
6683 | |||||
6684 | auto instanceMethodList = emitMethodList( | ||||
6685 | listName, MethodListType::CategoryInstanceMethods, instanceMethods); | ||||
6686 | auto classMethodList = emitMethodList( | ||||
6687 | listName, MethodListType::CategoryClassMethods, classMethods); | ||||
6688 | values.add(instanceMethodList); | ||||
6689 | values.add(classMethodList); | ||||
6690 | // Keep track of whether we have actual metadata to emit. | ||||
6691 | bool isEmptyCategory = | ||||
6692 | instanceMethodList->isNullValue() && classMethodList->isNullValue(); | ||||
6693 | |||||
6694 | const ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = | ||||
6695 | Interface->FindCategoryDeclaration(OCD->getIdentifier()); | ||||
6696 | if (Category) { | ||||
6697 | SmallString<256> ExtName; | ||||
6698 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream(ExtName) | ||||
6699 | << Interface->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString() << "_$_" << OCD->getName(); | ||||
6700 | auto protocolList = | ||||
6701 | EmitProtocolList("_OBJC_CATEGORY_PROTOCOLS_$_" + | ||||
6702 | Interface->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString() + "_$_" + | ||||
6703 | Category->getName(), | ||||
6704 | Category->protocol_begin(), Category->protocol_end()); | ||||
6705 | auto propertyList = EmitPropertyList("_OBJC_$_PROP_LIST_" + ExtName.str(), | ||||
6706 | OCD, Category, ObjCTypes, false); | ||||
6707 | auto classPropertyList = | ||||
6708 | EmitPropertyList("_OBJC_$_CLASS_PROP_LIST_" + ExtName.str(), OCD, | ||||
6709 | Category, ObjCTypes, true); | ||||
6710 | values.add(protocolList); | ||||
6711 | values.add(propertyList); | ||||
6712 | values.add(classPropertyList); | ||||
6713 | isEmptyCategory &= protocolList->isNullValue() && | ||||
6714 | propertyList->isNullValue() && | ||||
6715 | classPropertyList->isNullValue(); | ||||
6716 | } else { | ||||
6717 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.ProtocolListnfABIPtrTy); | ||||
6718 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.PropertyListPtrTy); | ||||
6719 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.PropertyListPtrTy); | ||||
6720 | } | ||||
6721 | |||||
6722 | if (isEmptyCategory) { | ||||
6723 | // Empty category, don't emit any metadata. | ||||
6724 | values.abandon(); | ||||
6725 | MethodDefinitions.clear(); | ||||
6726 | return; | ||||
6727 | } | ||||
6728 | |||||
6729 | unsigned Size = | ||||
6730 | CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ObjCTypes.CategorynfABITy); | ||||
6731 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, Size); | ||||
6732 | |||||
6733 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GCATV = | ||||
6734 | finishAndCreateGlobal(values, ExtCatName.str(), CGM); | ||||
6735 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(GCATV); | ||||
6736 | if (Interface->hasAttr<ObjCClassStubAttr>()) | ||||
6737 | DefinedStubCategories.push_back(GCATV); | ||||
6738 | else | ||||
6739 | DefinedCategories.push_back(GCATV); | ||||
6740 | |||||
6741 | // Determine if this category is also "non-lazy". | ||||
6742 | if (ImplementationIsNonLazy(OCD)) | ||||
6743 | DefinedNonLazyCategories.push_back(GCATV); | ||||
6744 | // method definition entries must be clear for next implementation. | ||||
6745 | MethodDefinitions.clear(); | ||||
6746 | } | ||||
6747 | |||||
6748 | /// emitMethodConstant - Return a struct objc_method constant. If | ||||
6749 | /// forProtocol is true, the implementation will be null; otherwise, | ||||
6750 | /// the method must have a definition registered with the runtime. | ||||
6751 | /// | ||||
6752 | /// struct _objc_method { | ||||
6753 | /// SEL _cmd; | ||||
6754 | /// char *method_type; | ||||
6755 | /// char *_imp; | ||||
6756 | /// } | ||||
6757 | void CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::emitMethodConstant(ConstantArrayBuilder &builder, | ||||
6758 | const ObjCMethodDecl *MD, | ||||
6759 | bool forProtocol) { | ||||
6760 | auto method = builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.MethodTy); | ||||
6761 | method.addBitCast(GetMethodVarName(MD->getSelector()), | ||||
6762 | ObjCTypes.SelectorPtrTy); | ||||
6763 | method.add(GetMethodVarType(MD)); | ||||
6764 | |||||
6765 | if (forProtocol) { | ||||
6766 | // Protocol methods have no implementation. So, this entry is always NULL. | ||||
6767 | method.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
6768 | } else { | ||||
6769 | llvm::Function *fn = GetMethodDefinition(MD); | ||||
6770 | assert(fn && "no definition for method?")(static_cast <bool> (fn && "no definition for method?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("fn && \"no definition for method?\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 6770, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6771 | method.addBitCast(fn, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
6772 | } | ||||
6773 | |||||
6774 | method.finishAndAddTo(builder); | ||||
6775 | } | ||||
6776 | |||||
6777 | /// Build meta-data for method declarations. | ||||
6778 | /// | ||||
6779 | /// struct _method_list_t { | ||||
6780 | /// uint32_t entsize; // sizeof(struct _objc_method) | ||||
6781 | /// uint32_t method_count; | ||||
6782 | /// struct _objc_method method_list[method_count]; | ||||
6783 | /// } | ||||
6784 | /// | ||||
6785 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
6786 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::emitMethodList(Twine name, MethodListType kind, | ||||
6787 | ArrayRef<const ObjCMethodDecl *> methods) { | ||||
6788 | // Return null for empty list. | ||||
6789 | if (methods.empty()) | ||||
6790 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ObjCTypes.MethodListnfABIPtrTy); | ||||
6791 | |||||
6792 | StringRef prefix; | ||||
6793 | bool forProtocol; | ||||
6794 | switch (kind) { | ||||
6795 | case MethodListType::CategoryInstanceMethods: | ||||
6796 | prefix = "_OBJC_$_CATEGORY_INSTANCE_METHODS_"; | ||||
6797 | forProtocol = false; | ||||
6798 | break; | ||||
6799 | case MethodListType::CategoryClassMethods: | ||||
6800 | prefix = "_OBJC_$_CATEGORY_CLASS_METHODS_"; | ||||
6801 | forProtocol = false; | ||||
6802 | break; | ||||
6803 | case MethodListType::InstanceMethods: | ||||
6804 | prefix = "_OBJC_$_INSTANCE_METHODS_"; | ||||
6805 | forProtocol = false; | ||||
6806 | break; | ||||
6807 | case MethodListType::ClassMethods: | ||||
6808 | prefix = "_OBJC_$_CLASS_METHODS_"; | ||||
6809 | forProtocol = false; | ||||
6810 | break; | ||||
6811 | |||||
6812 | case MethodListType::ProtocolInstanceMethods: | ||||
6813 | prefix = "_OBJC_$_PROTOCOL_INSTANCE_METHODS_"; | ||||
6814 | forProtocol = true; | ||||
6815 | break; | ||||
6816 | case MethodListType::ProtocolClassMethods: | ||||
6817 | prefix = "_OBJC_$_PROTOCOL_CLASS_METHODS_"; | ||||
6818 | forProtocol = true; | ||||
6819 | break; | ||||
6820 | case MethodListType::OptionalProtocolInstanceMethods: | ||||
6821 | prefix = "_OBJC_$_PROTOCOL_INSTANCE_METHODS_OPT_"; | ||||
6822 | forProtocol = true; | ||||
6823 | break; | ||||
6824 | case MethodListType::OptionalProtocolClassMethods: | ||||
6825 | prefix = "_OBJC_$_PROTOCOL_CLASS_METHODS_OPT_"; | ||||
6826 | forProtocol = true; | ||||
6827 | break; | ||||
6828 | } | ||||
6829 | |||||
6830 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
6831 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(); | ||||
6832 | |||||
6833 | // sizeof(struct _objc_method) | ||||
6834 | unsigned Size = CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ObjCTypes.MethodTy); | ||||
6835 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, Size); | ||||
6836 | // method_count | ||||
6837 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, methods.size()); | ||||
6838 | auto methodArray = values.beginArray(ObjCTypes.MethodTy); | ||||
6839 | for (auto MD : methods) | ||||
6840 | emitMethodConstant(methodArray, MD, forProtocol); | ||||
6841 | methodArray.finishAndAddTo(values); | ||||
6842 | |||||
6843 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = finishAndCreateGlobal(values, prefix + name, CGM); | ||||
6844 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(GV); | ||||
6845 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, ObjCTypes.MethodListnfABIPtrTy); | ||||
6846 | } | ||||
6847 | |||||
6848 | /// ObjCIvarOffsetVariable - Returns the ivar offset variable for | ||||
6849 | /// the given ivar. | ||||
6850 | llvm::GlobalVariable * | ||||
6851 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::ObjCIvarOffsetVariable(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, | ||||
6852 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar) { | ||||
6853 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Container = Ivar->getContainingInterface(); | ||||
6854 | llvm::SmallString<64> Name("OBJC_IVAR_$_"); | ||||
6855 | Name += Container->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); | ||||
6856 | Name += "."; | ||||
6857 | Name += Ivar->getName(); | ||||
6858 | llvm::GlobalVariable *IvarOffsetGV = CGM.getModule().getGlobalVariable(Name); | ||||
6859 | if (!IvarOffsetGV) { | ||||
6860 | IvarOffsetGV = | ||||
6861 | new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), ObjCTypes.IvarOffsetVarTy, | ||||
6862 | false, llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage, | ||||
6863 | nullptr, Name.str()); | ||||
6864 | if (CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatCOFF()) { | ||||
6865 | bool IsPrivateOrPackage = | ||||
6866 | Ivar->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private || | ||||
6867 | Ivar->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Package; | ||||
6868 | |||||
6869 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ContainingID = Ivar->getContainingInterface(); | ||||
6870 | |||||
6871 | if (ContainingID->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) | ||||
6872 | IvarOffsetGV | ||||
6873 | ->setDLLStorageClass(llvm::GlobalValue::DLLImportStorageClass); | ||||
6874 | else if (ContainingID->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && !IsPrivateOrPackage) | ||||
6875 | IvarOffsetGV | ||||
6876 | ->setDLLStorageClass(llvm::GlobalValue::DLLExportStorageClass); | ||||
6877 | } | ||||
6878 | } | ||||
6879 | return IvarOffsetGV; | ||||
6880 | } | ||||
6881 | |||||
6882 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
6883 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitIvarOffsetVar(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, | ||||
6884 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar, | ||||
6885 | unsigned long int Offset) { | ||||
6886 | llvm::GlobalVariable *IvarOffsetGV = ObjCIvarOffsetVariable(ID, Ivar); | ||||
6887 | IvarOffsetGV->setInitializer( | ||||
6888 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(ObjCTypes.IvarOffsetVarTy, Offset)); | ||||
6889 | IvarOffsetGV->setAlignment(llvm::Align( | ||||
6890 | CGM.getDataLayout().getABITypeAlignment(ObjCTypes.IvarOffsetVarTy))); | ||||
6891 | |||||
6892 | if (!CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatCOFF()) { | ||||
6893 | // FIXME: This matches gcc, but shouldn't the visibility be set on the use | ||||
6894 | // as well (i.e., in ObjCIvarOffsetVariable). | ||||
6895 | if (Ivar->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private || | ||||
6896 | Ivar->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Package || | ||||
6897 | ID->getVisibility() == HiddenVisibility) | ||||
6898 | IvarOffsetGV->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::HiddenVisibility); | ||||
6899 | else | ||||
6900 | IvarOffsetGV->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::DefaultVisibility); | ||||
6901 | } | ||||
6902 | |||||
6903 | // If ID's layout is known, then make the global constant. This serves as a | ||||
6904 | // useful assertion: we'll never use this variable to calculate ivar offsets, | ||||
6905 | // so if the runtime tries to patch it then we should crash. | ||||
6906 | if (isClassLayoutKnownStatically(ID)) | ||||
6907 | IvarOffsetGV->setConstant(true); | ||||
6908 | |||||
6909 | if (CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO()) | ||||
6910 | IvarOffsetGV->setSection("__DATA, __objc_ivar"); | ||||
6911 | return IvarOffsetGV; | ||||
6912 | } | ||||
6913 | |||||
6914 | /// EmitIvarList - Emit the ivar list for the given | ||||
6915 | /// implementation. The return value has type | ||||
6916 | /// IvarListnfABIPtrTy. | ||||
6917 | /// struct _ivar_t { | ||||
6918 | /// unsigned [long] int *offset; // pointer to ivar offset location | ||||
6919 | /// char *name; | ||||
6920 | /// char *type; | ||||
6921 | /// uint32_t alignment; | ||||
6922 | /// uint32_t size; | ||||
6923 | /// } | ||||
6924 | /// struct _ivar_list_t { | ||||
6925 | /// uint32 entsize; // sizeof(struct _ivar_t) | ||||
6926 | /// uint32 count; | ||||
6927 | /// struct _iver_t list[count]; | ||||
6928 | /// } | ||||
6929 | /// | ||||
6930 | |||||
6931 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitIvarList( | ||||
6932 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID) { | ||||
6933 | |||||
6934 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
6935 | auto ivarList = builder.beginStruct(); | ||||
6936 | ivarList.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, | ||||
6937 | CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ObjCTypes.IvarnfABITy)); | ||||
6938 | auto ivarCountSlot = ivarList.addPlaceholder(); | ||||
6939 | auto ivars = ivarList.beginArray(ObjCTypes.IvarnfABITy); | ||||
6940 | |||||
6941 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OID = ID->getClassInterface(); | ||||
6942 | assert(OID && "CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitIvarList - null interface")(static_cast <bool> (OID && "CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitIvarList - null interface" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("OID && \"CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitIvarList - null interface\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 6942, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6943 | |||||
6944 | // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in GenerateClass. | ||||
6945 | |||||
6946 | for (const ObjCIvarDecl *IVD = OID->all_declared_ivar_begin(); | ||||
6947 | IVD; IVD = IVD->getNextIvar()) { | ||||
6948 | // Ignore unnamed bit-fields. | ||||
6949 | if (!IVD->getDeclName()) | ||||
6950 | continue; | ||||
6951 | |||||
6952 | auto ivar = ivars.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.IvarnfABITy); | ||||
6953 | ivar.add(EmitIvarOffsetVar(ID->getClassInterface(), IVD, | ||||
6954 | ComputeIvarBaseOffset(CGM, ID, IVD))); | ||||
6955 | ivar.add(GetMethodVarName(IVD->getIdentifier())); | ||||
6956 | ivar.add(GetMethodVarType(IVD)); | ||||
6957 | llvm::Type *FieldTy = | ||||
6958 | CGM.getTypes().ConvertTypeForMem(IVD->getType()); | ||||
6959 | unsigned Size = CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(FieldTy); | ||||
6960 | unsigned Align = CGM.getContext().getPreferredTypeAlign( | ||||
6961 | IVD->getType().getTypePtr()) >> 3; | ||||
6962 | Align = llvm::Log2_32(Align); | ||||
6963 | ivar.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, Align); | ||||
6964 | // NOTE. Size of a bitfield does not match gcc's, because of the | ||||
6965 | // way bitfields are treated special in each. But I am told that | ||||
6966 | // 'size' for bitfield ivars is ignored by the runtime so it does | ||||
6967 | // not matter. If it matters, there is enough info to get the | ||||
6968 | // bitfield right! | ||||
6969 | ivar.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, Size); | ||||
6970 | ivar.finishAndAddTo(ivars); | ||||
6971 | } | ||||
6972 | // Return null for empty list. | ||||
6973 | if (ivars.empty()) { | ||||
6974 | ivars.abandon(); | ||||
6975 | ivarList.abandon(); | ||||
6976 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ObjCTypes.IvarListnfABIPtrTy); | ||||
6977 | } | ||||
6978 | |||||
6979 | auto ivarCount = ivars.size(); | ||||
6980 | ivars.finishAndAddTo(ivarList); | ||||
6981 | ivarList.fillPlaceholderWithInt(ivarCountSlot, ObjCTypes.IntTy, ivarCount); | ||||
6982 | |||||
6983 | const char *Prefix = "_OBJC_$_INSTANCE_VARIABLES_"; | ||||
6984 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = finishAndCreateGlobal( | ||||
6985 | ivarList, Prefix + OID->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(), CGM); | ||||
6986 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(GV); | ||||
6987 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, ObjCTypes.IvarListnfABIPtrTy); | ||||
6988 | } | ||||
6989 | |||||
6990 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GetOrEmitProtocolRef( | ||||
6991 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) { | ||||
6992 | llvm::GlobalVariable *&Entry = Protocols[PD->getIdentifier()]; | ||||
6993 | |||||
6994 | assert(!PD->isNonRuntimeProtocol() &&(static_cast <bool> (!PD->isNonRuntimeProtocol() && "attempting to GetOrEmit a non-runtime protocol") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!PD->isNonRuntimeProtocol() && \"attempting to GetOrEmit a non-runtime protocol\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 6995, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
6995 | "attempting to GetOrEmit a non-runtime protocol")(static_cast <bool> (!PD->isNonRuntimeProtocol() && "attempting to GetOrEmit a non-runtime protocol") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!PD->isNonRuntimeProtocol() && \"attempting to GetOrEmit a non-runtime protocol\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 6995, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6996 | if (!Entry) { | ||||
6997 | // We use the initializer as a marker of whether this is a forward | ||||
6998 | // reference or not. At module finalization we add the empty | ||||
6999 | // contents for protocols which were referenced but never defined. | ||||
7000 | llvm::SmallString<64> Protocol; | ||||
7001 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Protocol) << "_OBJC_PROTOCOL_$_" | ||||
7002 | << PD->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); | ||||
7003 | |||||
7004 | Entry = new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), ObjCTypes.ProtocolnfABITy, | ||||
7005 | false, llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage, | ||||
7006 | nullptr, Protocol); | ||||
7007 | if (!CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO()) | ||||
7008 | Entry->setComdat(CGM.getModule().getOrInsertComdat(Protocol)); | ||||
7009 | } | ||||
7010 | |||||
7011 | return Entry; | ||||
7012 | } | ||||
7013 | |||||
7014 | /// GetOrEmitProtocol - Generate the protocol meta-data: | ||||
7015 | /// @code | ||||
7016 | /// struct _protocol_t { | ||||
7017 | /// id isa; // NULL | ||||
7018 | /// const char * const protocol_name; | ||||
7019 | /// const struct _protocol_list_t * protocol_list; // super protocols | ||||
7020 | /// const struct method_list_t * const instance_methods; | ||||
7021 | /// const struct method_list_t * const class_methods; | ||||
7022 | /// const struct method_list_t *optionalInstanceMethods; | ||||
7023 | /// const struct method_list_t *optionalClassMethods; | ||||
7024 | /// const struct _prop_list_t * properties; | ||||
7025 | /// const uint32_t size; // sizeof(struct _protocol_t) | ||||
7026 | /// const uint32_t flags; // = 0 | ||||
7027 | /// const char ** extendedMethodTypes; | ||||
7028 | /// const char *demangledName; | ||||
7029 | /// const struct _prop_list_t * class_properties; | ||||
7030 | /// } | ||||
7031 | /// @endcode | ||||
7032 | /// | ||||
7033 | |||||
7034 | llvm::Constant *CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GetOrEmitProtocol( | ||||
7035 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) { | ||||
7036 | llvm::GlobalVariable *Entry = Protocols[PD->getIdentifier()]; | ||||
7037 | |||||
7038 | // Early exit if a defining object has already been generated. | ||||
7039 | if (Entry && Entry->hasInitializer()) | ||||
7040 | return Entry; | ||||
7041 | |||||
7042 | // Use the protocol definition, if there is one. | ||||
7043 | assert(PD->hasDefinition() &&(static_cast <bool> (PD->hasDefinition() && "emitting protocol metadata without definition" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("PD->hasDefinition() && \"emitting protocol metadata without definition\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 7044, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
7044 | "emitting protocol metadata without definition")(static_cast <bool> (PD->hasDefinition() && "emitting protocol metadata without definition" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("PD->hasDefinition() && \"emitting protocol metadata without definition\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 7044, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7045 | PD = PD->getDefinition(); | ||||
7046 | |||||
7047 | auto methodLists = ProtocolMethodLists::get(PD); | ||||
7048 | |||||
7049 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
7050 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.ProtocolnfABITy); | ||||
7051 | |||||
7052 | // isa is NULL | ||||
7053 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
7054 | values.add(GetClassName(PD->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString())); | ||||
7055 | values.add(EmitProtocolList("_OBJC_$_PROTOCOL_REFS_" | ||||
7056 | + PD->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(), | ||||
7057 | PD->protocol_begin(), | ||||
7058 | PD->protocol_end())); | ||||
7059 | values.add(methodLists.emitMethodList(this, PD, | ||||
7060 | ProtocolMethodLists::RequiredInstanceMethods)); | ||||
7061 | values.add(methodLists.emitMethodList(this, PD, | ||||
7062 | ProtocolMethodLists::RequiredClassMethods)); | ||||
7063 | values.add(methodLists.emitMethodList(this, PD, | ||||
7064 | ProtocolMethodLists::OptionalInstanceMethods)); | ||||
7065 | values.add(methodLists.emitMethodList(this, PD, | ||||
7066 | ProtocolMethodLists::OptionalClassMethods)); | ||||
7067 | values.add(EmitPropertyList( | ||||
7068 | "_OBJC_$_PROP_LIST_" + PD->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(), | ||||
7069 | nullptr, PD, ObjCTypes, false)); | ||||
7070 | uint32_t Size = | ||||
7071 | CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ObjCTypes.ProtocolnfABITy); | ||||
7072 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, Size); | ||||
7073 | values.addInt(ObjCTypes.IntTy, 0); | ||||
7074 | values.add(EmitProtocolMethodTypes("_OBJC_$_PROTOCOL_METHOD_TYPES_" | ||||
7075 | + PD->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(), | ||||
7076 | methodLists.emitExtendedTypesArray(this), | ||||
7077 | ObjCTypes)); | ||||
7078 | |||||
7079 | // const char *demangledName; | ||||
7080 | values.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
7081 | |||||
7082 | values.add(EmitPropertyList( | ||||
7083 | "_OBJC_$_CLASS_PROP_LIST_" + PD->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(), | ||||
7084 | nullptr, PD, ObjCTypes, true)); | ||||
7085 | |||||
7086 | if (Entry) { | ||||
7087 | // Already created, fix the linkage and update the initializer. | ||||
7088 | Entry->setLinkage(llvm::GlobalValue::WeakAnyLinkage); | ||||
7089 | values.finishAndSetAsInitializer(Entry); | ||||
7090 | } else { | ||||
7091 | llvm::SmallString<64> symbolName; | ||||
7092 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream(symbolName) | ||||
7093 | << "_OBJC_PROTOCOL_$_" << PD->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); | ||||
7094 | |||||
7095 | Entry = values.finishAndCreateGlobal(symbolName, CGM.getPointerAlign(), | ||||
7096 | /*constant*/ false, | ||||
7097 | llvm::GlobalValue::WeakAnyLinkage); | ||||
7098 | if (!CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO()) | ||||
7099 | Entry->setComdat(CGM.getModule().getOrInsertComdat(symbolName)); | ||||
7100 | |||||
7101 | Protocols[PD->getIdentifier()] = Entry; | ||||
7102 | } | ||||
7103 | Entry->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::HiddenVisibility); | ||||
7104 | CGM.addUsedGlobal(Entry); | ||||
7105 | |||||
7106 | // Use this protocol meta-data to build protocol list table in section | ||||
7107 | // __DATA, __objc_protolist | ||||
7108 | llvm::SmallString<64> ProtocolRef; | ||||
7109 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream(ProtocolRef) << "_OBJC_LABEL_PROTOCOL_$_" | ||||
7110 | << PD->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); | ||||
7111 | |||||
7112 | llvm::GlobalVariable *PTGV = | ||||
7113 | new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), ObjCTypes.ProtocolnfABIPtrTy, | ||||
7114 | false, llvm::GlobalValue::WeakAnyLinkage, Entry, | ||||
7115 | ProtocolRef); | ||||
7116 | if (!CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO()) | ||||
7117 | PTGV->setComdat(CGM.getModule().getOrInsertComdat(ProtocolRef)); | ||||
7118 | PTGV->setAlignment(llvm::Align( | ||||
7119 | CGM.getDataLayout().getABITypeAlignment(ObjCTypes.ProtocolnfABIPtrTy))); | ||||
7120 | PTGV->setSection(GetSectionName("__objc_protolist", | ||||
7121 | "coalesced,no_dead_strip")); | ||||
7122 | PTGV->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::HiddenVisibility); | ||||
7123 | CGM.addUsedGlobal(PTGV); | ||||
7124 | return Entry; | ||||
7125 | } | ||||
7126 | |||||
7127 | /// EmitProtocolList - Generate protocol list meta-data: | ||||
7128 | /// @code | ||||
7129 | /// struct _protocol_list_t { | ||||
7130 | /// long protocol_count; // Note, this is 32/64 bit | ||||
7131 | /// struct _protocol_t[protocol_count]; | ||||
7132 | /// } | ||||
7133 | /// @endcode | ||||
7134 | /// | ||||
7135 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
7136 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitProtocolList(Twine Name, | ||||
7137 | ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator begin, | ||||
7138 | ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator end) { | ||||
7139 | // Just return null for empty protocol lists | ||||
7140 | auto Protocols = GetRuntimeProtocolList(begin, end); | ||||
7141 | if (Protocols.empty()) | ||||
7142 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ObjCTypes.ProtocolListnfABIPtrTy); | ||||
7143 | |||||
7144 | SmallVector<llvm::Constant *, 16> ProtocolRefs; | ||||
7145 | ProtocolRefs.reserve(Protocols.size()); | ||||
7146 | |||||
7147 | for (const auto *PD : Protocols) | ||||
7148 | ProtocolRefs.push_back(GetProtocolRef(PD)); | ||||
7149 | |||||
7150 | // If all of the protocols in the protocol list are objc_non_runtime_protocol | ||||
7151 | // just return null | ||||
7152 | if (ProtocolRefs.size() == 0) | ||||
7153 | return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ObjCTypes.ProtocolListnfABIPtrTy); | ||||
7154 | |||||
7155 | // FIXME: We shouldn't need to do this lookup here, should we? | ||||
7156 | SmallString<256> TmpName; | ||||
7157 | Name.toVector(TmpName); | ||||
7158 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = | ||||
7159 | CGM.getModule().getGlobalVariable(TmpName.str(), true); | ||||
7160 | if (GV) | ||||
7161 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, ObjCTypes.ProtocolListnfABIPtrTy); | ||||
7162 | |||||
7163 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
7164 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(); | ||||
7165 | auto countSlot = values.addPlaceholder(); | ||||
7166 | |||||
7167 | // A null-terminated array of protocols. | ||||
7168 | auto array = values.beginArray(ObjCTypes.ProtocolnfABIPtrTy); | ||||
7169 | for (auto const &proto : ProtocolRefs) | ||||
7170 | array.add(proto); | ||||
7171 | auto count = array.size(); | ||||
7172 | array.addNullPointer(ObjCTypes.ProtocolnfABIPtrTy); | ||||
7173 | |||||
7174 | array.finishAndAddTo(values); | ||||
7175 | values.fillPlaceholderWithInt(countSlot, ObjCTypes.LongTy, count); | ||||
7176 | |||||
7177 | GV = finishAndCreateGlobal(values, Name, CGM); | ||||
7178 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(GV); | ||||
7179 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, | ||||
7180 | ObjCTypes.ProtocolListnfABIPtrTy); | ||||
7181 | } | ||||
7182 | |||||
7183 | /// EmitObjCValueForIvar - Code Gen for nonfragile ivar reference. | ||||
7184 | /// This code gen. amounts to generating code for: | ||||
7185 | /// @code | ||||
7186 | /// (type *)((char *)base + _OBJC_IVAR_$_.ivar; | ||||
7187 | /// @encode | ||||
7188 | /// | ||||
7189 | LValue CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitObjCValueForIvar( | ||||
7190 | CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7191 | QualType ObjectTy, | ||||
7192 | llvm::Value *BaseValue, | ||||
7193 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar, | ||||
7194 | unsigned CVRQualifiers) { | ||||
7195 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = ObjectTy->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface(); | ||||
7196 | llvm::Value *Offset = EmitIvarOffset(CGF, ID, Ivar); | ||||
7197 | return EmitValueForIvarAtOffset(CGF, ID, BaseValue, Ivar, CVRQualifiers, | ||||
7198 | Offset); | ||||
7199 | } | ||||
7200 | |||||
7201 | llvm::Value * | ||||
7202 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitIvarOffset(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7203 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface, | ||||
7204 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar) { | ||||
7205 | llvm::Value *IvarOffsetValue; | ||||
7206 | if (isClassLayoutKnownStatically(Interface)) { | ||||
7207 | IvarOffsetValue = llvm::ConstantInt::get( | ||||
7208 | ObjCTypes.IvarOffsetVarTy, | ||||
7209 | ComputeIvarBaseOffset(CGM, Interface->getImplementation(), Ivar)); | ||||
7210 | } else { | ||||
7211 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = ObjCIvarOffsetVariable(Interface, Ivar); | ||||
7212 | IvarOffsetValue = | ||||
7213 | CGF.Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(GV->getValueType(), GV, | ||||
7214 | CGF.getSizeAlign(), "ivar"); | ||||
7215 | if (IsIvarOffsetKnownIdempotent(CGF, Ivar)) | ||||
7216 | cast<llvm::LoadInst>(IvarOffsetValue) | ||||
7217 | ->setMetadata(CGM.getModule().getMDKindID("invariant.load"), | ||||
7218 | llvm::MDNode::get(VMContext, None)); | ||||
7219 | } | ||||
7220 | |||||
7221 | // This could be 32bit int or 64bit integer depending on the architecture. | ||||
7222 | // Cast it to 64bit integer value, if it is a 32bit integer ivar offset value | ||||
7223 | // as this is what caller always expects. | ||||
7224 | if (ObjCTypes.IvarOffsetVarTy == ObjCTypes.IntTy) | ||||
7225 | IvarOffsetValue = CGF.Builder.CreateIntCast( | ||||
7226 | IvarOffsetValue, ObjCTypes.LongTy, true, "ivar.conv"); | ||||
7227 | return IvarOffsetValue; | ||||
7228 | } | ||||
7229 | |||||
7230 | static void appendSelectorForMessageRefTable(std::string &buffer, | ||||
7231 | Selector selector) { | ||||
7232 | if (selector.isUnarySelector()) { | ||||
7233 | buffer += selector.getNameForSlot(0); | ||||
7234 | return; | ||||
7235 | } | ||||
7236 | |||||
7237 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = selector.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||
7238 | buffer += selector.getNameForSlot(i); | ||||
7239 | buffer += '_'; | ||||
7240 | } | ||||
7241 | } | ||||
7242 | |||||
7243 | /// Emit a "vtable" message send. We emit a weak hidden-visibility | ||||
7244 | /// struct, initially containing the selector pointer and a pointer to | ||||
7245 | /// a "fixup" variant of the appropriate objc_msgSend. To call, we | ||||
7246 | /// load and call the function pointer, passing the address of the | ||||
7247 | /// struct as the second parameter. The runtime determines whether | ||||
7248 | /// the selector is currently emitted using vtable dispatch; if so, it | ||||
7249 | /// substitutes a stub function which simply tail-calls through the | ||||
7250 | /// appropriate vtable slot, and if not, it substitues a stub function | ||||
7251 | /// which tail-calls objc_msgSend. Both stubs adjust the selector | ||||
7252 | /// argument to correctly point to the selector. | ||||
7253 | RValue | ||||
7254 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitVTableMessageSend(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7255 | ReturnValueSlot returnSlot, | ||||
7256 | QualType resultType, | ||||
7257 | Selector selector, | ||||
7258 | llvm::Value *arg0, | ||||
7259 | QualType arg0Type, | ||||
7260 | bool isSuper, | ||||
7261 | const CallArgList &formalArgs, | ||||
7262 | const ObjCMethodDecl *method) { | ||||
7263 | // Compute the actual arguments. | ||||
7264 | CallArgList args; | ||||
7265 | |||||
7266 | // First argument: the receiver / super-call structure. | ||||
7267 | if (!isSuper) | ||||
7268 | arg0 = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(arg0, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
7269 | args.add(RValue::get(arg0), arg0Type); | ||||
7270 | |||||
7271 | // Second argument: a pointer to the message ref structure. Leave | ||||
7272 | // the actual argument value blank for now. | ||||
7273 | args.add(RValue::get(nullptr), ObjCTypes.MessageRefCPtrTy); | ||||
7274 | |||||
7275 | args.insert(args.end(), formalArgs.begin(), formalArgs.end()); | ||||
7276 | |||||
7277 | MessageSendInfo MSI = getMessageSendInfo(method, resultType, args); | ||||
7278 | |||||
7279 | NullReturnState nullReturn; | ||||
7280 | |||||
7281 | // Find the function to call and the mangled name for the message | ||||
7282 | // ref structure. Using a different mangled name wouldn't actually | ||||
7283 | // be a problem; it would just be a waste. | ||||
7284 | // | ||||
7285 | // The runtime currently never uses vtable dispatch for anything | ||||
7286 | // except normal, non-super message-sends. | ||||
7287 | // FIXME: don't use this for that. | ||||
7288 | llvm::FunctionCallee fn = nullptr; | ||||
7289 | std::string messageRefName("_"); | ||||
7290 | if (CGM.ReturnSlotInterferesWithArgs(MSI.CallInfo)) { | ||||
7291 | if (isSuper) { | ||||
7292 | fn = ObjCTypes.getMessageSendSuper2StretFixupFn(); | ||||
7293 | messageRefName += "objc_msgSendSuper2_stret_fixup"; | ||||
7294 | } else { | ||||
7295 | nullReturn.init(CGF, arg0); | ||||
7296 | fn = ObjCTypes.getMessageSendStretFixupFn(); | ||||
7297 | messageRefName += "objc_msgSend_stret_fixup"; | ||||
7298 | } | ||||
7299 | } else if (!isSuper && CGM.ReturnTypeUsesFPRet(resultType)) { | ||||
7300 | fn = ObjCTypes.getMessageSendFpretFixupFn(); | ||||
7301 | messageRefName += "objc_msgSend_fpret_fixup"; | ||||
7302 | } else { | ||||
7303 | if (isSuper) { | ||||
7304 | fn = ObjCTypes.getMessageSendSuper2FixupFn(); | ||||
7305 | messageRefName += "objc_msgSendSuper2_fixup"; | ||||
7306 | } else { | ||||
7307 | fn = ObjCTypes.getMessageSendFixupFn(); | ||||
7308 | messageRefName += "objc_msgSend_fixup"; | ||||
7309 | } | ||||
7310 | } | ||||
7311 | assert(fn && "CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitMessageSend")(static_cast <bool> (fn && "CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitMessageSend" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("fn && \"CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitMessageSend\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 7311, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7312 | messageRefName += '_'; | ||||
7313 | |||||
7314 | // Append the selector name, except use underscores anywhere we | ||||
7315 | // would have used colons. | ||||
7316 | appendSelectorForMessageRefTable(messageRefName, selector); | ||||
7317 | |||||
7318 | llvm::GlobalVariable *messageRef | ||||
7319 | = CGM.getModule().getGlobalVariable(messageRefName); | ||||
7320 | if (!messageRef) { | ||||
7321 | // Build the message ref structure. | ||||
7322 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
7323 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(); | ||||
7324 | values.add(cast<llvm::Constant>(fn.getCallee())); | ||||
7325 | values.add(GetMethodVarName(selector)); | ||||
7326 | messageRef = values.finishAndCreateGlobal(messageRefName, | ||||
7327 | CharUnits::fromQuantity(16), | ||||
7328 | /*constant*/ false, | ||||
7329 | llvm::GlobalValue::WeakAnyLinkage); | ||||
7330 | messageRef->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::HiddenVisibility); | ||||
7331 | messageRef->setSection(GetSectionName("__objc_msgrefs", "coalesced")); | ||||
7332 | } | ||||
7333 | |||||
7334 | bool requiresnullCheck = false; | ||||
7335 | if (CGM.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && method) | ||||
7336 | for (const auto *ParamDecl : method->parameters()) { | ||||
7337 | if (ParamDecl->isDestroyedInCallee()) { | ||||
7338 | if (!nullReturn.NullBB) | ||||
7339 | nullReturn.init(CGF, arg0); | ||||
7340 | requiresnullCheck = true; | ||||
7341 | break; | ||||
7342 | } | ||||
7343 | } | ||||
7344 | |||||
7345 | Address mref = | ||||
7346 | Address(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(messageRef, ObjCTypes.MessageRefPtrTy), | ||||
7347 | CGF.getPointerAlign()); | ||||
7348 | |||||
7349 | // Update the message ref argument. | ||||
7350 | args[1].setRValue(RValue::get(mref.getPointer())); | ||||
7351 | |||||
7352 | // Load the function to call from the message ref table. | ||||
7353 | Address calleeAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(mref, 0); | ||||
7354 | llvm::Value *calleePtr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(calleeAddr, "msgSend_fn"); | ||||
7355 | |||||
7356 | calleePtr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(calleePtr, MSI.MessengerType); | ||||
7357 | CGCallee callee(CGCalleeInfo(), calleePtr); | ||||
7358 | |||||
7359 | RValue result = CGF.EmitCall(MSI.CallInfo, callee, returnSlot, args); | ||||
7360 | return nullReturn.complete(CGF, returnSlot, result, resultType, formalArgs, | ||||
7361 | requiresnullCheck ? method : nullptr); | ||||
7362 | } | ||||
7363 | |||||
7364 | /// Generate code for a message send expression in the nonfragile abi. | ||||
7365 | CodeGen::RValue | ||||
7366 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GenerateMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7367 | ReturnValueSlot Return, | ||||
7368 | QualType ResultType, | ||||
7369 | Selector Sel, | ||||
7370 | llvm::Value *Receiver, | ||||
7371 | const CallArgList &CallArgs, | ||||
7372 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, | ||||
7373 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||
7374 | return isVTableDispatchedSelector(Sel) | ||||
7375 | ? EmitVTableMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType, Sel, | ||||
7376 | Receiver, CGF.getContext().getObjCIdType(), | ||||
7377 | false, CallArgs, Method) | ||||
7378 | : EmitMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType, Sel, | ||||
7379 | Receiver, CGF.getContext().getObjCIdType(), | ||||
7380 | false, CallArgs, Method, Class, ObjCTypes); | ||||
7381 | } | ||||
7382 | |||||
7383 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
7384 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GetClassGlobal(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, | ||||
7385 | bool metaclass, | ||||
7386 | ForDefinition_t isForDefinition) { | ||||
7387 | auto prefix = | ||||
7388 | (metaclass ? getMetaclassSymbolPrefix() : getClassSymbolPrefix()); | ||||
7389 | return GetClassGlobal((prefix + ID->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString()).str(), | ||||
7390 | isForDefinition, | ||||
7391 | ID->isWeakImported(), | ||||
7392 | !isForDefinition | ||||
7393 | && CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatCOFF() | ||||
7394 | && ID->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()); | ||||
7395 | } | ||||
7396 | |||||
7397 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
7398 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GetClassGlobal(StringRef Name, | ||||
7399 | ForDefinition_t IsForDefinition, | ||||
7400 | bool Weak, bool DLLImport) { | ||||
7401 | llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes L = | ||||
7402 | Weak ? llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalWeakLinkage | ||||
7403 | : llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage; | ||||
7404 | |||||
7405 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = CGM.getModule().getGlobalVariable(Name); | ||||
7406 | if (!GV || GV->getType() != ObjCTypes.ClassnfABITy->getPointerTo()) { | ||||
7407 | auto *NewGV = new llvm::GlobalVariable(ObjCTypes.ClassnfABITy, false, L, | ||||
7408 | nullptr, Name); | ||||
7409 | |||||
7410 | if (DLLImport) | ||||
7411 | NewGV->setDLLStorageClass(llvm::GlobalValue::DLLImportStorageClass); | ||||
7412 | |||||
7413 | if (GV) { | ||||
7414 | GV->replaceAllUsesWith( | ||||
7415 | llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(NewGV, GV->getType())); | ||||
7416 | GV->eraseFromParent(); | ||||
7417 | } | ||||
7418 | GV = NewGV; | ||||
7419 | CGM.getModule().getGlobalList().push_back(GV); | ||||
7420 | } | ||||
7421 | |||||
7422 | assert(GV->getLinkage() == L)(static_cast <bool> (GV->getLinkage() == L) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("GV->getLinkage() == L", "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp" , 7422, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7423 | return GV; | ||||
7424 | } | ||||
7425 | |||||
7426 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
7427 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GetClassGlobalForClassRef(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) { | ||||
7428 | llvm::Constant *ClassGV = GetClassGlobal(ID, /*metaclass*/ false, | ||||
7429 | NotForDefinition); | ||||
7430 | |||||
7431 | if (!ID->hasAttr<ObjCClassStubAttr>()) | ||||
7432 | return ClassGV; | ||||
7433 | |||||
7434 | ClassGV = llvm::ConstantExpr::getPointerCast(ClassGV, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
7435 | |||||
7436 | // Stub classes are pointer-aligned. Classrefs pointing at stub classes | ||||
7437 | // must set the least significant bit set to 1. | ||||
7438 | auto *Idx = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, 1); | ||||
7439 | return llvm::ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CGM.Int8Ty, ClassGV, Idx); | ||||
7440 | } | ||||
7441 | |||||
7442 | llvm::Value * | ||||
7443 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitLoadOfClassRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7444 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, | ||||
7445 | llvm::GlobalVariable *Entry) { | ||||
7446 | if (ID && ID->hasAttr<ObjCClassStubAttr>()) { | ||||
7447 | // Classrefs pointing at Objective-C stub classes must be loaded by calling | ||||
7448 | // a special runtime function. | ||||
7449 | return CGF.EmitRuntimeCall( | ||||
7450 | ObjCTypes.getLoadClassrefFn(), Entry, "load_classref_result"); | ||||
7451 | } | ||||
7452 | |||||
7453 | CharUnits Align = CGF.getPointerAlign(); | ||||
7454 | return CGF.Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(Entry->getValueType(), Entry, Align); | ||||
7455 | } | ||||
7456 | |||||
7457 | llvm::Value * | ||||
7458 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitClassRefFromId(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7459 | IdentifierInfo *II, | ||||
7460 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) { | ||||
7461 | llvm::GlobalVariable *&Entry = ClassReferences[II]; | ||||
7462 | |||||
7463 | if (!Entry) { | ||||
7464 | llvm::Constant *ClassGV; | ||||
7465 | if (ID) { | ||||
7466 | ClassGV = GetClassGlobalForClassRef(ID); | ||||
7467 | } else { | ||||
7468 | ClassGV = GetClassGlobal((getClassSymbolPrefix() + II->getName()).str(), | ||||
7469 | NotForDefinition); | ||||
7470 | assert(ClassGV->getType() == ObjCTypes.ClassnfABIPtrTy &&(static_cast <bool> (ClassGV->getType() == ObjCTypes .ClassnfABIPtrTy && "classref was emitted with the wrong type?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ClassGV->getType() == ObjCTypes.ClassnfABIPtrTy && \"classref was emitted with the wrong type?\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 7471, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
7471 | "classref was emitted with the wrong type?")(static_cast <bool> (ClassGV->getType() == ObjCTypes .ClassnfABIPtrTy && "classref was emitted with the wrong type?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ClassGV->getType() == ObjCTypes.ClassnfABIPtrTy && \"classref was emitted with the wrong type?\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 7471, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7472 | } | ||||
7473 | |||||
7474 | std::string SectionName = | ||||
7475 | GetSectionName("__objc_classrefs", "regular,no_dead_strip"); | ||||
7476 | Entry = new llvm::GlobalVariable( | ||||
7477 | CGM.getModule(), ClassGV->getType(), false, | ||||
7478 | getLinkageTypeForObjCMetadata(CGM, SectionName), ClassGV, | ||||
7479 | "OBJC_CLASSLIST_REFERENCES_$_"); | ||||
7480 | Entry->setAlignment(CGF.getPointerAlign().getAsAlign()); | ||||
7481 | if (!ID || !ID->hasAttr<ObjCClassStubAttr>()) | ||||
7482 | Entry->setSection(SectionName); | ||||
7483 | |||||
7484 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(Entry); | ||||
7485 | } | ||||
7486 | |||||
7487 | return EmitLoadOfClassRef(CGF, ID, Entry); | ||||
7488 | } | ||||
7489 | |||||
7490 | llvm::Value *CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitClassRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7491 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) { | ||||
7492 | // If the class has the objc_runtime_visible attribute, we need to | ||||
7493 | // use the Objective-C runtime to get the class. | ||||
7494 | if (ID->hasAttr<ObjCRuntimeVisibleAttr>()) | ||||
7495 | return EmitClassRefViaRuntime(CGF, ID, ObjCTypes); | ||||
7496 | |||||
7497 | return EmitClassRefFromId(CGF, ID->getIdentifier(), ID); | ||||
7498 | } | ||||
7499 | |||||
7500 | llvm::Value *CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitNSAutoreleasePoolClassRef( | ||||
7501 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) { | ||||
7502 | IdentifierInfo *II = &CGM.getContext().Idents.get("NSAutoreleasePool"); | ||||
7503 | return EmitClassRefFromId(CGF, II, nullptr); | ||||
7504 | } | ||||
7505 | |||||
7506 | llvm::Value * | ||||
7507 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitSuperClassRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7508 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) { | ||||
7509 | llvm::GlobalVariable *&Entry = SuperClassReferences[ID->getIdentifier()]; | ||||
7510 | |||||
7511 | if (!Entry) { | ||||
7512 | llvm::Constant *ClassGV = GetClassGlobalForClassRef(ID); | ||||
7513 | std::string SectionName = | ||||
7514 | GetSectionName("__objc_superrefs", "regular,no_dead_strip"); | ||||
7515 | Entry = new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), ClassGV->getType(), false, | ||||
7516 | llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage, ClassGV, | ||||
7517 | "OBJC_CLASSLIST_SUP_REFS_$_"); | ||||
7518 | Entry->setAlignment(CGF.getPointerAlign().getAsAlign()); | ||||
7519 | Entry->setSection(SectionName); | ||||
7520 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(Entry); | ||||
7521 | } | ||||
7522 | |||||
7523 | return EmitLoadOfClassRef(CGF, ID, Entry); | ||||
7524 | } | ||||
7525 | |||||
7526 | /// EmitMetaClassRef - Return a Value * of the address of _class_t | ||||
7527 | /// meta-data | ||||
7528 | /// | ||||
7529 | llvm::Value *CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitMetaClassRef(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7530 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, | ||||
7531 | bool Weak) { | ||||
7532 | CharUnits Align = CGF.getPointerAlign(); | ||||
7533 | llvm::GlobalVariable * &Entry = MetaClassReferences[ID->getIdentifier()]; | ||||
7534 | if (!Entry) { | ||||
7535 | auto MetaClassGV = GetClassGlobal(ID, /*metaclass*/ true, NotForDefinition); | ||||
7536 | std::string SectionName = | ||||
7537 | GetSectionName("__objc_superrefs", "regular,no_dead_strip"); | ||||
7538 | Entry = new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), ObjCTypes.ClassnfABIPtrTy, | ||||
7539 | false, llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage, | ||||
7540 | MetaClassGV, "OBJC_CLASSLIST_SUP_REFS_$_"); | ||||
7541 | Entry->setAlignment(Align.getAsAlign()); | ||||
7542 | Entry->setSection(SectionName); | ||||
7543 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(Entry); | ||||
7544 | } | ||||
7545 | |||||
7546 | return CGF.Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(ObjCTypes.ClassnfABIPtrTy, Entry, Align); | ||||
7547 | } | ||||
7548 | |||||
7549 | /// GetClass - Return a reference to the class for the given interface | ||||
7550 | /// decl. | ||||
7551 | llvm::Value *CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GetClass(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7552 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID) { | ||||
7553 | if (ID->isWeakImported()) { | ||||
7554 | auto ClassGV = GetClassGlobal(ID, /*metaclass*/ false, NotForDefinition); | ||||
7555 | (void)ClassGV; | ||||
7556 | assert(!isa<llvm::GlobalVariable>(ClassGV) ||(static_cast <bool> (!isa<llvm::GlobalVariable>(ClassGV ) || cast<llvm::GlobalVariable>(ClassGV)->hasExternalWeakLinkage ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<llvm::GlobalVariable>(ClassGV) || cast<llvm::GlobalVariable>(ClassGV)->hasExternalWeakLinkage()" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 7557, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
7557 | cast<llvm::GlobalVariable>(ClassGV)->hasExternalWeakLinkage())(static_cast <bool> (!isa<llvm::GlobalVariable>(ClassGV ) || cast<llvm::GlobalVariable>(ClassGV)->hasExternalWeakLinkage ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<llvm::GlobalVariable>(ClassGV) || cast<llvm::GlobalVariable>(ClassGV)->hasExternalWeakLinkage()" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 7557, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7558 | } | ||||
7559 | |||||
7560 | return EmitClassRef(CGF, ID); | ||||
7561 | } | ||||
7562 | |||||
7563 | /// Generates a message send where the super is the receiver. This is | ||||
7564 | /// a message send to self with special delivery semantics indicating | ||||
7565 | /// which class's method should be called. | ||||
7566 | CodeGen::RValue | ||||
7567 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GenerateMessageSendSuper(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7568 | ReturnValueSlot Return, | ||||
7569 | QualType ResultType, | ||||
7570 | Selector Sel, | ||||
7571 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, | ||||
7572 | bool isCategoryImpl, | ||||
7573 | llvm::Value *Receiver, | ||||
7574 | bool IsClassMessage, | ||||
7575 | const CodeGen::CallArgList &CallArgs, | ||||
7576 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||
7577 | // ... | ||||
7578 | // Create and init a super structure; this is a (receiver, class) | ||||
7579 | // pair we will pass to objc_msgSendSuper. | ||||
7580 | Address ObjCSuper = | ||||
7581 | CGF.CreateTempAlloca(ObjCTypes.SuperTy, CGF.getPointerAlign(), | ||||
7582 | "objc_super"); | ||||
7583 | |||||
7584 | llvm::Value *ReceiverAsObject = | ||||
7585 | CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Receiver, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
7586 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(ReceiverAsObject, | ||||
7587 | CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ObjCSuper, 0)); | ||||
7588 | |||||
7589 | // If this is a class message the metaclass is passed as the target. | ||||
7590 | llvm::Value *Target; | ||||
7591 | if (IsClassMessage) | ||||
7592 | Target = EmitMetaClassRef(CGF, Class, Class->isWeakImported()); | ||||
7593 | else | ||||
7594 | Target = EmitSuperClassRef(CGF, Class); | ||||
7595 | |||||
7596 | // FIXME: We shouldn't need to do this cast, rectify the ASTContext and | ||||
7597 | // ObjCTypes types. | ||||
7598 | llvm::Type *ClassTy = | ||||
7599 | CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(CGF.getContext().getObjCClassType()); | ||||
7600 | Target = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Target, ClassTy); | ||||
7601 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Target, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ObjCSuper, 1)); | ||||
7602 | |||||
7603 | return (isVTableDispatchedSelector(Sel)) | ||||
7604 | ? EmitVTableMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType, Sel, | ||||
7605 | ObjCSuper.getPointer(), ObjCTypes.SuperPtrCTy, | ||||
7606 | true, CallArgs, Method) | ||||
7607 | : EmitMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType, Sel, | ||||
7608 | ObjCSuper.getPointer(), ObjCTypes.SuperPtrCTy, | ||||
7609 | true, CallArgs, Method, Class, ObjCTypes); | ||||
7610 | } | ||||
7611 | |||||
7612 | llvm::Value *CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitSelector(CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7613 | Selector Sel) { | ||||
7614 | Address Addr = EmitSelectorAddr(Sel); | ||||
7615 | |||||
7616 | llvm::LoadInst* LI = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Addr); | ||||
7617 | LI->setMetadata(CGM.getModule().getMDKindID("invariant.load"), | ||||
7618 | llvm::MDNode::get(VMContext, None)); | ||||
7619 | return LI; | ||||
7620 | } | ||||
7621 | |||||
7622 | Address CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitSelectorAddr(Selector Sel) { | ||||
7623 | llvm::GlobalVariable *&Entry = SelectorReferences[Sel]; | ||||
7624 | CharUnits Align = CGM.getPointerAlign(); | ||||
7625 | if (!Entry) { | ||||
7626 | llvm::Constant *Casted = | ||||
7627 | llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GetMethodVarName(Sel), | ||||
7628 | ObjCTypes.SelectorPtrTy); | ||||
7629 | std::string SectionName = | ||||
7630 | GetSectionName("__objc_selrefs", "literal_pointers,no_dead_strip"); | ||||
7631 | Entry = new llvm::GlobalVariable( | ||||
7632 | CGM.getModule(), ObjCTypes.SelectorPtrTy, false, | ||||
7633 | getLinkageTypeForObjCMetadata(CGM, SectionName), Casted, | ||||
7634 | "OBJC_SELECTOR_REFERENCES_"); | ||||
7635 | Entry->setExternallyInitialized(true); | ||||
7636 | Entry->setSection(SectionName); | ||||
7637 | Entry->setAlignment(Align.getAsAlign()); | ||||
7638 | CGM.addCompilerUsedGlobal(Entry); | ||||
7639 | } | ||||
7640 | |||||
7641 | return Address(Entry, Align); | ||||
7642 | } | ||||
7643 | |||||
7644 | /// EmitObjCIvarAssign - Code gen for assigning to a __strong object. | ||||
7645 | /// objc_assign_ivar (id src, id *dst, ptrdiff_t) | ||||
7646 | /// | ||||
7647 | void CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitObjCIvarAssign(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7648 | llvm::Value *src, | ||||
7649 | Address dst, | ||||
7650 | llvm::Value *ivarOffset) { | ||||
7651 | llvm::Type * SrcTy = src->getType(); | ||||
7652 | if (!isa<llvm::PointerType>(SrcTy)) { | ||||
7653 | unsigned Size = CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(SrcTy); | ||||
7654 | assert(Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8")(static_cast <bool> (Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Size <= 8 && \"does not support size > 8\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 7654, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7655 | src = (Size == 4 ? CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.IntTy) | ||||
7656 | : CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.LongTy)); | ||||
7657 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(src, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
7658 | } | ||||
7659 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
7660 | dst = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(dst, ObjCTypes.PtrObjectPtrTy); | ||||
7661 | llvm::Value *args[] = { src, dst.getPointer(), ivarOffset }; | ||||
7662 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getGcAssignIvarFn(), args); | ||||
7663 | } | ||||
7664 | |||||
7665 | /// EmitObjCStrongCastAssign - Code gen for assigning to a __strong cast object. | ||||
7666 | /// objc_assign_strongCast (id src, id *dst) | ||||
7667 | /// | ||||
7668 | void CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitObjCStrongCastAssign( | ||||
7669 | CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7670 | llvm::Value *src, Address dst) { | ||||
7671 | llvm::Type * SrcTy = src->getType(); | ||||
7672 | if (!isa<llvm::PointerType>(SrcTy)) { | ||||
7673 | unsigned Size = CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(SrcTy); | ||||
7674 | assert(Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8")(static_cast <bool> (Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Size <= 8 && \"does not support size > 8\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 7674, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7675 | src = (Size == 4 ? CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.IntTy) | ||||
7676 | : CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.LongTy)); | ||||
7677 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(src, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
7678 | } | ||||
7679 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
7680 | dst = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(dst, ObjCTypes.PtrObjectPtrTy); | ||||
7681 | llvm::Value *args[] = { src, dst.getPointer() }; | ||||
7682 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getGcAssignStrongCastFn(), | ||||
7683 | args, "weakassign"); | ||||
7684 | } | ||||
7685 | |||||
7686 | void CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitGCMemmoveCollectable( | ||||
7687 | CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7688 | Address DestPtr, | ||||
7689 | Address SrcPtr, | ||||
7690 | llvm::Value *Size) { | ||||
7691 | SrcPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(SrcPtr, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
7692 | DestPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(DestPtr, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
7693 | llvm::Value *args[] = { DestPtr.getPointer(), SrcPtr.getPointer(), Size }; | ||||
7694 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.GcMemmoveCollectableFn(), args); | ||||
7695 | } | ||||
7696 | |||||
7697 | /// EmitObjCWeakRead - Code gen for loading value of a __weak | ||||
7698 | /// object: objc_read_weak (id *src) | ||||
7699 | /// | ||||
7700 | llvm::Value * CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitObjCWeakRead( | ||||
7701 | CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7702 | Address AddrWeakObj) { | ||||
7703 | llvm::Type *DestTy = AddrWeakObj.getElementType(); | ||||
7704 | AddrWeakObj = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrWeakObj, ObjCTypes.PtrObjectPtrTy); | ||||
7705 | llvm::Value *read_weak = | ||||
7706 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getGcReadWeakFn(), | ||||
7707 | AddrWeakObj.getPointer(), "weakread"); | ||||
7708 | read_weak = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(read_weak, DestTy); | ||||
7709 | return read_weak; | ||||
7710 | } | ||||
7711 | |||||
7712 | /// EmitObjCWeakAssign - Code gen for assigning to a __weak object. | ||||
7713 | /// objc_assign_weak (id src, id *dst) | ||||
7714 | /// | ||||
7715 | void CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitObjCWeakAssign(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7716 | llvm::Value *src, Address dst) { | ||||
7717 | llvm::Type * SrcTy = src->getType(); | ||||
7718 | if (!isa<llvm::PointerType>(SrcTy)) { | ||||
7719 | unsigned Size = CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(SrcTy); | ||||
7720 | assert(Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8")(static_cast <bool> (Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Size <= 8 && \"does not support size > 8\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 7720, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7721 | src = (Size == 4 ? CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.IntTy) | ||||
7722 | : CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.LongTy)); | ||||
7723 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(src, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
7724 | } | ||||
7725 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
7726 | dst = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(dst, ObjCTypes.PtrObjectPtrTy); | ||||
7727 | llvm::Value *args[] = { src, dst.getPointer() }; | ||||
7728 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getGcAssignWeakFn(), | ||||
7729 | args, "weakassign"); | ||||
7730 | } | ||||
7731 | |||||
7732 | /// EmitObjCGlobalAssign - Code gen for assigning to a __strong object. | ||||
7733 | /// objc_assign_global (id src, id *dst) | ||||
7734 | /// | ||||
7735 | void CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitObjCGlobalAssign(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7736 | llvm::Value *src, Address dst, | ||||
7737 | bool threadlocal) { | ||||
7738 | llvm::Type * SrcTy = src->getType(); | ||||
7739 | if (!isa<llvm::PointerType>(SrcTy)) { | ||||
7740 | unsigned Size = CGM.getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(SrcTy); | ||||
7741 | assert(Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8")(static_cast <bool> (Size <= 8 && "does not support size > 8" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Size <= 8 && \"does not support size > 8\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 7741, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7742 | src = (Size == 4 ? CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.IntTy) | ||||
7743 | : CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.LongTy)); | ||||
7744 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(src, ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy); | ||||
7745 | } | ||||
7746 | src = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(src, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
7747 | dst = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(dst, ObjCTypes.PtrObjectPtrTy); | ||||
7748 | llvm::Value *args[] = { src, dst.getPointer() }; | ||||
7749 | if (!threadlocal) | ||||
7750 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getGcAssignGlobalFn(), | ||||
7751 | args, "globalassign"); | ||||
7752 | else | ||||
7753 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(ObjCTypes.getGcAssignThreadLocalFn(), | ||||
7754 | args, "threadlocalassign"); | ||||
7755 | } | ||||
7756 | |||||
7757 | void | ||||
7758 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitSynchronizedStmt(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7759 | const ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt &S) { | ||||
7760 | EmitAtSynchronizedStmt(CGF, S, ObjCTypes.getSyncEnterFn(), | ||||
7761 | ObjCTypes.getSyncExitFn()); | ||||
7762 | } | ||||
7763 | |||||
7764 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
7765 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GetEHType(QualType T) { | ||||
7766 | // There's a particular fixed type info for 'id'. | ||||
7767 | if (T->isObjCIdType() || T->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { | ||||
7768 | auto *IDEHType = CGM.getModule().getGlobalVariable("OBJC_EHTYPE_id"); | ||||
7769 | if (!IDEHType) { | ||||
7770 | IDEHType = | ||||
7771 | new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), ObjCTypes.EHTypeTy, false, | ||||
7772 | llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage, nullptr, | ||||
7773 | "OBJC_EHTYPE_id"); | ||||
7774 | if (CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatCOFF()) | ||||
7775 | IDEHType->setDLLStorageClass(getStorage(CGM, "OBJC_EHTYPE_id")); | ||||
7776 | } | ||||
7777 | return IDEHType; | ||||
7778 | } | ||||
7779 | |||||
7780 | // All other types should be Objective-C interface pointer types. | ||||
7781 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
7782 | assert(PT && "Invalid @catch type.")(static_cast <bool> (PT && "Invalid @catch type." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("PT && \"Invalid @catch type.\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 7782, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7783 | |||||
7784 | const ObjCInterfaceType *IT = PT->getInterfaceType(); | ||||
7785 | assert(IT && "Invalid @catch type.")(static_cast <bool> (IT && "Invalid @catch type." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("IT && \"Invalid @catch type.\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 7785, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7786 | |||||
7787 | return GetInterfaceEHType(IT->getDecl(), NotForDefinition); | ||||
7788 | } | ||||
7789 | |||||
7790 | void CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitTryStmt(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7791 | const ObjCAtTryStmt &S) { | ||||
7792 | EmitTryCatchStmt(CGF, S, ObjCTypes.getObjCBeginCatchFn(), | ||||
7793 | ObjCTypes.getObjCEndCatchFn(), | ||||
7794 | ObjCTypes.getExceptionRethrowFn()); | ||||
7795 | } | ||||
7796 | |||||
7797 | /// EmitThrowStmt - Generate code for a throw statement. | ||||
7798 | void CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitThrowStmt(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, | ||||
7799 | const ObjCAtThrowStmt &S, | ||||
7800 | bool ClearInsertionPoint) { | ||||
7801 | if (const Expr *ThrowExpr = S.getThrowExpr()) { | ||||
7802 | llvm::Value *Exception = CGF.EmitObjCThrowOperand(ThrowExpr); | ||||
7803 | Exception = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Exception, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy); | ||||
7804 | llvm::CallBase *Call = | ||||
7805 | CGF.EmitRuntimeCallOrInvoke(ObjCTypes.getExceptionThrowFn(), Exception); | ||||
7806 | Call->setDoesNotReturn(); | ||||
7807 | } else { | ||||
7808 | llvm::CallBase *Call = | ||||
7809 | CGF.EmitRuntimeCallOrInvoke(ObjCTypes.getExceptionRethrowFn()); | ||||
7810 | Call->setDoesNotReturn(); | ||||
7811 | } | ||||
7812 | |||||
7813 | CGF.Builder.CreateUnreachable(); | ||||
7814 | if (ClearInsertionPoint) | ||||
7815 | CGF.Builder.ClearInsertionPoint(); | ||||
7816 | } | ||||
7817 | |||||
7818 | llvm::Constant * | ||||
7819 | CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GetInterfaceEHType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, | ||||
7820 | ForDefinition_t IsForDefinition) { | ||||
7821 | llvm::GlobalVariable * &Entry = EHTypeReferences[ID->getIdentifier()]; | ||||
7822 | StringRef ClassName = ID->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); | ||||
7823 | |||||
7824 | // If we don't need a definition, return the entry if found or check | ||||
7825 | // if we use an external reference. | ||||
7826 | if (!IsForDefinition) { | ||||
7827 | if (Entry) | ||||
7828 | return Entry; | ||||
7829 | |||||
7830 | // If this type (or a super class) has the __objc_exception__ | ||||
7831 | // attribute, emit an external reference. | ||||
7832 | if (hasObjCExceptionAttribute(CGM.getContext(), ID)) { | ||||
7833 | std::string EHTypeName = ("OBJC_EHTYPE_$_" + ClassName).str(); | ||||
7834 | Entry = new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), ObjCTypes.EHTypeTy, | ||||
7835 | false, llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage, | ||||
7836 | nullptr, EHTypeName); | ||||
7837 | CGM.setGVProperties(Entry, ID); | ||||
7838 | return Entry; | ||||
7839 | } | ||||
7840 | } | ||||
7841 | |||||
7842 | // Otherwise we need to either make a new entry or fill in the initializer. | ||||
7843 | assert((!Entry || !Entry->hasInitializer()) && "Duplicate EHType definition")(static_cast <bool> ((!Entry || !Entry->hasInitializer ()) && "Duplicate EHType definition") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!Entry || !Entry->hasInitializer()) && \"Duplicate EHType definition\"" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 7843, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7844 | |||||
7845 | std::string VTableName = "objc_ehtype_vtable"; | ||||
7846 | auto *VTableGV = CGM.getModule().getGlobalVariable(VTableName); | ||||
7847 | if (!VTableGV) { | ||||
7848 | VTableGV = | ||||
7849 | new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy, false, | ||||
7850 | llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage, nullptr, | ||||
7851 | VTableName); | ||||
7852 | if (CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatCOFF()) | ||||
7853 | VTableGV->setDLLStorageClass(getStorage(CGM, VTableName)); | ||||
7854 | } | ||||
7855 | |||||
7856 | llvm::Value *VTableIdx = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, 2); | ||||
7857 | ConstantInitBuilder builder(CGM); | ||||
7858 | auto values = builder.beginStruct(ObjCTypes.EHTypeTy); | ||||
7859 | values.add( | ||||
7860 | llvm::ConstantExpr::getInBoundsGetElementPtr(VTableGV->getValueType(), | ||||
7861 | VTableGV, VTableIdx)); | ||||
7862 | values.add(GetClassName(ClassName)); | ||||
7863 | values.add(GetClassGlobal(ID, /*metaclass*/ false, NotForDefinition)); | ||||
7864 | |||||
7865 | llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes L = IsForDefinition | ||||
7866 | ? llvm::GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage | ||||
7867 | : llvm::GlobalValue::WeakAnyLinkage; | ||||
7868 | if (Entry) { | ||||
7869 | values.finishAndSetAsInitializer(Entry); | ||||
7870 | Entry->setAlignment(CGM.getPointerAlign().getAsAlign()); | ||||
7871 | } else { | ||||
7872 | Entry = values.finishAndCreateGlobal("OBJC_EHTYPE_$_" + ClassName, | ||||
7873 | CGM.getPointerAlign(), | ||||
7874 | /*constant*/ false, | ||||
7875 | L); | ||||
7876 | if (hasObjCExceptionAttribute(CGM.getContext(), ID)) | ||||
7877 | CGM.setGVProperties(Entry, ID); | ||||
7878 | } | ||||
7879 | assert(Entry->getLinkage() == L)(static_cast <bool> (Entry->getLinkage() == L) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Entry->getLinkage() == L", "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp" , 7879, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7880 | |||||
7881 | if (!CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatCOFF()) | ||||
7882 | if (ID->getVisibility() == HiddenVisibility) | ||||
7883 | Entry->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::HiddenVisibility); | ||||
7884 | |||||
7885 | if (IsForDefinition) | ||||
7886 | if (CGM.getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO()) | ||||
7887 | Entry->setSection("__DATA,__objc_const"); | ||||
7888 | |||||
7889 | return Entry; | ||||
7890 | } | ||||
7891 | |||||
7892 | /* *** */ | ||||
7893 | |||||
7894 | CodeGen::CGObjCRuntime * | ||||
7895 | CodeGen::CreateMacObjCRuntime(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) { | ||||
7896 | switch (CGM.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.getKind()) { | ||||
7897 | case ObjCRuntime::FragileMacOSX: | ||||
7898 | return new CGObjCMac(CGM); | ||||
7899 | |||||
7900 | case ObjCRuntime::MacOSX: | ||||
7901 | case ObjCRuntime::iOS: | ||||
7902 | case ObjCRuntime::WatchOS: | ||||
7903 | return new CGObjCNonFragileABIMac(CGM); | ||||
7904 | |||||
7905 | case ObjCRuntime::GNUstep: | ||||
7906 | case ObjCRuntime::GCC: | ||||
7907 | case ObjCRuntime::ObjFW: | ||||
7908 | llvm_unreachable("these runtimes are not Mac runtimes")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("these runtimes are not Mac runtimes" , "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp", 7908); | ||||
7909 | } | ||||
7910 | llvm_unreachable("bad runtime")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad runtime", "clang/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp" , 7910); | ||||
7911 | } |
1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation |
11 | /// |
12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to |
13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. |
14 | // |
15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16 | |
17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
19 | |
20 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" |
23 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
24 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" |
25 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
26 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
32 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
49 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
50 | #include <cassert> |
51 | #include <cstddef> |
52 | #include <cstdint> |
53 | #include <cstring> |
54 | #include <string> |
55 | #include <type_traits> |
56 | #include <utility> |
57 | |
58 | namespace clang { |
59 | |
60 | class ExtQuals; |
61 | class QualType; |
62 | class ConceptDecl; |
63 | class TagDecl; |
64 | class TemplateParameterList; |
65 | class Type; |
66 | |
67 | enum { |
68 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, |
69 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits |
70 | }; |
71 | |
72 | namespace serialization { |
73 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader; |
74 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter; |
75 | } |
76 | |
77 | } // namespace clang |
78 | |
79 | namespace llvm { |
80 | |
81 | template <typename T> |
82 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; |
83 | template<> |
84 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { |
85 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } |
86 | |
87 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
88 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); |
89 | } |
90 | |
91 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; |
92 | }; |
93 | |
94 | template<> |
95 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { |
96 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } |
97 | |
98 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
99 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); |
100 | } |
101 | |
102 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; |
103 | }; |
104 | |
105 | } // namespace llvm |
106 | |
107 | namespace clang { |
108 | |
109 | class ASTContext; |
110 | template <typename> class CanQual; |
111 | class CXXRecordDecl; |
112 | class DeclContext; |
113 | class EnumDecl; |
114 | class Expr; |
115 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; |
116 | class FunctionDecl; |
117 | class IdentifierInfo; |
118 | class NamedDecl; |
119 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
120 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
121 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; |
122 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
123 | class RecordDecl; |
124 | class Stmt; |
125 | class TagDecl; |
126 | class TemplateArgument; |
127 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
128 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
129 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; |
130 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
131 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; |
132 | class UsingShadowDecl; |
133 | |
134 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; |
135 | |
136 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. |
137 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; |
138 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
139 | |
140 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. |
141 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: |
142 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict |
143 | /// * MS: __unaligned |
144 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces |
145 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) |
146 | class Qualifiers { |
147 | public: |
148 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. |
149 | Const = 0x1, |
150 | Restrict = 0x2, |
151 | Volatile = 0x4, |
152 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict |
153 | }; |
154 | |
155 | enum GC { |
156 | GCNone = 0, |
157 | Weak, |
158 | Strong |
159 | }; |
160 | |
161 | enum ObjCLifetime { |
162 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. |
163 | OCL_None, |
164 | |
165 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or |
166 | /// releases. |
167 | OCL_ExplicitNone, |
168 | |
169 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be |
170 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the |
171 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to |
172 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is |
173 | /// live. |
174 | OCL_Strong, |
175 | |
176 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. |
177 | OCL_Weak, |
178 | |
179 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. |
180 | OCL_Autoreleasing |
181 | }; |
182 | |
183 | enum { |
184 | /// The maximum supported address space number. |
185 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. |
186 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, |
187 | |
188 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. |
189 | FastWidth = 3, |
190 | |
191 | /// The fast qualifier mask. |
192 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 |
193 | }; |
194 | |
195 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from |
196 | /// the given sets. |
197 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { |
198 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. |
199 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { |
200 | Qualifiers Q; |
201 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; |
202 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
203 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
204 | return Q; |
205 | } |
206 | |
207 | Qualifiers Q; |
208 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); |
209 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
210 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
211 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
212 | |
213 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { |
214 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); |
215 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
216 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
217 | } |
218 | |
219 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { |
220 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); |
221 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); |
222 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); |
223 | } |
224 | |
225 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { |
226 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); |
227 | L.removeAddressSpace(); |
228 | R.removeAddressSpace(); |
229 | } |
230 | return Q; |
231 | } |
232 | |
233 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { |
234 | Qualifiers Qs; |
235 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); |
236 | return Qs; |
237 | } |
238 | |
239 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { |
240 | Qualifiers Qs; |
241 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); |
242 | return Qs; |
243 | } |
244 | |
245 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { |
246 | Qualifiers Qs; |
247 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); |
248 | return Qs; |
249 | } |
250 | |
251 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. |
252 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { |
253 | Qualifiers Qs; |
254 | Qs.Mask = opaque; |
255 | return Qs; |
256 | } |
257 | |
258 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. |
259 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { |
260 | return Mask; |
261 | } |
262 | |
263 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } |
264 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } |
265 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } |
266 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } |
267 | |
268 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } |
269 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } |
270 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } |
271 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } |
272 | |
273 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } |
274 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } |
275 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } |
276 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } |
277 | |
278 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } |
279 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } |
280 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } |
281 | |
282 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
283 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 283, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
284 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; |
285 | } |
286 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
287 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 287, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
288 | Mask &= ~mask; |
289 | } |
290 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { |
291 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); |
292 | } |
293 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
294 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 294, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
295 | Mask |= mask; |
296 | } |
297 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
298 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask ) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 298, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
299 | Mask |= mask; |
300 | } |
301 | |
302 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } |
303 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { |
304 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); |
305 | } |
306 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } |
307 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } |
308 | |
309 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } |
310 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } |
311 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
312 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); |
313 | } |
314 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } |
315 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
316 | assert(type)(static_cast <bool> (type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "type", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 316, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
317 | setObjCGCAttr(type); |
318 | } |
319 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { |
320 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
321 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
322 | return qs; |
323 | } |
324 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { |
325 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
326 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); |
327 | return qs; |
328 | } |
329 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { |
330 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
331 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); |
332 | return qs; |
333 | } |
334 | |
335 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } |
336 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
337 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); |
338 | } |
339 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
340 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); |
341 | } |
342 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } |
343 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
344 | assert(type)(static_cast <bool> (type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "type", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 344, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
345 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())(static_cast <bool> (!hasObjCLifetime()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 345 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
346 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); |
347 | } |
348 | |
349 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. |
350 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
351 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
352 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); |
353 | } |
354 | |
355 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. |
356 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
357 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
358 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); |
359 | } |
360 | |
361 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } |
362 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { |
363 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); |
364 | } |
365 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { |
366 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); |
367 | } |
368 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. |
369 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { |
370 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); |
371 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific |
372 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider |
373 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. |
374 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())(static_cast <bool> (Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 374, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
375 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) |
376 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); |
377 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed |
378 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default |
379 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). |
380 | return 0; |
381 | } |
382 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
383 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(static_cast <bool> ((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 383, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
384 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) |
385 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); |
386 | } |
387 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } |
388 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
389 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)(static_cast <bool> (space != LangAS::Default) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("space != LangAS::Default", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 389, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
390 | setAddressSpace(space); |
391 | } |
392 | |
393 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly |
394 | // on a QualType object. |
395 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } |
396 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } |
397 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
398 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 398, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
399 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; |
400 | } |
401 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
402 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 402, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
403 | Mask &= ~mask; |
404 | } |
405 | void removeFastQualifiers() { |
406 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); |
407 | } |
408 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
409 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 409, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
410 | Mask |= mask; |
411 | } |
412 | |
413 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals |
414 | /// node to be allocated. |
415 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } |
416 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { |
417 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; |
418 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); |
419 | return Quals; |
420 | } |
421 | |
422 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. |
423 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } |
424 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } |
425 | |
426 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. |
427 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
428 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
429 | // bit-or it in. |
430 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
431 | Mask |= Q.Mask; |
432 | else { |
433 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
434 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) |
435 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); |
436 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) |
437 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); |
438 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) |
439 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); |
440 | } |
441 | } |
442 | |
443 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. |
444 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
445 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
446 | // bit-and the inverse in. |
447 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
448 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
449 | else { |
450 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
451 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) |
452 | removeObjCGCAttr(); |
453 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) |
454 | removeObjCLifetime(); |
455 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) |
456 | removeAddressSpace(); |
457 | } |
458 | } |
459 | |
460 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that |
461 | /// they don't conflict. |
462 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { |
463 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||(static_cast <bool> (getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace () || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 464, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
464 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())(static_cast <bool> (getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace () || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 464, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
465 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||(static_cast <bool> (getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr () || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 466, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
466 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())(static_cast <bool> (getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr () || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 466, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
467 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||(static_cast <bool> (getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime () || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 468, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
468 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())(static_cast <bool> (getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime () || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 468, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
469 | Mask |= qs.Mask; |
470 | } |
471 | |
472 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. |
473 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of |
474 | /// overlapping address spaces. |
475 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
476 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. |
477 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
478 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. |
479 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { |
480 | // Address spaces must match exactly. |
481 | return A == B || |
482 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except |
483 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. |
484 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) || |
485 | // We also define global_device and global_host address spaces, |
486 | // to distinguish global pointers allocated on host from pointers |
487 | // allocated on device, which are a subset of __global. |
488 | (A == LangAS::opencl_global && (B == LangAS::opencl_global_device || |
489 | B == LangAS::opencl_global_host)) || |
490 | (A == LangAS::sycl_global && (B == LangAS::sycl_global_device || |
491 | B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)) || |
492 | // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default. |
493 | ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) && |
494 | (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default)) || |
495 | // Default is a superset of SYCL address spaces. |
496 | (A == LangAS::Default && |
497 | (B == LangAS::sycl_private || B == LangAS::sycl_local || |
498 | B == LangAS::sycl_global || B == LangAS::sycl_global_device || |
499 | B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)) || |
500 | // In HIP device compilation, any cuda address space is allowed |
501 | // to implicitly cast into the default address space. |
502 | (A == LangAS::Default && |
503 | (B == LangAS::cuda_constant || B == LangAS::cuda_device || |
504 | B == LangAS::cuda_shared)); |
505 | } |
506 | |
507 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or |
508 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. |
509 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { |
510 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); |
511 | } |
512 | |
513 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. |
514 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other |
515 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. |
516 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { |
517 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && |
518 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't |
519 | // be changed. |
520 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || |
521 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && |
522 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. |
523 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && |
524 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. |
525 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && |
526 | // U qualifier may superset. |
527 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); |
528 | } |
529 | |
530 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of |
531 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. |
532 | /// |
533 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other |
534 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the |
535 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak |
536 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). |
537 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { |
538 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) |
539 | return true; |
540 | |
541 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) |
542 | return false; |
543 | |
544 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) |
545 | return true; |
546 | |
547 | return hasConst(); |
548 | } |
549 | |
550 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of |
551 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. |
552 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; |
553 | |
554 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } |
555 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } |
556 | |
557 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } |
558 | |
559 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { |
560 | addQualifiers(R); |
561 | return *this; |
562 | } |
563 | |
564 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears |
565 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. |
566 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
567 | L += R; |
568 | return L; |
569 | } |
570 | |
571 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { |
572 | removeQualifiers(R); |
573 | return *this; |
574 | } |
575 | |
576 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. |
577 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
578 | L -= R; |
579 | return L; |
580 | } |
581 | |
582 | std::string getAsString() const; |
583 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
584 | |
585 | static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS); |
586 | |
587 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
588 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
589 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; |
590 | |
591 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
592 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); |
593 | } |
594 | |
595 | private: |
596 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| |
597 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| |
598 | uint32_t Mask = 0; |
599 | |
600 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; |
601 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; |
602 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; |
603 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; |
604 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; |
605 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; |
606 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = |
607 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); |
608 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; |
609 | }; |
610 | |
611 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split |
612 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. |
613 | struct SplitQualType { |
614 | /// The locally-unqualified type. |
615 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; |
616 | |
617 | /// The local qualifiers. |
618 | Qualifiers Quals; |
619 | |
620 | SplitQualType() = default; |
621 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} |
622 | |
623 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file |
624 | |
625 | // Make std::tie work. |
626 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { |
627 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); |
628 | } |
629 | |
630 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
631 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; |
632 | } |
633 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
634 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; |
635 | } |
636 | }; |
637 | |
638 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. |
639 | /// |
640 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when |
641 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an |
642 | /// unspecialized type. |
643 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { |
644 | /// An ordinary type. |
645 | Ordinary, |
646 | |
647 | /// The result type of a method or function. |
648 | Result, |
649 | |
650 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. |
651 | Parameter, |
652 | |
653 | /// The type of a property. |
654 | Property, |
655 | |
656 | /// The superclass of a type. |
657 | Superclass, |
658 | }; |
659 | |
660 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. |
661 | /// |
662 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their |
663 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This |
664 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for |
665 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', |
666 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). |
667 | /// |
668 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we |
669 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the |
670 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a |
671 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit |
672 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which |
673 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. |
674 | class QualType { |
675 | friend class QualifierCollector; |
676 | |
677 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. |
678 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, |
679 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; |
680 | |
681 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { |
682 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); |
683 | } |
684 | |
685 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { |
686 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); |
687 | } |
688 | |
689 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { |
690 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")(static_cast <bool> (!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 690, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
691 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); |
692 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); |
693 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); |
694 | } |
695 | |
696 | public: |
697 | QualType() = default; |
698 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
699 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
700 | |
701 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } |
702 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } |
703 | |
704 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. |
705 | /// |
706 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be |
707 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). |
708 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; |
709 | |
710 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; |
711 | |
712 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. |
713 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; |
714 | |
715 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local |
716 | /// qualifiers. |
717 | SplitQualType split() const; |
718 | |
719 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } |
720 | |
721 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { |
722 | QualType T; |
723 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); |
724 | return T; |
725 | } |
726 | |
727 | const Type &operator*() const { |
728 | return *getTypePtr(); |
729 | } |
730 | |
731 | const Type *operator->() const { |
732 | return getTypePtr(); |
733 | } |
734 | |
735 | bool isCanonical() const; |
736 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; |
737 | |
738 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. |
739 | bool isNull() const { |
740 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); |
741 | } |
742 | |
743 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
744 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
745 | /// added "const" at a different level. |
746 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { |
747 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); |
748 | } |
749 | |
750 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. |
751 | bool isConstQualified() const; |
752 | |
753 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
754 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
755 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. |
756 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { |
757 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); |
758 | } |
759 | |
760 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. |
761 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; |
762 | |
763 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
764 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
765 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. |
766 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { |
767 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); |
768 | } |
769 | |
770 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. |
771 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; |
772 | |
773 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
774 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add |
775 | /// qualifiers at a different level. |
776 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { |
777 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); |
778 | } |
779 | |
780 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. |
781 | bool hasQualifiers() const; |
782 | |
783 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
784 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType |
785 | /// instance. |
786 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { |
787 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); |
788 | } |
789 | |
790 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType |
791 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or |
792 | /// other sugar. |
793 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; |
794 | |
795 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. |
796 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; |
797 | |
798 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
799 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers |
800 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. |
801 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { |
802 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); |
803 | } |
804 | |
805 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
806 | /// applied to this type. |
807 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; |
808 | |
809 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { |
810 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); |
811 | } |
812 | |
813 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). |
814 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
815 | |
816 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 |
817 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
818 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
819 | |
820 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules |
821 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
822 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike |
823 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. |
824 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
825 | |
826 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
827 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
828 | |
829 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
830 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
831 | |
832 | |
833 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. |
834 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; |
835 | |
836 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. |
837 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; |
838 | |
839 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be |
840 | // easily added. |
841 | |
842 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. |
843 | void addConst() { |
844 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
845 | } |
846 | QualType withConst() const { |
847 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
848 | } |
849 | |
850 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. |
851 | void addVolatile() { |
852 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
853 | } |
854 | QualType withVolatile() const { |
855 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
856 | } |
857 | |
858 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. |
859 | void addRestrict() { |
860 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
861 | } |
862 | QualType withRestrict() const { |
863 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
864 | } |
865 | |
866 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { |
867 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); |
868 | } |
869 | |
870 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { |
871 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)(static_cast <bool> (!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!") ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 872, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
872 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")(static_cast <bool> (!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!") ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 872, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
873 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); |
874 | } |
875 | |
876 | void removeLocalConst(); |
877 | void removeLocalVolatile(); |
878 | void removeLocalRestrict(); |
879 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); |
880 | |
881 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } |
882 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
883 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")(static_cast <bool> (!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask ) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 883, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
884 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); |
885 | } |
886 | |
887 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any |
888 | // qualifiers already on this type. |
889 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
890 | QualType T = *this; |
891 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); |
892 | return T; |
893 | } |
894 | |
895 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing |
896 | // any existing fast qualifiers. |
897 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
898 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); |
899 | } |
900 | |
901 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. |
902 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { |
903 | QualType T = *this; |
904 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); |
905 | return T; |
906 | } |
907 | |
908 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; |
909 | |
910 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers |
911 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied |
912 | /// through typedefs. |
913 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } |
914 | |
915 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, |
916 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. |
917 | /// |
918 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the |
919 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: |
920 | /// |
921 | /// \code |
922 | /// typedef int Integer; |
923 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; |
924 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; |
925 | /// \endcode |
926 | /// |
927 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will |
928 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. |
929 | /// |
930 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
931 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
932 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
933 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; |
934 | |
935 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little |
936 | /// sugar as possible. |
937 | /// |
938 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of |
939 | /// qualifiers that were built up. |
940 | /// |
941 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
942 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
943 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
944 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; |
945 | |
946 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other |
947 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
948 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; |
949 | |
950 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other |
951 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
952 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; |
953 | |
954 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; |
955 | |
956 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the |
957 | /// specified result type. |
958 | /// |
959 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is |
960 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily |
961 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no |
962 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers |
963 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). |
964 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
965 | |
966 | /// Remove an outer pack expansion type (if any) from this type. Used as part |
967 | /// of converting the type of a declaration to the type of an expression that |
968 | /// references that expression. It's meaningless for an expression to have a |
969 | /// pack expansion type. |
970 | QualType getNonPackExpansionType() const; |
971 | |
972 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from |
973 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of |
974 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar |
975 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For |
976 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is |
977 | /// concrete. |
978 | /// |
979 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. |
980 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
981 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); |
982 | } |
983 | |
984 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { |
985 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); |
986 | } |
987 | |
988 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from |
989 | /// the type. |
990 | /// |
991 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level |
992 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. |
993 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
994 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); |
995 | } |
996 | |
997 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any |
998 | /// outer-level parentheses. |
999 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { |
1000 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) |
1001 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); |
1002 | return *this; |
1003 | } |
1004 | |
1005 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. |
1006 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
1007 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; |
1008 | } |
1009 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
1010 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; |
1011 | } |
1012 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
1013 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; |
1014 | } |
1015 | |
1016 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, |
1017 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
1018 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); |
1019 | } |
1020 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1021 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
1022 | |
1023 | std::string getAsString() const; |
1024 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1025 | |
1026 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1027 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1028 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; |
1029 | |
1030 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, |
1031 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1032 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { |
1033 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1034 | } |
1035 | |
1036 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1037 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, |
1038 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1039 | unsigned Indentation = 0); |
1040 | |
1041 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, |
1042 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1043 | |
1044 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, |
1045 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { |
1046 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); |
1047 | } |
1048 | |
1049 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1050 | std::string &out, |
1051 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); |
1052 | |
1053 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { |
1054 | const QualType &T; |
1055 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; |
1056 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; |
1057 | unsigned Indentation; |
1058 | |
1059 | public: |
1060 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1061 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) |
1062 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), |
1063 | Indentation(Indentation) {} |
1064 | |
1065 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, |
1066 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { |
1067 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); |
1068 | return OS; |
1069 | } |
1070 | }; |
1071 | |
1072 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1073 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1074 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { |
1075 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1076 | } |
1077 | |
1078 | void dump(const char *s) const; |
1079 | void dump() const; |
1080 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1081 | |
1082 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1083 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); |
1084 | } |
1085 | |
1086 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
1087 | inline bool hasAddressSpace() const; |
1088 | |
1089 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
1090 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; |
1091 | |
1092 | /// Returns true if address space qualifiers overlap with T address space |
1093 | /// qualifiers. |
1094 | /// OpenCL C defines conversion rules for pointers to different address spaces |
1095 | /// and notion of overlapping address spaces. |
1096 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
1097 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. |
1098 | /// OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.5 adds: |
1099 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. |
1100 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(QualType T) const { |
1101 | Qualifiers Q = getQualifiers(); |
1102 | Qualifiers TQ = T.getQualifiers(); |
1103 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another |
1104 | return Q.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(TQ) || TQ.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Q); |
1105 | } |
1106 | |
1107 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. |
1108 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; |
1109 | |
1110 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. |
1111 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { |
1112 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; |
1113 | } |
1114 | |
1115 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. |
1116 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { |
1117 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; |
1118 | } |
1119 | |
1120 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. |
1121 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1122 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); |
1123 | } |
1124 | |
1125 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
1126 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); |
1127 | } |
1128 | |
1129 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
1130 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); |
1131 | } |
1132 | |
1133 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. |
1134 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1135 | |
1136 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { |
1137 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1138 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1139 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1140 | PDIK_Trivial, |
1141 | |
1142 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1143 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1144 | PDIK_ARCStrong, |
1145 | |
1146 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1147 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1148 | PDIK_ARCWeak, |
1149 | |
1150 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. |
1151 | PDIK_Struct |
1152 | }; |
1153 | |
1154 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. |
1155 | |
1156 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1157 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize |
1158 | /// and return the kind. |
1159 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind |
1160 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; |
1161 | |
1162 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { |
1163 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1164 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1165 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1166 | PCK_Trivial, |
1167 | |
1168 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types |
1169 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be |
1170 | /// volatile-qualified. |
1171 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, |
1172 | |
1173 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1174 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1175 | PCK_ARCStrong, |
1176 | |
1177 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1178 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1179 | PCK_ARCWeak, |
1180 | |
1181 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither |
1182 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. |
1183 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying |
1184 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend |
1185 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by |
1186 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. |
1187 | PCK_Struct |
1188 | }; |
1189 | |
1190 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1191 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the |
1192 | /// kind. |
1193 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; |
1194 | |
1195 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1196 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively |
1197 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style |
1198 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state |
1199 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the |
1200 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. |
1201 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; |
1202 | |
1203 | enum DestructionKind { |
1204 | DK_none, |
1205 | DK_cxx_destructor, |
1206 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, |
1207 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, |
1208 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct |
1209 | }; |
1210 | |
1211 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require |
1212 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's |
1213 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make |
1214 | /// something require destruction. |
1215 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { |
1216 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); |
1217 | } |
1218 | |
1219 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to |
1220 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial |
1221 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, |
1222 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. |
1223 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; |
1224 | |
1225 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, |
1226 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If |
1227 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. |
1228 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; |
1229 | |
1230 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which |
1231 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns |
1232 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. |
1233 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; |
1234 | |
1235 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden |
1236 | /// from being lvalues in C. |
1237 | /// |
1238 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: |
1239 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void |
1240 | /// - function types |
1241 | /// |
1242 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: |
1243 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete |
1244 | /// type other than void. |
1245 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; |
1246 | |
1247 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the |
1248 | /// subject type. |
1249 | /// |
1250 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. |
1251 | /// |
1252 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the |
1253 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally |
1254 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type |
1255 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate |
1256 | /// for the context. |
1257 | /// |
1258 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1259 | /// |
1260 | /// \returns the resulting type. |
1261 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, |
1262 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
1263 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1264 | |
1265 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type |
1266 | /// parameters used in the subject type. |
1267 | /// |
1268 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for |
1269 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of |
1270 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of |
1271 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. |
1272 | /// |
1273 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're |
1274 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message |
1275 | /// or the base of a property access. |
1276 | /// |
1277 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was |
1278 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should |
1279 | /// be substituted. |
1280 | /// |
1281 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1282 | /// |
1283 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type |
1284 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. |
1285 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, |
1286 | const DeclContext *dc, |
1287 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1288 | |
1289 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. |
1290 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
1291 | |
1292 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. |
1293 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; |
1294 | |
1295 | private: |
1296 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; |
1297 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the |
1298 | // caller. |
1299 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); |
1300 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); |
1301 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); |
1302 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1303 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, |
1304 | const ASTContext &C); |
1305 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); |
1306 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1307 | |
1308 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. |
1309 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1310 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1311 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1312 | }; |
1313 | |
1314 | } // namespace clang |
1315 | |
1316 | namespace llvm { |
1317 | |
1318 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType |
1319 | /// to a specific Type class. |
1320 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { |
1321 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; |
1322 | |
1323 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { |
1324 | return Val.getTypePtr(); |
1325 | } |
1326 | }; |
1327 | |
1328 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". |
1329 | template<> |
1330 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { |
1331 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { |
1332 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
1333 | } |
1334 | |
1335 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
1336 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); |
1337 | } |
1338 | |
1339 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. |
1340 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = 0; |
1341 | }; |
1342 | |
1343 | } // namespace llvm |
1344 | |
1345 | namespace clang { |
1346 | |
1347 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type |
1348 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the |
1349 | /// two. |
1350 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1351 | friend class ExtQuals; |
1352 | friend class QualType; |
1353 | friend class Type; |
1354 | |
1355 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or |
1356 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). |
1357 | /// |
1358 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its |
1359 | /// underlying type pointer. |
1360 | const Type *const BaseType; |
1361 | |
1362 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. |
1363 | QualType CanonicalType; |
1364 | |
1365 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) |
1366 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} |
1367 | }; |
1368 | |
1369 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a |
1370 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want |
1371 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this |
1372 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to |
1373 | /// store qualifiers. |
1374 | /// |
1375 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers |
1376 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether |
1377 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, |
1378 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. |
1379 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
1380 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as |
1381 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. |
1382 | // 1. Qualifiers: |
1383 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). |
1384 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. |
1385 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. |
1386 | // 2. QualType: |
1387 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. |
1388 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of |
1389 | // this header. |
1390 | // 3. ASTContext: |
1391 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. |
1392 | |
1393 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains |
1394 | /// extended qualifiers. |
1395 | Qualifiers Quals; |
1396 | |
1397 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } |
1398 | |
1399 | public: |
1400 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) |
1401 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, |
1402 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), |
1403 | Quals(quals) { |
1404 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()(static_cast <bool> (Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 1405, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
1405 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")(static_cast <bool> (Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 1405, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1406 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()(static_cast <bool> (!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 1407, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
1407 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")(static_cast <bool> (!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 1407, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1408 | } |
1409 | |
1410 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } |
1411 | |
1412 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } |
1413 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } |
1414 | |
1415 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } |
1416 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1417 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); |
1418 | } |
1419 | |
1420 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } |
1421 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } |
1422 | |
1423 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
1424 | |
1425 | public: |
1426 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1427 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); |
1428 | } |
1429 | |
1430 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
1431 | const Type *BaseType, |
1432 | Qualifiers Quals) { |
1433 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")(static_cast <bool> (!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 1433, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1434 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); |
1435 | Quals.Profile(ID); |
1436 | } |
1437 | }; |
1438 | |
1439 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. |
1440 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an |
1441 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. |
1442 | enum RefQualifierKind { |
1443 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. |
1444 | RQ_None = 0, |
1445 | |
1446 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). |
1447 | RQ_LValue, |
1448 | |
1449 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). |
1450 | RQ_RValue |
1451 | }; |
1452 | |
1453 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. |
1454 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { |
1455 | /// auto |
1456 | Auto, |
1457 | |
1458 | /// decltype(auto) |
1459 | DecltypeAuto, |
1460 | |
1461 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) |
1462 | GNUAutoType |
1463 | }; |
1464 | |
1465 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. |
1466 | /// |
1467 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical |
1468 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out |
1469 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: |
1470 | /// |
1471 | /// typedef int foo; |
1472 | /// typedef foo* bar; |
1473 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' |
1474 | /// |
1475 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its |
1476 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a |
1477 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next |
1478 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is |
1479 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical |
1480 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type |
1481 | /// is also 'int*'. |
1482 | /// |
1483 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing |
1484 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type |
1485 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning |
1486 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), |
1487 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. |
1488 | /// |
1489 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. |
1490 | /// |
1491 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1492 | public: |
1493 | enum TypeClass { |
1494 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, |
1495 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class |
1496 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
1497 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
1498 | }; |
1499 | |
1500 | private: |
1501 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. |
1502 | class TypeBitfields { |
1503 | friend class Type; |
1504 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1505 | |
1506 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. |
1507 | unsigned TC : 8; |
1508 | |
1509 | /// Store information on the type dependency. |
1510 | unsigned Dependence : llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence>; |
1511 | |
1512 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with |
1513 | /// 'Cache') is valid. |
1514 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; |
1515 | |
1516 | /// Linkage of this type. |
1517 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; |
1518 | |
1519 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. |
1520 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; |
1521 | |
1522 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1523 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; |
1524 | |
1525 | bool isCacheValid() const { |
1526 | return CacheValid; |
1527 | } |
1528 | |
1529 | Linkage getLinkage() const { |
1530 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")(static_cast <bool> (isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 1530, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1531 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); |
1532 | } |
1533 | |
1534 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { |
1535 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")(static_cast <bool> (isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 1535, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1536 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; |
1537 | } |
1538 | }; |
1539 | enum { NumTypeBits = 8 + llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence> + 6 }; |
1540 | |
1541 | protected: |
1542 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields |
1543 | // into Type. |
1544 | |
1545 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { |
1546 | friend class ArrayType; |
1547 | |
1548 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1549 | |
1550 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like |
1551 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1552 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; |
1553 | |
1554 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like |
1555 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1556 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. |
1557 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; |
1558 | }; |
1559 | |
1560 | class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields { |
1561 | friend class ConstantArrayType; |
1562 | |
1563 | unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3; |
1564 | |
1565 | /// Whether we have a stored size expression. |
1566 | unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1; |
1567 | }; |
1568 | |
1569 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { |
1570 | friend class BuiltinType; |
1571 | |
1572 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1573 | |
1574 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. |
1575 | unsigned Kind : 8; |
1576 | }; |
1577 | |
1578 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. |
1579 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored |
1580 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. |
1581 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { |
1582 | friend class FunctionProtoType; |
1583 | friend class FunctionType; |
1584 | |
1585 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1586 | |
1587 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like |
1588 | /// regparm and the calling convention. |
1589 | unsigned ExtInfo : 13; |
1590 | |
1591 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. |
1592 | /// |
1593 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. |
1594 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; |
1595 | |
1596 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the |
1597 | /// other bitfields. |
1598 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... |
1599 | /// |
1600 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the |
1601 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. |
1602 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; |
1603 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. |
1604 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; |
1605 | |
1606 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. |
1607 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is |
1608 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to |
1609 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. |
1610 | unsigned NumParams : 16; |
1611 | |
1612 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. |
1613 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; |
1614 | |
1615 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. |
1616 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; |
1617 | |
1618 | /// Whether the function is variadic. |
1619 | unsigned Variadic : 1; |
1620 | |
1621 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. |
1622 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
1623 | }; |
1624 | |
1625 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { |
1626 | friend class ObjCObjectType; |
1627 | |
1628 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1629 | |
1630 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. |
1631 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; |
1632 | |
1633 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. |
1634 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
1635 | |
1636 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. |
1637 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; |
1638 | }; |
1639 | |
1640 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { |
1641 | friend class ReferenceType; |
1642 | |
1643 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1644 | |
1645 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. |
1646 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false |
1647 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, |
1648 | /// as follows: |
1649 | /// |
1650 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue |
1651 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue |
1652 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1653 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref |
1654 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1655 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref |
1656 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; |
1657 | |
1658 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens |
1659 | /// in non-canonical forms. |
1660 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; |
1661 | }; |
1662 | |
1663 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { |
1664 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; |
1665 | |
1666 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1667 | |
1668 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. |
1669 | unsigned Keyword : 8; |
1670 | }; |
1671 | |
1672 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; |
1673 | |
1674 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { |
1675 | friend class ElaboratedType; |
1676 | |
1677 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1678 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1679 | |
1680 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. |
1681 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; |
1682 | }; |
1683 | |
1684 | class VectorTypeBitfields { |
1685 | friend class VectorType; |
1686 | friend class DependentVectorType; |
1687 | |
1688 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1689 | |
1690 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some |
1691 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. |
1692 | unsigned VecKind : 3; |
1693 | /// The number of elements in the vector. |
1694 | uint32_t NumElements; |
1695 | }; |
1696 | |
1697 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { |
1698 | friend class AttributedType; |
1699 | |
1700 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1701 | |
1702 | /// An AttributedType::Kind |
1703 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; |
1704 | }; |
1705 | |
1706 | class AutoTypeBitfields { |
1707 | friend class AutoType; |
1708 | |
1709 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1710 | |
1711 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', |
1712 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. |
1713 | unsigned Keyword : 2; |
1714 | |
1715 | /// The number of template arguments in the type-constraints, which is |
1716 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1717 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1718 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1719 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1720 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1721 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1722 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1723 | }; |
1724 | |
1725 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { |
1726 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; |
1727 | |
1728 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1729 | |
1730 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is |
1731 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1732 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1733 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1734 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1735 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1736 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1737 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1738 | }; |
1739 | |
1740 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1741 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; |
1742 | |
1743 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1744 | |
1745 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. |
1746 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; |
1747 | |
1748 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1749 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1750 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1751 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1752 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1753 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1754 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1755 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1756 | }; |
1757 | |
1758 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1759 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; |
1760 | |
1761 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1762 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1763 | |
1764 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1765 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1766 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1767 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1768 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1769 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1770 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1771 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1772 | }; |
1773 | |
1774 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { |
1775 | friend class PackExpansionType; |
1776 | |
1777 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1778 | |
1779 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
1780 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to |
1781 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit |
1782 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to |
1783 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a |
1784 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so |
1785 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1786 | /// |
1787 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter |
1788 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others |
1789 | /// have not. |
1790 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
1791 | }; |
1792 | |
1793 | union { |
1794 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; |
1795 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; |
1796 | ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits; |
1797 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; |
1798 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; |
1799 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; |
1800 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; |
1801 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; |
1802 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; |
1803 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; |
1804 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; |
1805 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; |
1806 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; |
1807 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1808 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields |
1809 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1810 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; |
1811 | }; |
1812 | |
1813 | private: |
1814 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1815 | |
1816 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1817 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { |
1818 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; |
1819 | } |
1820 | |
1821 | protected: |
1822 | friend class ASTContext; |
1823 | |
1824 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, TypeDependence Dependence) |
1825 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, |
1826 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { |
1827 | static_assert(sizeof(*this) <= 8 + sizeof(ExtQualsTypeCommonBase), |
1828 | "changing bitfields changed sizeof(Type)!"); |
1829 | static_assert(alignof(decltype(*this)) % sizeof(void *) == 0, |
1830 | "Insufficient alignment!"); |
1831 | TypeBits.TC = tc; |
1832 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(Dependence); |
1833 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; |
1834 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; |
1835 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; |
1836 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; |
1837 | } |
1838 | |
1839 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list |
1840 | Type *this_() { return this; } |
1841 | |
1842 | void setDependence(TypeDependence D) { |
1843 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(D); |
1844 | } |
1845 | |
1846 | void addDependence(TypeDependence D) { setDependence(getDependence() | D); } |
1847 | |
1848 | public: |
1849 | friend class ASTReader; |
1850 | friend class ASTWriter; |
1851 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
1852 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter; |
1853 | |
1854 | Type(const Type &) = delete; |
1855 | Type(Type &&) = delete; |
1856 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; |
1857 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; |
1858 | |
1859 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } |
1860 | |
1861 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1862 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } |
1863 | |
1864 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter |
1865 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. |
1866 | /// |
1867 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the |
1868 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the |
1869 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': |
1870 | /// |
1871 | /// \code |
1872 | /// template<typename ...T> |
1873 | /// struct X { |
1874 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. |
1875 | /// }; |
1876 | /// \endcode |
1877 | /// |
1878 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which |
1879 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
1880 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack; |
1881 | } |
1882 | |
1883 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further |
1884 | /// qualification. |
1885 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { |
1886 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); |
1887 | } |
1888 | |
1889 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. |
1890 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() |
1891 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). |
1892 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; |
1893 | |
1894 | /// As an extension, we classify types as one of "sized" or "sizeless"; |
1895 | /// every type is one or the other. Standard types are all sized; |
1896 | /// sizeless types are purely an extension. |
1897 | /// |
1898 | /// Sizeless types contain data with no specified size, alignment, |
1899 | /// or layout. |
1900 | bool isSizelessType() const; |
1901 | bool isSizelessBuiltinType() const; |
1902 | |
1903 | /// Determines if this is a sizeless type supported by the |
1904 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute, which can be applied to a single |
1905 | /// SVE vector or predicate, excluding tuple types such as svint32x4_t. |
1906 | bool isVLSTBuiltinType() const; |
1907 | |
1908 | /// Returns the representative type for the element of an SVE builtin type. |
1909 | /// This is used to represent fixed-length SVE vectors created with the |
1910 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute as VectorType. |
1911 | QualType getSveEltType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1912 | |
1913 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): |
1914 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. |
1915 | |
1916 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. |
1917 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to |
1918 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this |
1919 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. |
1920 | /// |
1921 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration |
1922 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C |
1923 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. |
1924 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; |
1925 | |
1926 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object |
1927 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. |
1928 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { |
1929 | return !isFunctionType(); |
1930 | } |
1931 | |
1932 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. |
1933 | bool isObjectType() const { |
1934 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: |
1935 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a |
1936 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. |
1937 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); |
1938 | } |
1939 | |
1940 | /// Return true if this is a literal type |
1941 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) |
1942 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1943 | |
1944 | /// Determine if this type is a structural type, per C++20 [temp.param]p7. |
1945 | bool isStructuralType() const; |
1946 | |
1947 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. |
1948 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) |
1949 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; |
1950 | |
1951 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates |
1952 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1953 | |
1954 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. |
1955 | bool isBuiltinType() const; |
1956 | |
1957 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. |
1958 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; |
1959 | |
1960 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but |
1961 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within |
1962 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. |
1963 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; |
1964 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; |
1965 | |
1966 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. |
1967 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; |
1968 | |
1969 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see |
1970 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. |
1971 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; |
1972 | |
1973 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1974 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1975 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) |
1976 | bool isEnumeralType() const; |
1977 | |
1978 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. |
1979 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; |
1980 | bool isBooleanType() const; |
1981 | bool isCharType() const; |
1982 | bool isWideCharType() const; |
1983 | bool isChar8Type() const; |
1984 | bool isChar16Type() const; |
1985 | bool isChar32Type() const; |
1986 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; |
1987 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1988 | |
1989 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. |
1990 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; |
1991 | |
1992 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
1993 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1994 | bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1995 | |
1996 | /// Floating point categories. |
1997 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) |
1998 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1999 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
2000 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) |
2001 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. |
2002 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) |
2003 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) |
2004 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 |
2005 | bool isBFloat16Type() const; |
2006 | bool isFloat128Type() const; |
2007 | bool isIbm128Type() const; |
2008 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) |
2009 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) |
2010 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 |
2011 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) |
2012 | bool isAggregateType() const; |
2013 | bool isFundamentalType() const; |
2014 | bool isCompoundType() const; |
2015 | |
2016 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified |
2017 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
2018 | bool isFunctionType() const; |
2019 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } |
2020 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } |
2021 | bool isPointerType() const; |
2022 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer |
2023 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; |
2024 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; |
2025 | bool isReferenceType() const; |
2026 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; |
2027 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; |
2028 | bool isObjectPointerType() const; |
2029 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; |
2030 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; |
2031 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; |
2032 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; |
2033 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; |
2034 | bool isArrayType() const; |
2035 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; |
2036 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; |
2037 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; |
2038 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; |
2039 | bool isRecordType() const; |
2040 | bool isClassType() const; |
2041 | bool isStructureType() const; |
2042 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; |
2043 | bool isInterfaceType() const; |
2044 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; |
2045 | bool isUnionType() const; |
2046 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. |
2047 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. |
2048 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. |
2049 | bool isMatrixType() const; // Matrix type. |
2050 | bool isConstantMatrixType() const; // Constant matrix type. |
2051 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier |
2052 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object |
2053 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer |
2054 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type |
2055 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type |
2056 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) |
2057 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) |
2058 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type |
2059 | // for the common case. |
2060 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) |
2061 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> |
2062 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> |
2063 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> |
2064 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; |
2065 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id |
2066 | bool isDecltypeType() const; |
2067 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained |
2068 | /// qualifier? |
2069 | /// |
2070 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this |
2071 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified |
2072 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? |
2073 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { |
2074 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); |
2075 | } |
2076 | |
2077 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an |
2078 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id |
2079 | /// <NSCopying>. |
2080 | /// |
2081 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, |
2082 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or |
2083 | /// null for 'id. |
2084 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, |
2085 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; |
2086 | |
2087 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class |
2088 | |
2089 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an |
2090 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. |
2091 | /// |
2092 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound |
2093 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class |
2094 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". |
2095 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; |
2096 | |
2097 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; |
2098 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class |
2099 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' |
2100 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; |
2101 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; |
2102 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter |
2103 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t |
2104 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t |
2105 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t |
2106 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte |
2107 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() |
2108 | bool isUndeducedAutoType() const; // C++11 auto or |
2109 | // C++14 decltype(auto) |
2110 | bool isTypedefNameType() const; // typedef or alias template |
2111 | |
2112 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
2113 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2114 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2115 | |
2116 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type |
2117 | |
2118 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t |
2119 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t |
2120 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t |
2121 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t |
2122 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t |
2123 | |
2124 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
2125 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2126 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2127 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension |
2128 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; |
2129 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type |
2130 | |
2131 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type |
2132 | bool isBitIntType() const; // Bit-precise integer type |
2133 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type |
2134 | |
2135 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy |
2136 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather |
2137 | /// than implicitly __strong. |
2138 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; |
2139 | |
2140 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin surface type. |
2141 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType() const; |
2142 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin texture type. |
2143 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType() const; |
2144 | |
2145 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. |
2146 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; |
2147 | |
2148 | enum ScalarTypeKind { |
2149 | STK_CPointer, |
2150 | STK_BlockPointer, |
2151 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, |
2152 | STK_MemberPointer, |
2153 | STK_Bool, |
2154 | STK_Integral, |
2155 | STK_Floating, |
2156 | STK_IntegralComplex, |
2157 | STK_FloatingComplex, |
2158 | STK_FixedPoint |
2159 | }; |
2160 | |
2161 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. |
2162 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; |
2163 | |
2164 | TypeDependence getDependence() const { |
2165 | return static_cast<TypeDependence>(TypeBits.Dependence); |
2166 | } |
2167 | |
2168 | /// Whether this type is an error type. |
2169 | bool containsErrors() const { |
2170 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Error; |
2171 | } |
2172 | |
2173 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition |
2174 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
2175 | bool isDependentType() const { |
2176 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Dependent; |
2177 | } |
2178 | |
2179 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, |
2180 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the |
2181 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that |
2182 | /// template parameter). |
2183 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { |
2184 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Instantiation; |
2185 | } |
2186 | |
2187 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that |
2188 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been |
2189 | /// deduced. |
2190 | bool isUndeducedType() const; |
2191 | |
2192 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
2193 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { |
2194 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::VariablyModified; |
2195 | } |
2196 | |
2197 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type |
2198 | /// with a definite size. |
2199 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; |
2200 | |
2201 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. |
2202 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; |
2203 | |
2204 | bool isOverloadableType() const; |
2205 | |
2206 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. |
2207 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; |
2208 | |
2209 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; |
2210 | |
2211 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes |
2212 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, |
2213 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. |
2214 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; |
2215 | |
2216 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the |
2217 | /// purpose of GC'ability |
2218 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; |
2219 | |
2220 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation |
2221 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. |
2222 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2223 | |
2224 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation |
2225 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. |
2226 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2227 | |
2228 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation |
2229 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. |
2230 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2231 | |
2232 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation |
2233 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. |
2234 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; |
2235 | |
2236 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the |
2237 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to |
2238 | // the best type we can. |
2239 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; |
2240 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. |
2241 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; |
2242 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. |
2243 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; |
2244 | |
2245 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType |
2246 | // for object declared using an interface. |
2247 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; |
2248 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; |
2249 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; |
2250 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; |
2251 | |
2252 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either |
2253 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2254 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2255 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2256 | |
2257 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. |
2258 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; |
2259 | |
2260 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either |
2261 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2262 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2263 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; |
2264 | |
2265 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the |
2266 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. |
2267 | /// |
2268 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does |
2269 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. |
2270 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2271 | |
2272 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2273 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2274 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2275 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; |
2276 | |
2277 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2278 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2279 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2280 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { |
2281 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); |
2282 | } |
2283 | |
2284 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' |
2285 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested |
2286 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). |
2287 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; |
2288 | |
2289 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for |
2290 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually |
2291 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. |
2292 | /// |
2293 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed |
2294 | /// immediately following this class. |
2295 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; |
2296 | |
2297 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds |
2298 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. |
2299 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some |
2300 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> |
2301 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. |
2302 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; |
2303 | |
2304 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards |
2305 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2306 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2307 | |
2308 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for |
2309 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. |
2310 | /// |
2311 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has |
2312 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* |
2313 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. |
2314 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; |
2315 | |
2316 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards |
2317 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2318 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2319 | |
2320 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it |
2321 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). |
2322 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; |
2323 | |
2324 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type |
2325 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers |
2326 | /// are meaningful. |
2327 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; |
2328 | |
2329 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, |
2330 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. |
2331 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2332 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; |
2333 | |
2334 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. |
2335 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. |
2336 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2337 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; |
2338 | |
2339 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block |
2340 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. |
2341 | QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2342 | |
2343 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, |
2344 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. |
2345 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; |
2346 | |
2347 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion |
2348 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 |
2349 | |
2350 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2351 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], |
2352 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. |
2353 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; |
2354 | |
2355 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2356 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], |
2357 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. |
2358 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; |
2359 | |
2360 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an |
2361 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. |
2362 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2363 | |
2364 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an |
2365 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. |
2366 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2367 | |
2368 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to |
2369 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. |
2370 | bool isFixedPointType() const; |
2371 | |
2372 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. |
2373 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; |
2374 | |
2375 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2376 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2377 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2378 | |
2379 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2380 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2381 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2382 | |
2383 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according |
2384 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2385 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; |
2386 | |
2387 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according |
2388 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2389 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; |
2390 | |
2391 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, |
2392 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on |
2393 | /// incomplete types. |
2394 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; |
2395 | |
2396 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some |
2397 | /// set of type specifiers. |
2398 | bool isSpecifierType() const; |
2399 | |
2400 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. |
2401 | Linkage getLinkage() const; |
2402 | |
2403 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. |
2404 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
2405 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
2406 | } |
2407 | |
2408 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. |
2409 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { |
2410 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); |
2411 | } |
2412 | |
2413 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. |
2414 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
2415 | |
2416 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
2417 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
2418 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
2419 | |
2420 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. |
2421 | /// |
2422 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type |
2423 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will |
2424 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. |
2425 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; |
2426 | |
2427 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability |
2428 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. |
2429 | /// |
2430 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether |
2431 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. |
2432 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; |
2433 | |
2434 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member |
2435 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. |
2436 | /// |
2437 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the |
2438 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is |
2439 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. |
2440 | /// |
2441 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a |
2442 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, |
2443 | /// category, or method within. |
2444 | /// |
2445 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for |
2446 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described |
2447 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no |
2448 | /// substitution is required. |
2449 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> |
2450 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; |
2451 | |
2452 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type |
2453 | /// parameters. |
2454 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; |
2455 | |
2456 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; |
2457 | |
2458 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { |
2459 | return CanonicalType; |
2460 | } |
2461 | |
2462 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h |
2463 | void dump() const; |
2464 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; |
2465 | }; |
2466 | |
2467 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar |
2468 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. |
2469 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; |
2470 | |
2471 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any |
2472 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a |
2473 | /// non-sugared type. |
2474 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; |
2475 | |
2476 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar |
2477 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. |
2478 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; |
2479 | |
2480 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to |
2481 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. |
2482 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
2483 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ |
2484 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ |
2485 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2486 | } \ |
2487 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ |
2488 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2489 | } |
2490 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
2491 | |
2492 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin |
2493 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. |
2494 | class BuiltinType : public Type { |
2495 | public: |
2496 | enum Kind { |
2497 | // OpenCL image types |
2498 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, |
2499 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2500 | // OpenCL extension types |
2501 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, |
2502 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2503 | // SVE Types |
2504 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2505 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
2506 | // PPC MMA Types |
2507 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) Id, |
2508 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" |
2509 | // RVV Types |
2510 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2511 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" |
2512 | // All other builtin types |
2513 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2514 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id |
2515 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
2516 | }; |
2517 | |
2518 | private: |
2519 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2520 | |
2521 | BuiltinType(Kind K) |
2522 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), |
2523 | K == Dependent ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
2524 | : TypeDependence::None) { |
2525 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; |
2526 | } |
2527 | |
2528 | public: |
2529 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } |
2530 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
2531 | |
2532 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { |
2533 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. |
2534 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); |
2535 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')(static_cast <bool> (!str.empty() && str.data() [str.size()] == '\0') ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 2535, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
2536 | return str.data(); |
2537 | } |
2538 | |
2539 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2540 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2541 | |
2542 | bool isInteger() const { |
2543 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; |
2544 | } |
2545 | |
2546 | bool isSignedInteger() const { |
2547 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; |
2548 | } |
2549 | |
2550 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { |
2551 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; |
2552 | } |
2553 | |
2554 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { |
2555 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Ibm128; |
2556 | } |
2557 | |
2558 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. |
2559 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { |
2560 | return K >= Overload; |
2561 | } |
2562 | |
2563 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type |
2564 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed |
2565 | /// expression. |
2566 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { |
2567 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); |
2568 | } |
2569 | |
2570 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than |
2571 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic |
2572 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. |
2573 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and |
2574 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. |
2575 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information |
2576 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a |
2577 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need |
2578 | /// special treatment. |
2579 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
2580 | return getKind() > Overload; |
2581 | } |
2582 | |
2583 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } |
2584 | }; |
2585 | |
2586 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex |
2587 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. |
2588 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2589 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2590 | |
2591 | QualType ElementType; |
2592 | |
2593 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2594 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->getDependence()), |
2595 | ElementType(Element) {} |
2596 | |
2597 | public: |
2598 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2599 | |
2600 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2601 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2602 | |
2603 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2604 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); |
2605 | } |
2606 | |
2607 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { |
2608 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2609 | } |
2610 | |
2611 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } |
2612 | }; |
2613 | |
2614 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. |
2615 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2616 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2617 | |
2618 | QualType Inner; |
2619 | |
2620 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) |
2621 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->getDependence()), Inner(InnerType) {} |
2622 | |
2623 | public: |
2624 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } |
2625 | |
2626 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2627 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } |
2628 | |
2629 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2630 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); |
2631 | } |
2632 | |
2633 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { |
2634 | Inner.Profile(ID); |
2635 | } |
2636 | |
2637 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } |
2638 | }; |
2639 | |
2640 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. |
2641 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2642 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2643 | |
2644 | QualType PointeeType; |
2645 | |
2646 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2647 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->getDependence()), |
2648 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2649 | |
2650 | public: |
2651 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2652 | |
2653 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2654 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2655 | |
2656 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2657 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2658 | } |
2659 | |
2660 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2661 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2662 | } |
2663 | |
2664 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } |
2665 | }; |
2666 | |
2667 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic |
2668 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can |
2669 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. |
2670 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2671 | QualType OriginalTy; |
2672 | QualType AdjustedTy; |
2673 | |
2674 | protected: |
2675 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2676 | |
2677 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, |
2678 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2679 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->getDependence()), |
2680 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} |
2681 | |
2682 | public: |
2683 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } |
2684 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2685 | |
2686 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2687 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2688 | |
2689 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2690 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); |
2691 | } |
2692 | |
2693 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { |
2694 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2695 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2696 | } |
2697 | |
2698 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2699 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; |
2700 | } |
2701 | }; |
2702 | |
2703 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. |
2704 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { |
2705 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2706 | |
2707 | inline |
2708 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); |
2709 | |
2710 | public: |
2711 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } |
2712 | |
2713 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2714 | |
2715 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } |
2716 | }; |
2717 | |
2718 | /// Pointer to a block type. |
2719 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as |
2720 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2721 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2722 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2723 | |
2724 | // Block is some kind of pointer type |
2725 | QualType PointeeType; |
2726 | |
2727 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) |
2728 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->getDependence()), |
2729 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2730 | |
2731 | public: |
2732 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2733 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2734 | |
2735 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2736 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2737 | |
2738 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2739 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2740 | } |
2741 | |
2742 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2743 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2744 | } |
2745 | |
2746 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2747 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; |
2748 | } |
2749 | }; |
2750 | |
2751 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType |
2752 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2753 | QualType PointeeType; |
2754 | |
2755 | protected: |
2756 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2757 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2758 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->getDependence()), |
2759 | PointeeType(Referencee) { |
2760 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; |
2761 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); |
2762 | } |
2763 | |
2764 | public: |
2765 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } |
2766 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } |
2767 | |
2768 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } |
2769 | |
2770 | QualType getPointeeType() const { |
2771 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? |
2772 | const ReferenceType *T = this; |
2773 | while (T->isInnerRef()) |
2774 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); |
2775 | return T->PointeeType; |
2776 | } |
2777 | |
2778 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2779 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); |
2780 | } |
2781 | |
2782 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
2783 | QualType Referencee, |
2784 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { |
2785 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2786 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); |
2787 | } |
2788 | |
2789 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2790 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || |
2791 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2792 | } |
2793 | }; |
2794 | |
2795 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2796 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2797 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2798 | |
2799 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2800 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2801 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, |
2802 | SpelledAsLValue) {} |
2803 | |
2804 | public: |
2805 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2806 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2807 | |
2808 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2809 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; |
2810 | } |
2811 | }; |
2812 | |
2813 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2814 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2815 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2816 | |
2817 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) |
2818 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} |
2819 | |
2820 | public: |
2821 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2822 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2823 | |
2824 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2825 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2826 | } |
2827 | }; |
2828 | |
2829 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. |
2830 | /// |
2831 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. |
2832 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2833 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2834 | |
2835 | QualType PointeeType; |
2836 | |
2837 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a |
2838 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. |
2839 | const Type *Class; |
2840 | |
2841 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2842 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, |
2843 | (Cls->getDependence() & ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified) | |
2844 | Pointee->getDependence()), |
2845 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} |
2846 | |
2847 | public: |
2848 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2849 | |
2850 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2851 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. |
2852 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { |
2853 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2854 | } |
2855 | |
2856 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2857 | /// data type rather than a function type. |
2858 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { |
2859 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2860 | } |
2861 | |
2862 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } |
2863 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2864 | |
2865 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2866 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2867 | |
2868 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2869 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); |
2870 | } |
2871 | |
2872 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, |
2873 | const Type *Class) { |
2874 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2875 | ID.AddPointer(Class); |
2876 | } |
2877 | |
2878 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2879 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; |
2880 | } |
2881 | }; |
2882 | |
2883 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. |
2884 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2885 | public: |
2886 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) |
2887 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array |
2888 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). |
2889 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. |
2890 | enum ArraySizeModifier { |
2891 | Normal, Static, Star |
2892 | }; |
2893 | |
2894 | private: |
2895 | /// The element type of the array. |
2896 | QualType ElementType; |
2897 | |
2898 | protected: |
2899 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2900 | |
2901 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm, |
2902 | unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr); |
2903 | |
2904 | public: |
2905 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2906 | |
2907 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { |
2908 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); |
2909 | } |
2910 | |
2911 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { |
2912 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2913 | } |
2914 | |
2915 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { |
2916 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; |
2917 | } |
2918 | |
2919 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2920 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || |
2921 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || |
2922 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || |
2923 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
2924 | } |
2925 | }; |
2926 | |
2927 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. |
2928 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a |
2929 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. |
2930 | class ConstantArrayType final |
2931 | : public ArrayType, |
2932 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> { |
2933 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2934 | friend TrailingObjects; |
2935 | |
2936 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. |
2937 | |
2938 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, |
2939 | const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2940 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) { |
2941 | ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr; |
2942 | if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) { |
2943 | assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")(static_cast <bool> (!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!can.isNull() && \"canonical constant array should not have size\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 2943, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
2944 | *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz; |
2945 | } |
2946 | } |
2947 | |
2948 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const { |
2949 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr; |
2950 | } |
2951 | |
2952 | public: |
2953 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } |
2954 | const Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
2955 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr |
2956 | ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>() |
2957 | : nullptr; |
2958 | } |
2959 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2960 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2961 | |
2962 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of |
2963 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. |
2964 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, |
2965 | QualType ElementType, |
2966 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); |
2967 | |
2968 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size |
2969 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. |
2970 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); |
2971 | |
2972 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
2973 | Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(), |
2974 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2975 | } |
2976 | |
2977 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2978 | QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, |
2979 | const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
2980 | unsigned TypeQuals); |
2981 | |
2982 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2983 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; |
2984 | } |
2985 | }; |
2986 | |
2987 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has |
2988 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is |
2989 | /// unspecified. |
2990 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { |
2991 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2992 | |
2993 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, |
2994 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2995 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {} |
2996 | |
2997 | public: |
2998 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
2999 | |
3000 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3001 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3002 | |
3003 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3004 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; |
3005 | } |
3006 | |
3007 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3008 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), |
3009 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
3010 | } |
3011 | |
3012 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
3013 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { |
3014 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3015 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
3016 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
3017 | } |
3018 | }; |
3019 | |
3020 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an |
3021 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. |
3022 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. |
3023 | /// |
3024 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and |
3025 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean |
3026 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type |
3027 | /// dynamically: |
3028 | /// |
3029 | /// void foo(int x) { |
3030 | /// int Y[x]; |
3031 | /// ++x; |
3032 | /// int Z[x]; |
3033 | /// } |
3034 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3035 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3036 | |
3037 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within |
3038 | /// a function block. |
3039 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3040 | |
3041 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3042 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3043 | |
3044 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, |
3045 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3046 | SourceRange brackets) |
3047 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e), |
3048 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} |
3049 | |
3050 | public: |
3051 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3052 | |
3053 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3054 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3055 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3056 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3057 | } |
3058 | |
3059 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3060 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3061 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3062 | |
3063 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3064 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3065 | |
3066 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3067 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; |
3068 | } |
3069 | |
3070 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3071 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes." , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 3071); |
3072 | } |
3073 | }; |
3074 | |
3075 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. |
3076 | /// |
3077 | /// For example: |
3078 | /// \code |
3079 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3080 | /// class array { |
3081 | /// T data[Size]; |
3082 | /// }; |
3083 | /// \endcode |
3084 | /// |
3085 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is |
3086 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will |
3087 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. |
3088 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3089 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3090 | |
3091 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3092 | |
3093 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the |
3094 | /// size of the array. |
3095 | /// |
3096 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array |
3097 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. |
3098 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3099 | |
3100 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3101 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3102 | |
3103 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, |
3104 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3105 | SourceRange brackets); |
3106 | |
3107 | public: |
3108 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3109 | |
3110 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3111 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3112 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3113 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3114 | } |
3115 | |
3116 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3117 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3118 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3119 | |
3120 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3121 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3122 | |
3123 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3124 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
3125 | } |
3126 | |
3127 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3128 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), |
3129 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); |
3130 | } |
3131 | |
3132 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3133 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
3134 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); |
3135 | }; |
3136 | |
3137 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space |
3138 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a |
3139 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. |
3140 | /// |
3141 | /// For example: |
3142 | /// \code |
3143 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> |
3144 | /// class AddressSpace { |
3145 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; |
3146 | /// } |
3147 | /// \endcode |
3148 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3149 | friend class ASTContext; |
3150 | |
3151 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3152 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; |
3153 | QualType PointeeType; |
3154 | SourceLocation loc; |
3155 | |
3156 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, |
3157 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, |
3158 | SourceLocation loc); |
3159 | |
3160 | public: |
3161 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } |
3162 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
3163 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3164 | |
3165 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3166 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3167 | |
3168 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3169 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; |
3170 | } |
3171 | |
3172 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3173 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); |
3174 | } |
3175 | |
3176 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3177 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); |
3178 | }; |
3179 | |
3180 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is |
3181 | /// dependent. |
3182 | /// |
3183 | /// For example: |
3184 | /// \code |
3185 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3186 | /// class vector { |
3187 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; |
3188 | /// } |
3189 | /// \endcode |
3190 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3191 | friend class ASTContext; |
3192 | |
3193 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3194 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3195 | |
3196 | /// The element type of the array. |
3197 | QualType ElementType; |
3198 | |
3199 | SourceLocation loc; |
3200 | |
3201 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3202 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3203 | |
3204 | public: |
3205 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3206 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3207 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3208 | |
3209 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3210 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3211 | |
3212 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3213 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; |
3214 | } |
3215 | |
3216 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3217 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); |
3218 | } |
3219 | |
3220 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3221 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); |
3222 | }; |
3223 | |
3224 | |
3225 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using |
3226 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in |
3227 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. |
3228 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the |
3229 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. |
3230 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3231 | public: |
3232 | enum VectorKind { |
3233 | /// not a target-specific vector type |
3234 | GenericVector, |
3235 | |
3236 | /// is AltiVec vector |
3237 | AltiVecVector, |
3238 | |
3239 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' |
3240 | AltiVecPixel, |
3241 | |
3242 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' |
3243 | AltiVecBool, |
3244 | |
3245 | /// is ARM Neon vector |
3246 | NeonVector, |
3247 | |
3248 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector |
3249 | NeonPolyVector, |
3250 | |
3251 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length data vector |
3252 | SveFixedLengthDataVector, |
3253 | |
3254 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length predicate vector |
3255 | SveFixedLengthPredicateVector |
3256 | }; |
3257 | |
3258 | protected: |
3259 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3260 | |
3261 | /// The element type of the vector. |
3262 | QualType ElementType; |
3263 | |
3264 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, |
3265 | VectorKind vecKind); |
3266 | |
3267 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, |
3268 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); |
3269 | |
3270 | public: |
3271 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3272 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } |
3273 | |
3274 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3275 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3276 | |
3277 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3278 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3279 | } |
3280 | |
3281 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3282 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), |
3283 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); |
3284 | } |
3285 | |
3286 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3287 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, |
3288 | VectorKind VecKind) { |
3289 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3290 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); |
3291 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3292 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); |
3293 | } |
3294 | |
3295 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3296 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3297 | } |
3298 | }; |
3299 | |
3300 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. |
3301 | //// |
3302 | /// For example: |
3303 | /// \code |
3304 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3305 | /// class vector { |
3306 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; |
3307 | /// } |
3308 | /// \endcode |
3309 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3310 | friend class ASTContext; |
3311 | |
3312 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3313 | QualType ElementType; |
3314 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3315 | SourceLocation Loc; |
3316 | |
3317 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3318 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, |
3319 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); |
3320 | |
3321 | public: |
3322 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3323 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3324 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } |
3325 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3326 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3327 | } |
3328 | |
3329 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3330 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3331 | |
3332 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3333 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; |
3334 | } |
3335 | |
3336 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3337 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); |
3338 | } |
3339 | |
3340 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3341 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, |
3342 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); |
3343 | }; |
3344 | |
3345 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using |
3346 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. |
3347 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This |
3348 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing |
3349 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL |
3350 | /// Shading Language). |
3351 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { |
3352 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3353 | |
3354 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) |
3355 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} |
3356 | |
3357 | public: |
3358 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3359 | switch (c) { |
3360 | default: return -1; |
3361 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; |
3362 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; |
3363 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; |
3364 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; |
3365 | } |
3366 | } |
3367 | |
3368 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3369 | switch (c) { |
3370 | default: return -1; |
3371 | case '0': return 0; |
3372 | case '1': return 1; |
3373 | case '2': return 2; |
3374 | case '3': return 3; |
3375 | case '4': return 4; |
3376 | case '5': return 5; |
3377 | case '6': return 6; |
3378 | case '7': return 7; |
3379 | case '8': return 8; |
3380 | case '9': return 9; |
3381 | case 'A': |
3382 | case 'a': return 10; |
3383 | case 'B': |
3384 | case 'b': return 11; |
3385 | case 'C': |
3386 | case 'c': return 12; |
3387 | case 'D': |
3388 | case 'd': return 13; |
3389 | case 'E': |
3390 | case 'e': return 14; |
3391 | case 'F': |
3392 | case 'f': return 15; |
3393 | } |
3394 | } |
3395 | |
3396 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { |
3397 | if (isNumericAccessor) |
3398 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); |
3399 | else |
3400 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); |
3401 | } |
3402 | |
3403 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { |
3404 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) |
3405 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); |
3406 | return false; |
3407 | } |
3408 | |
3409 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3410 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3411 | |
3412 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3413 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3414 | } |
3415 | }; |
3416 | |
3417 | /// Represents a matrix type, as defined in the Matrix Types clang extensions. |
3418 | /// __attribute__((matrix_type(rows, columns))), where "rows" specifies |
3419 | /// number of rows and "columns" specifies the number of columns. |
3420 | class MatrixType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3421 | protected: |
3422 | friend class ASTContext; |
3423 | |
3424 | /// The element type of the matrix. |
3425 | QualType ElementType; |
3426 | |
3427 | MatrixType(QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy); |
3428 | |
3429 | MatrixType(TypeClass TypeClass, QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy, |
3430 | const Expr *RowExpr = nullptr, const Expr *ColumnExpr = nullptr); |
3431 | |
3432 | public: |
3433 | /// Returns type of the elements being stored in the matrix |
3434 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3435 | |
3436 | /// Valid elements types are the following: |
3437 | /// * an integer type (as in C2x 6.2.5p19), but excluding enumerated types |
3438 | /// and _Bool |
3439 | /// * the standard floating types float or double |
3440 | /// * a half-precision floating point type, if one is supported on the target |
3441 | static bool isValidElementType(QualType T) { |
3442 | return T->isDependentType() || |
3443 | (T->isRealType() && !T->isBooleanType() && !T->isEnumeralType()); |
3444 | } |
3445 | |
3446 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3447 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3448 | |
3449 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3450 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix || |
3451 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; |
3452 | } |
3453 | }; |
3454 | |
3455 | /// Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns |
3456 | class ConstantMatrixType final : public MatrixType { |
3457 | protected: |
3458 | friend class ASTContext; |
3459 | |
3460 | /// Number of rows and columns. |
3461 | unsigned NumRows; |
3462 | unsigned NumColumns; |
3463 | |
3464 | static constexpr unsigned MaxElementsPerDimension = (1 << 20) - 1; |
3465 | |
3466 | ConstantMatrixType(QualType MatrixElementType, unsigned NRows, |
3467 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); |
3468 | |
3469 | ConstantMatrixType(TypeClass typeClass, QualType MatrixType, unsigned NRows, |
3470 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); |
3471 | |
3472 | public: |
3473 | /// Returns the number of rows in the matrix. |
3474 | unsigned getNumRows() const { return NumRows; } |
3475 | |
3476 | /// Returns the number of columns in the matrix. |
3477 | unsigned getNumColumns() const { return NumColumns; } |
3478 | |
3479 | /// Returns the number of elements required to embed the matrix into a vector. |
3480 | unsigned getNumElementsFlattened() const { |
3481 | return getNumRows() * getNumColumns(); |
3482 | } |
3483 | |
3484 | /// Returns true if \p NumElements is a valid matrix dimension. |
3485 | static constexpr bool isDimensionValid(size_t NumElements) { |
3486 | return NumElements > 0 && NumElements <= MaxElementsPerDimension; |
3487 | } |
3488 | |
3489 | /// Returns the maximum number of elements per dimension. |
3490 | static constexpr unsigned getMaxElementsPerDimension() { |
3491 | return MaxElementsPerDimension; |
3492 | } |
3493 | |
3494 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3495 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumRows(), getNumColumns(), |
3496 | getTypeClass()); |
3497 | } |
3498 | |
3499 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3500 | unsigned NumRows, unsigned NumColumns, |
3501 | TypeClass TypeClass) { |
3502 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3503 | ID.AddInteger(NumRows); |
3504 | ID.AddInteger(NumColumns); |
3505 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3506 | } |
3507 | |
3508 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3509 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix; |
3510 | } |
3511 | }; |
3512 | |
3513 | /// Represents a matrix type where the type and the number of rows and columns |
3514 | /// is dependent on a template. |
3515 | class DependentSizedMatrixType final : public MatrixType { |
3516 | friend class ASTContext; |
3517 | |
3518 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3519 | Expr *RowExpr; |
3520 | Expr *ColumnExpr; |
3521 | |
3522 | SourceLocation loc; |
3523 | |
3524 | DependentSizedMatrixType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3525 | QualType CanonicalType, Expr *RowExpr, |
3526 | Expr *ColumnExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3527 | |
3528 | public: |
3529 | Expr *getRowExpr() const { return RowExpr; } |
3530 | Expr *getColumnExpr() const { return ColumnExpr; } |
3531 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3532 | |
3533 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3534 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; |
3535 | } |
3536 | |
3537 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3538 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getRowExpr(), getColumnExpr()); |
3539 | } |
3540 | |
3541 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3542 | QualType ElementType, Expr *RowExpr, Expr *ColumnExpr); |
3543 | }; |
3544 | |
3545 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base |
3546 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. |
3547 | class FunctionType : public Type { |
3548 | // The type returned by the function. |
3549 | QualType ResultType; |
3550 | |
3551 | public: |
3552 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply |
3553 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType |
3554 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the |
3555 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. |
3556 | /// |
3557 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some |
3558 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that |
3559 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed |
3560 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) |
3561 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, |
3562 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. |
3563 | /// |
3564 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is |
3565 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt |
3566 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will |
3567 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as |
3568 | /// T (*)(U) |
3569 | /// against an argument of type |
3570 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) |
3571 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will |
3572 | /// not produce the latter. |
3573 | class ExtParameterInfo { |
3574 | enum { |
3575 | ABIMask = 0x0F, |
3576 | IsConsumed = 0x10, |
3577 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, |
3578 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, |
3579 | }; |
3580 | unsigned char Data = 0; |
3581 | |
3582 | public: |
3583 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; |
3584 | |
3585 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. |
3586 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } |
3587 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { |
3588 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3589 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); |
3590 | return copy; |
3591 | } |
3592 | |
3593 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? |
3594 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. |
3595 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } |
3596 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { |
3597 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3598 | if (consumed) |
3599 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; |
3600 | else |
3601 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; |
3602 | return copy; |
3603 | } |
3604 | |
3605 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } |
3606 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { |
3607 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3608 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; |
3609 | return Copy; |
3610 | } |
3611 | |
3612 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } |
3613 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { |
3614 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3615 | if (NoEscape) |
3616 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; |
3617 | else |
3618 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; |
3619 | return Copy; |
3620 | } |
3621 | |
3622 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } |
3623 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { |
3624 | ExtParameterInfo result; |
3625 | result.Data = data; |
3626 | return result; |
3627 | } |
3628 | |
3629 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3630 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; |
3631 | } |
3632 | |
3633 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3634 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; |
3635 | } |
3636 | }; |
3637 | |
3638 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for |
3639 | /// making a call. |
3640 | /// |
3641 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in |
3642 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the |
3643 | /// same bit-pattern. |
3644 | /// |
3645 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, |
3646 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is |
3647 | // * Operator== |
3648 | // * getFoo |
3649 | // * withFoo |
3650 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. |
3651 | // * ASTContext::getFooType |
3652 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes |
3653 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile |
3654 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile |
3655 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto |
3656 | // * AST read and write |
3657 | // * Codegen |
3658 | class ExtInfo { |
3659 | friend class FunctionType; |
3660 | |
3661 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 16, you'll need to |
3662 | // adjust the Bits field below, and if you add bits, you'll need to adjust |
3663 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields::ExtInfo as well. |
3664 | |
3665 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|cmsenscall| |
3666 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | 12 | |
3667 | // |
3668 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. |
3669 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; |
3670 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; |
3671 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; |
3672 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; |
3673 | enum { |
3674 | RegParmMask = 0x700, |
3675 | RegParmOffset = 8 |
3676 | }; |
3677 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; |
3678 | enum { CmseNSCallMask = 0x1000 }; |
3679 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; |
3680 | |
3681 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} |
3682 | |
3683 | public: |
3684 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you |
3685 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). |
3686 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, |
3687 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck, |
3688 | bool cmseNSCall) { |
3689 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(static_cast <bool> ((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 3689, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
3690 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | |
3691 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | |
3692 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | |
3693 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | |
3694 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0) | |
3695 | (cmseNSCall ? CmseNSCallMask : 0); |
3696 | } |
3697 | |
3698 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a |
3699 | // function known to use defaults. |
3700 | ExtInfo() = default; |
3701 | |
3702 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part |
3703 | // of the canonical type. |
3704 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} |
3705 | |
3706 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } |
3707 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } |
3708 | bool getCmseNSCall() const { return Bits & CmseNSCallMask; } |
3709 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } |
3710 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } |
3711 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return ((Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } |
3712 | |
3713 | unsigned getRegParm() const { |
3714 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; |
3715 | if (RegParm > 0) |
3716 | --RegParm; |
3717 | return RegParm; |
3718 | } |
3719 | |
3720 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } |
3721 | |
3722 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3723 | return Bits == Other.Bits; |
3724 | } |
3725 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3726 | return Bits != Other.Bits; |
3727 | } |
3728 | |
3729 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use |
3730 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. |
3731 | |
3732 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { |
3733 | if (noReturn) |
3734 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); |
3735 | else |
3736 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); |
3737 | } |
3738 | |
3739 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { |
3740 | if (producesResult) |
3741 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); |
3742 | else |
3743 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); |
3744 | } |
3745 | |
3746 | ExtInfo withCmseNSCall(bool cmseNSCall) const { |
3747 | if (cmseNSCall) |
3748 | return ExtInfo(Bits | CmseNSCallMask); |
3749 | else |
3750 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~CmseNSCallMask); |
3751 | } |
3752 | |
3753 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { |
3754 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) |
3755 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3756 | else |
3757 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3758 | } |
3759 | |
3760 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { |
3761 | if (noCfCheck) |
3762 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); |
3763 | else |
3764 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); |
3765 | } |
3766 | |
3767 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { |
3768 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")(static_cast <bool> (RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 3768, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
3769 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | |
3770 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); |
3771 | } |
3772 | |
3773 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { |
3774 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); |
3775 | } |
3776 | |
3777 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
3778 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); |
3779 | } |
3780 | }; |
3781 | |
3782 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an |
3783 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType |
3784 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. |
3785 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; |
3786 | |
3787 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in |
3788 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the |
3789 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update |
3790 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. |
3791 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { |
3792 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. |
3793 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to |
3794 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. |
3795 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3796 | }; |
3797 | |
3798 | protected: |
3799 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, QualType Canonical, |
3800 | TypeDependence Dependence, ExtInfo Info) |
3801 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence), ResultType(res) { |
3802 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; |
3803 | } |
3804 | |
3805 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { |
3806 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); |
3807 | } |
3808 | |
3809 | public: |
3810 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } |
3811 | |
3812 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } |
3813 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } |
3814 | |
3815 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn |
3816 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function |
3817 | /// type. |
3818 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } |
3819 | |
3820 | bool getCmseNSCallAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getCmseNSCall(); } |
3821 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } |
3822 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } |
3823 | |
3824 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, |
3825 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " |
3826 | "the fast qualifiers."); |
3827 | |
3828 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } |
3829 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } |
3830 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } |
3831 | |
3832 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of |
3833 | /// this type. |
3834 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
3835 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
3836 | } |
3837 | |
3838 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); |
3839 | |
3840 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3841 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || |
3842 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
3843 | } |
3844 | }; |
3845 | |
3846 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has |
3847 | /// no information available about its arguments. |
3848 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3849 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3850 | |
3851 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) |
3852 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, |
3853 | Result->getDependence() & |
3854 | ~(TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
3855 | TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), |
3856 | Info) {} |
3857 | |
3858 | public: |
3859 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. |
3860 | |
3861 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3862 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3863 | |
3864 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3865 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); |
3866 | } |
3867 | |
3868 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, |
3869 | ExtInfo Info) { |
3870 | Info.Profile(ID); |
3871 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3872 | } |
3873 | |
3874 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3875 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; |
3876 | } |
3877 | }; |
3878 | |
3879 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. |
3880 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no |
3881 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have |
3882 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the |
3883 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of |
3884 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see |
3885 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. |
3886 | class FunctionProtoType final |
3887 | : public FunctionType, |
3888 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
3889 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< |
3890 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation, |
3891 | FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType, |
3892 | Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { |
3893 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3894 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3895 | |
3896 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of |
3897 | // which optional. They are in order: |
3898 | // |
3899 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. |
3900 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, |
3901 | // these will be the only trailing objects. |
3902 | // |
3903 | // * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the |
3904 | // ellipsis. |
3905 | // |
3906 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields |
3907 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): |
3908 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if |
3909 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. |
3910 | // |
3911 | // * Optionally exactly one of: |
3912 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, |
3913 | // * a single Expr *, |
3914 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, |
3915 | // * a single FunctionDecl * |
3916 | // used to store information about the various types of exception |
3917 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. |
3918 | // |
3919 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding |
3920 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and |
3921 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. |
3922 | // |
3923 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't |
3924 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only |
3925 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. |
3926 | // |
3927 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data |
3928 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number |
3929 | // of exception types. |
3930 | // |
3931 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make |
3932 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because |
3933 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch |
3934 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not |
3935 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, |
3936 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. |
3937 | |
3938 | public: |
3939 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. |
3940 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is |
3941 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the |
3942 | /// exception specification. |
3943 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { |
3944 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. |
3945 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; |
3946 | |
3947 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. |
3948 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; |
3949 | |
3950 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. |
3951 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; |
3952 | |
3953 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for |
3954 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. |
3955 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; |
3956 | |
3957 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated |
3958 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. |
3959 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; |
3960 | |
3961 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; |
3962 | |
3963 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} |
3964 | }; |
3965 | |
3966 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not |
3967 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together |
3968 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. |
3969 | struct ExtProtoInfo { |
3970 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; |
3971 | bool Variadic : 1; |
3972 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
3973 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; |
3974 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; |
3975 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; |
3976 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; |
3977 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
3978 | |
3979 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3980 | |
3981 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) |
3982 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3983 | |
3984 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { |
3985 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); |
3986 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; |
3987 | return Result; |
3988 | } |
3989 | }; |
3990 | |
3991 | private: |
3992 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { |
3993 | return getNumParams(); |
3994 | } |
3995 | |
3996 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const { |
3997 | return isVariadic(); |
3998 | } |
3999 | |
4000 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { |
4001 | return hasExtraBitfields(); |
4002 | } |
4003 | |
4004 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { |
4005 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; |
4006 | } |
4007 | |
4008 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { |
4009 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; |
4010 | } |
4011 | |
4012 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { |
4013 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
4014 | } |
4015 | |
4016 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { |
4017 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; |
4018 | } |
4019 | |
4020 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that |
4021 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. |
4022 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, |
4023 | unsigned numArgs) { |
4024 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) |
4025 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
4026 | return true; |
4027 | |
4028 | return false; |
4029 | } |
4030 | |
4031 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, |
4032 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); |
4033 | |
4034 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to |
4035 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind |
4036 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. |
4037 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { |
4038 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
4039 | unsigned NumExprPtr; |
4040 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
4041 | }; |
4042 | |
4043 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
4044 | /// related to the exception specification. |
4045 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder |
4046 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { |
4047 | switch (EST) { |
4048 | case EST_None: |
4049 | case EST_DynamicNone: |
4050 | case EST_MSAny: |
4051 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: |
4052 | case EST_Unparsed: |
4053 | case EST_NoThrow: |
4054 | return {0, 0, 0}; |
4055 | |
4056 | case EST_Dynamic: |
4057 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; |
4058 | |
4059 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: |
4060 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: |
4061 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: |
4062 | return {0, 1, 0}; |
4063 | |
4064 | case EST_Uninstantiated: |
4065 | return {0, 0, 2}; |
4066 | |
4067 | case EST_Unevaluated: |
4068 | return {0, 0, 1}; |
4069 | } |
4070 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4070); |
4071 | } |
4072 | |
4073 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
4074 | /// related to the exception specification. |
4075 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { |
4076 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); |
4077 | } |
4078 | |
4079 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
4080 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { |
4081 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception |
4082 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. |
4083 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; |
4084 | } |
4085 | |
4086 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
4087 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { |
4088 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); |
4089 | } |
4090 | |
4091 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { |
4092 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; |
4093 | } |
4094 | |
4095 | public: |
4096 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } |
4097 | |
4098 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { |
4099 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4099, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4100 | return param_type_begin()[i]; |
4101 | } |
4102 | |
4103 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { |
4104 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4105 | } |
4106 | |
4107 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { |
4108 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
4109 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); |
4110 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); |
4111 | EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc(); |
4112 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); |
4113 | EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo(); |
4114 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); |
4115 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); |
4116 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); |
4117 | return EPI; |
4118 | } |
4119 | |
4120 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. |
4121 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
4122 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( |
4123 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); |
4124 | } |
4125 | |
4126 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. |
4127 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } |
4128 | |
4129 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. |
4130 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { |
4131 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
4132 | } |
4133 | |
4134 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. |
4135 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { |
4136 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
4137 | } |
4138 | |
4139 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. |
4140 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
4141 | |
4142 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception |
4143 | /// spec. |
4144 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
4145 | |
4146 | /// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec. |
4147 | ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const { |
4148 | ExceptionSpecInfo Result; |
4149 | Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
4150 | if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
4151 | Result.Exceptions = exceptions(); |
4152 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) { |
4153 | Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); |
4154 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { |
4155 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4156 | Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); |
4157 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { |
4158 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4159 | } |
4160 | return Result; |
4161 | } |
4162 | |
4163 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. |
4164 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { |
4165 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic |
4166 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() |
4167 | ->NumExceptionType |
4168 | : 0; |
4169 | } |
4170 | |
4171 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). |
4172 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { |
4173 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4173, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4174 | return exception_begin()[i]; |
4175 | } |
4176 | |
4177 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer |
4178 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). |
4179 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { |
4180 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) |
4181 | return nullptr; |
4182 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
4183 | } |
4184 | |
4185 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't |
4186 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because |
4187 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception |
4188 | /// specification is represented by this type. |
4189 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { |
4190 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && |
4191 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) |
4192 | return nullptr; |
4193 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; |
4194 | } |
4195 | |
4196 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception |
4197 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification |
4198 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for |
4199 | /// this type. |
4200 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { |
4201 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) |
4202 | return nullptr; |
4203 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; |
4204 | } |
4205 | |
4206 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4207 | /// specification. |
4208 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; |
4209 | |
4210 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4211 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns |
4212 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. |
4213 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { |
4214 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; |
4215 | } |
4216 | |
4217 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. |
4218 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } |
4219 | |
4220 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
4221 | return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() |
4222 | : SourceLocation(); |
4223 | } |
4224 | |
4225 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a |
4226 | /// parameter pack at the end. |
4227 | /// |
4228 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be |
4229 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic |
4230 | /// function. |
4231 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; |
4232 | |
4233 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. |
4234 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } |
4235 | |
4236 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { |
4237 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) |
4238 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); |
4239 | else |
4240 | return getFastTypeQuals(); |
4241 | } |
4242 | |
4243 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. |
4244 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
4245 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); |
4246 | } |
4247 | |
4248 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; |
4249 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; |
4250 | |
4251 | param_type_range param_types() const { |
4252 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4253 | } |
4254 | |
4255 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { |
4256 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); |
4257 | } |
4258 | |
4259 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { |
4260 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); |
4261 | } |
4262 | |
4263 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; |
4264 | |
4265 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { |
4266 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); |
4267 | } |
4268 | |
4269 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { |
4270 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( |
4271 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); |
4272 | } |
4273 | |
4274 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { |
4275 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); |
4276 | } |
4277 | |
4278 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters |
4279 | /// of this function type? |
4280 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { |
4281 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; |
4282 | } |
4283 | |
4284 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { |
4285 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())(static_cast <bool> (hasExtParameterInfos()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4285, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4286 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), |
4287 | getNumParams()); |
4288 | } |
4289 | |
4290 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter |
4291 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters |
4292 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. |
4293 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { |
4294 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4295 | return nullptr; |
4296 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); |
4297 | } |
4298 | |
4299 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { |
4300 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4300, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4301 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4302 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; |
4303 | return ExtParameterInfo(); |
4304 | } |
4305 | |
4306 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { |
4307 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4307, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4308 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4309 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); |
4310 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; |
4311 | } |
4312 | |
4313 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { |
4314 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4314, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4315 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4316 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); |
4317 | return false; |
4318 | } |
4319 | |
4320 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4321 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4322 | |
4323 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, |
4324 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
4325 | |
4326 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4327 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
4328 | } |
4329 | |
4330 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); |
4331 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, |
4332 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, |
4333 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, |
4334 | bool Canonical); |
4335 | }; |
4336 | |
4337 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped |
4338 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. |
4339 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
4340 | /// |
4341 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. |
4342 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { |
4343 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4344 | |
4345 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; |
4346 | |
4347 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) |
4348 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), |
4349 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), |
4350 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *>(D)) {} |
4351 | |
4352 | public: |
4353 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4354 | |
4355 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4356 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4357 | |
4358 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4359 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; |
4360 | } |
4361 | |
4362 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4363 | return Profile(ID, Decl); |
4364 | } |
4365 | |
4366 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4367 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
4368 | ID.AddPointer(D); |
4369 | } |
4370 | }; |
4371 | |
4372 | class UsingType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4373 | UsingShadowDecl *Found; |
4374 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4375 | |
4376 | UsingType(const UsingShadowDecl *Found, QualType Underlying, QualType Canon); |
4377 | |
4378 | public: |
4379 | UsingShadowDecl *getFoundDecl() const { return Found; } |
4380 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const; |
4381 | |
4382 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4383 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
4384 | |
4385 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { Profile(ID, Found); } |
4386 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4387 | const UsingShadowDecl *Found) { |
4388 | ID.AddPointer(Found); |
4389 | } |
4390 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Using; } |
4391 | }; |
4392 | |
4393 | class TypedefType : public Type { |
4394 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; |
4395 | |
4396 | private: |
4397 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4398 | |
4399 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType underlying, |
4400 | QualType can); |
4401 | |
4402 | public: |
4403 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4404 | |
4405 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4406 | QualType desugar() const; |
4407 | |
4408 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } |
4409 | }; |
4410 | |
4411 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written |
4412 | /// as a macro invocation. |
4413 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { |
4414 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4415 | |
4416 | QualType UnderlyingTy; |
4417 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; |
4418 | |
4419 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, |
4420 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) |
4421 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->getDependence()), |
4422 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { |
4423 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy ) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4424, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
4424 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")(static_cast <bool> (isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy ) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4424, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4425 | } |
4426 | |
4427 | public: |
4428 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } |
4429 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } |
4430 | |
4431 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to |
4432 | /// it. |
4433 | QualType getModifiedType() const; |
4434 | |
4435 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4436 | QualType desugar() const; |
4437 | |
4438 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4439 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; |
4440 | } |
4441 | }; |
4442 | |
4443 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). |
4444 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { |
4445 | Expr *TOExpr; |
4446 | |
4447 | protected: |
4448 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4449 | |
4450 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); |
4451 | |
4452 | public: |
4453 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } |
4454 | |
4455 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4456 | QualType desugar() const; |
4457 | |
4458 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4459 | bool isSugared() const; |
4460 | |
4461 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } |
4462 | }; |
4463 | |
4464 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4465 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. |
4466 | /// |
4467 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4468 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4469 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. |
4470 | class DependentTypeOfExprType |
4471 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4472 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4473 | |
4474 | public: |
4475 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) |
4476 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} |
4477 | |
4478 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4479 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4480 | } |
4481 | |
4482 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4483 | Expr *E); |
4484 | }; |
4485 | |
4486 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. |
4487 | class TypeOfType : public Type { |
4488 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4489 | |
4490 | QualType TOType; |
4491 | |
4492 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) |
4493 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->getDependence()), TOType(T) { |
4494 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4494, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4495 | } |
4496 | |
4497 | public: |
4498 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } |
4499 | |
4500 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4501 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
4502 | |
4503 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4504 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4505 | |
4506 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } |
4507 | }; |
4508 | |
4509 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). |
4510 | class DecltypeType : public Type { |
4511 | Expr *E; |
4512 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4513 | |
4514 | protected: |
4515 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4516 | |
4517 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); |
4518 | |
4519 | public: |
4520 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } |
4521 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4522 | |
4523 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4524 | QualType desugar() const; |
4525 | |
4526 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4527 | bool isSugared() const; |
4528 | |
4529 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } |
4530 | }; |
4531 | |
4532 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4533 | /// decltype(expr) types. |
4534 | /// |
4535 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4536 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4537 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. |
4538 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4539 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4540 | |
4541 | public: |
4542 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); |
4543 | |
4544 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4545 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4546 | } |
4547 | |
4548 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4549 | Expr *E); |
4550 | }; |
4551 | |
4552 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. |
4553 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { |
4554 | public: |
4555 | enum UTTKind { |
4556 | EnumUnderlyingType |
4557 | }; |
4558 | |
4559 | private: |
4560 | /// The untransformed type. |
4561 | QualType BaseType; |
4562 | |
4563 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. |
4564 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4565 | |
4566 | UTTKind UKind; |
4567 | |
4568 | protected: |
4569 | friend class ASTContext; |
4570 | |
4571 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, |
4572 | QualType CanonicalTy); |
4573 | |
4574 | public: |
4575 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } |
4576 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4577 | |
4578 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4579 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
4580 | |
4581 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } |
4582 | |
4583 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4584 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; |
4585 | } |
4586 | }; |
4587 | |
4588 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4589 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. |
4590 | /// |
4591 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4592 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4593 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. |
4594 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, |
4595 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4596 | public: |
4597 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, |
4598 | UTTKind UKind); |
4599 | |
4600 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4601 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); |
4602 | } |
4603 | |
4604 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, |
4605 | UTTKind UKind) { |
4606 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4607 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); |
4608 | } |
4609 | }; |
4610 | |
4611 | class TagType : public Type { |
4612 | friend class ASTReader; |
4613 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
4614 | |
4615 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any |
4616 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. |
4617 | TagDecl *decl; |
4618 | |
4619 | protected: |
4620 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); |
4621 | |
4622 | public: |
4623 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; |
4624 | |
4625 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. |
4626 | bool isBeingDefined() const; |
4627 | |
4628 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4629 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; |
4630 | } |
4631 | }; |
4632 | |
4633 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4634 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. |
4635 | class RecordType : public TagType { |
4636 | protected: |
4637 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4638 | |
4639 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) |
4640 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4641 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) |
4642 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4643 | |
4644 | public: |
4645 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { |
4646 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4647 | } |
4648 | |
4649 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field |
4650 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. |
4651 | bool hasConstFields() const; |
4652 | |
4653 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4654 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4655 | |
4656 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } |
4657 | }; |
4658 | |
4659 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4660 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. |
4661 | class EnumType : public TagType { |
4662 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4663 | |
4664 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) |
4665 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4666 | |
4667 | public: |
4668 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { |
4669 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4670 | } |
4671 | |
4672 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4673 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4674 | |
4675 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } |
4676 | }; |
4677 | |
4678 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. |
4679 | /// |
4680 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed |
4681 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the |
4682 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type |
4683 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. |
4684 | /// |
4685 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: |
4686 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) |
4687 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t |
4688 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) |
4689 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) |
4690 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4691 | public: |
4692 | using Kind = attr::Kind; |
4693 | |
4694 | private: |
4695 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4696 | |
4697 | QualType ModifiedType; |
4698 | QualType EquivalentType; |
4699 | |
4700 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, |
4701 | QualType equivalent) |
4702 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->getDependence()), |
4703 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { |
4704 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; |
4705 | } |
4706 | |
4707 | public: |
4708 | Kind getAttrKind() const { |
4709 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); |
4710 | } |
4711 | |
4712 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } |
4713 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } |
4714 | |
4715 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4716 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } |
4717 | |
4718 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? |
4719 | /// |
4720 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for |
4721 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. |
4722 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, |
4723 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still |
4724 | /// largely described by the modified type. |
4725 | /// |
4726 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to |
4727 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any |
4728 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention |
4729 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. |
4730 | /// |
4731 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical |
4732 | /// type. |
4733 | bool isQualifier() const; |
4734 | |
4735 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; |
4736 | |
4737 | bool isCallingConv() const; |
4738 | |
4739 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; |
4740 | |
4741 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given |
4742 | /// nullability kind. |
4743 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { |
4744 | switch (kind) { |
4745 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
4746 | return attr::TypeNonNull; |
4747 | |
4748 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
4749 | return attr::TypeNullable; |
4750 | |
4751 | case NullabilityKind::NullableResult: |
4752 | return attr::TypeNullableResult; |
4753 | |
4754 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
4755 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; |
4756 | } |
4757 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind." , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 4757); |
4758 | } |
4759 | |
4760 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given |
4761 | /// type, if it's there. |
4762 | /// |
4763 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an |
4764 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through |
4765 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed |
4766 | /// to the underlying modified type. |
4767 | /// |
4768 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. |
4769 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); |
4770 | |
4771 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4772 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); |
4773 | } |
4774 | |
4775 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, |
4776 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { |
4777 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); |
4778 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4779 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4780 | } |
4781 | |
4782 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4783 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; |
4784 | } |
4785 | }; |
4786 | |
4787 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4788 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4789 | |
4790 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. |
4791 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { |
4792 | unsigned Depth : 15; |
4793 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; |
4794 | unsigned Index : 16; |
4795 | }; |
4796 | |
4797 | union { |
4798 | // Info for the canonical type. |
4799 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; |
4800 | |
4801 | // Info for the non-canonical type. |
4802 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; |
4803 | }; |
4804 | |
4805 | /// Build a non-canonical type. |
4806 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) |
4807 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, |
4808 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
4809 | (Canon->getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack)), |
4810 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} |
4811 | |
4812 | /// Build the canonical type. |
4813 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) |
4814 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), |
4815 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
4816 | (PP ? TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack : TypeDependence::None)) { |
4817 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; |
4818 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; |
4819 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; |
4820 | } |
4821 | |
4822 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { |
4823 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4824 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; |
4825 | } |
4826 | |
4827 | public: |
4828 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } |
4829 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } |
4830 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } |
4831 | |
4832 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { |
4833 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; |
4834 | } |
4835 | |
4836 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; |
4837 | |
4838 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4839 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4840 | |
4841 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4842 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); |
4843 | } |
4844 | |
4845 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, |
4846 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, |
4847 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { |
4848 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); |
4849 | ID.AddInteger(Index); |
4850 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); |
4851 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); |
4852 | } |
4853 | |
4854 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4855 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; |
4856 | } |
4857 | }; |
4858 | |
4859 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template |
4860 | /// type parameter. |
4861 | /// |
4862 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have |
4863 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a |
4864 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; |
4865 | /// therefore they are never canonical. |
4866 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4867 | friend class ASTContext; |
4868 | |
4869 | // The original type parameter. |
4870 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4871 | |
4872 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) |
4873 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->getDependence()), |
4874 | Replaced(Param) {} |
4875 | |
4876 | public: |
4877 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4878 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4879 | return Replaced; |
4880 | } |
4881 | |
4882 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template |
4883 | /// parameter. |
4884 | QualType getReplacementType() const { |
4885 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4886 | } |
4887 | |
4888 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4889 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } |
4890 | |
4891 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4892 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); |
4893 | } |
4894 | |
4895 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4896 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4897 | QualType Replacement) { |
4898 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); |
4899 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4900 | } |
4901 | |
4902 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4903 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; |
4904 | } |
4905 | }; |
4906 | |
4907 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template |
4908 | /// type parameter pack. |
4909 | /// |
4910 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs |
4911 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template |
4912 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type |
4913 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack |
4914 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself |
4915 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into |
4916 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding |
4917 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType |
4918 | /// at the current pack substitution index. |
4919 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4920 | friend class ASTContext; |
4921 | |
4922 | /// The original type parameter. |
4923 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4924 | |
4925 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this |
4926 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. |
4927 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; |
4928 | |
4929 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, |
4930 | QualType Canon, |
4931 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4932 | |
4933 | public: |
4934 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } |
4935 | |
4936 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4937 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4938 | return Replaced; |
4939 | } |
4940 | |
4941 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4942 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4943 | } |
4944 | |
4945 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4946 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4947 | |
4948 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; |
4949 | |
4950 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
4951 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4952 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4953 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4954 | |
4955 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4956 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; |
4957 | } |
4958 | }; |
4959 | |
4960 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by |
4961 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced |
4962 | /// class template types, and constrained type names. |
4963 | /// |
4964 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before |
4965 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is |
4966 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In |
4967 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. |
4968 | class DeducedType : public Type { |
4969 | QualType DeducedAsType; |
4970 | |
4971 | protected: |
4972 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, |
4973 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence, QualType Canon) |
4974 | : Type(TC, Canon, |
4975 | ExtraDependence | (DeducedAsType.isNull() |
4976 | ? TypeDependence::None |
4977 | : DeducedAsType->getDependence() & |
4978 | ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified)), |
4979 | DeducedAsType(DeducedAsType) {} |
4980 | |
4981 | public: |
4982 | bool isSugared() const { return !DeducedAsType.isNull(); } |
4983 | QualType desugar() const { |
4984 | return isSugared() ? DeducedAsType : QualType(this, 0); |
4985 | } |
4986 | |
4987 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it |
4988 | /// has not been deduced. |
4989 | QualType getDeducedType() const { return DeducedAsType; } |
4990 | bool isDeduced() const { |
4991 | return !DeducedAsType.isNull() || isDependentType(); |
4992 | } |
4993 | |
4994 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4995 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || |
4996 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4997 | } |
4998 | }; |
4999 | |
5000 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type, possibly constrained |
5001 | /// by a type-constraint. |
5002 | class alignas(8) AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5003 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5004 | |
5005 | ConceptDecl *TypeConstraintConcept; |
5006 | |
5007 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5008 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence, QualType Canon, ConceptDecl *CD, |
5009 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TypeConstraintArgs); |
5010 | |
5011 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
5012 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5013 | } |
5014 | |
5015 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
5016 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5017 | } |
5018 | |
5019 | public: |
5020 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5021 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5022 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5023 | } |
5024 | |
5025 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5026 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5027 | return AutoTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5028 | } |
5029 | |
5030 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5031 | |
5032 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getTypeConstraintArguments() const { |
5033 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5034 | } |
5035 | |
5036 | ConceptDecl *getTypeConstraintConcept() const { |
5037 | return TypeConstraintConcept; |
5038 | } |
5039 | |
5040 | bool isConstrained() const { |
5041 | return TypeConstraintConcept != nullptr; |
5042 | } |
5043 | |
5044 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { |
5045 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; |
5046 | } |
5047 | |
5048 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5049 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; |
5050 | } |
5051 | |
5052 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5053 | Profile(ID, Context, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), |
5054 | getTypeConstraintConcept(), getTypeConstraintArguments()); |
5055 | } |
5056 | |
5057 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
5058 | QualType Deduced, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5059 | bool IsDependent, ConceptDecl *CD, |
5060 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Arguments); |
5061 | |
5062 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5063 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; |
5064 | } |
5065 | }; |
5066 | |
5067 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. |
5068 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, |
5069 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5070 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5071 | |
5072 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. |
5073 | TemplateName Template; |
5074 | |
5075 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, |
5076 | QualType DeducedAsType, |
5077 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) |
5078 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, |
5079 | toTypeDependence(Template.getDependence()) | |
5080 | (IsDeducedAsDependent |
5081 | ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
5082 | : TypeDependence::None), |
5083 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) |
5084 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType()), |
5085 | Template(Template) {} |
5086 | |
5087 | public: |
5088 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. |
5089 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} |
5090 | |
5091 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5092 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); |
5093 | } |
5094 | |
5095 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, |
5096 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { |
5097 | Template.Profile(ID); |
5098 | QualType CanonicalType = |
5099 | Deduced.isNull() ? Deduced : Deduced.getCanonicalType(); |
5100 | ID.AddPointer(CanonicalType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5101 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent || Template.isDependent()); |
5102 | } |
5103 | |
5104 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5105 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
5106 | } |
5107 | }; |
5108 | |
5109 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template |
5110 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template |
5111 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of |
5112 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope |
5113 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a |
5114 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. |
5115 | /// |
5116 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", |
5117 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template |
5118 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for |
5119 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> |
5120 | /// |
5121 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or |
5122 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the |
5123 | /// type may also be canonical. |
5124 | /// |
5125 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of |
5126 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the |
5127 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias |
5128 | /// template. |
5129 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType |
5130 | : public Type, |
5131 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5132 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5133 | |
5134 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is |
5135 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a |
5136 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a |
5137 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a |
5138 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a |
5139 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the |
5140 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). |
5141 | TemplateName Template; |
5142 | |
5143 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, |
5144 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5145 | QualType Canon, |
5146 | QualType Aliased); |
5147 | |
5148 | public: |
5149 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. |
5150 | /// |
5151 | /// The converted arguments should be supplied when known; whether an |
5152 | /// argument is dependent can depend on the conversions performed on it |
5153 | /// (for example, a 'const int' passed as a template argument might be |
5154 | /// dependent if the parameter is a reference but non-dependent if the |
5155 | /// parameter is an int). |
5156 | /// |
5157 | /// Note that the \p Args parameter is unused: this is intentional, to remind |
5158 | /// the caller that they need to pass in the converted arguments, not the |
5159 | /// specified arguments. |
5160 | static bool |
5161 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5162 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); |
5163 | static bool |
5164 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, |
5165 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); |
5166 | static bool anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments( |
5167 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args); |
5168 | |
5169 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current |
5170 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. |
5171 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { |
5172 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); |
5173 | } |
5174 | |
5175 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias |
5176 | /// template that has been substituted. |
5177 | /// |
5178 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias |
5179 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when |
5180 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias |
5181 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., |
5182 | /// |
5183 | /// \code |
5184 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; |
5185 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; |
5186 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { |
5187 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias |
5188 | /// }; |
5189 | /// \endcode |
5190 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } |
5191 | |
5192 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias |
5193 | /// template. |
5194 | QualType getAliasedType() const { |
5195 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")(static_cast <bool> (isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5195, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5196 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); |
5197 | } |
5198 | |
5199 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5200 | |
5201 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5202 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h |
5203 | |
5204 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. |
5205 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } |
5206 | |
5207 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5208 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5209 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); |
5210 | } |
5211 | |
5212 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5213 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5214 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5215 | } |
5216 | |
5217 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. |
5218 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) |
5219 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5220 | |
5221 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5222 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5223 | } |
5224 | |
5225 | bool isSugared() const { |
5226 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); |
5227 | } |
5228 | |
5229 | QualType desugar() const { |
5230 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
5231 | } |
5232 | |
5233 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
5234 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); |
5235 | if (isTypeAlias()) |
5236 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); |
5237 | } |
5238 | |
5239 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, |
5240 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5241 | const ASTContext &Context); |
5242 | |
5243 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5244 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; |
5245 | } |
5246 | }; |
5247 | |
5248 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' |
5249 | /// enclosing the template arguments. |
5250 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5251 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5252 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
5253 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
5254 | |
5255 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5256 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5257 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
5258 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
5259 | |
5260 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5261 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, |
5262 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
5263 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
5264 | |
5265 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class |
5266 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was |
5267 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the |
5268 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. |
5269 | /// |
5270 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template |
5271 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. |
5272 | /// |
5273 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works |
5274 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type |
5275 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same |
5276 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template |
5277 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name |
5278 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated |
5279 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization |
5280 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate |
5281 | /// according to the rules of the language). |
5282 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { |
5283 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5284 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
5285 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not |
5286 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much |
5287 | // interdependencies. |
5288 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
5289 | |
5290 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; |
5291 | |
5292 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. |
5293 | /// For example, in |
5294 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; |
5295 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in |
5296 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; |
5297 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. |
5298 | /// |
5299 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, |
5300 | /// and always dependent. |
5301 | QualType InjectedType; |
5302 | |
5303 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) |
5304 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), |
5305 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), |
5306 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { |
5307 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))(static_cast <bool> (isa<TemplateSpecializationType> (TST)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5307, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5308 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())(static_cast <bool> (!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5308, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5309 | assert(TST->isDependentType())(static_cast <bool> (TST->isDependentType()) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("TST->isDependentType()", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5309, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5310 | } |
5311 | |
5312 | public: |
5313 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } |
5314 | |
5315 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { |
5316 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); |
5317 | } |
5318 | |
5319 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
5320 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); |
5321 | } |
5322 | |
5323 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; |
5324 | |
5325 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5326 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5327 | |
5328 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5329 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; |
5330 | } |
5331 | }; |
5332 | |
5333 | /// The kind of a tag type. |
5334 | enum TagTypeKind { |
5335 | /// The "struct" keyword. |
5336 | TTK_Struct, |
5337 | |
5338 | /// The "__interface" keyword. |
5339 | TTK_Interface, |
5340 | |
5341 | /// The "union" keyword. |
5342 | TTK_Union, |
5343 | |
5344 | /// The "class" keyword. |
5345 | TTK_Class, |
5346 | |
5347 | /// The "enum" keyword. |
5348 | TTK_Enum |
5349 | }; |
5350 | |
5351 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or |
5352 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. |
5353 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { |
5354 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5355 | ETK_Struct, |
5356 | |
5357 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5358 | ETK_Interface, |
5359 | |
5360 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5361 | ETK_Union, |
5362 | |
5363 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5364 | ETK_Class, |
5365 | |
5366 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5367 | ETK_Enum, |
5368 | |
5369 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., |
5370 | /// \c typename T::type. |
5371 | ETK_Typename, |
5372 | |
5373 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. |
5374 | ETK_None |
5375 | }; |
5376 | |
5377 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. |
5378 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. |
5379 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing |
5380 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. |
5381 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { |
5382 | protected: |
5383 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, |
5384 | QualType Canonical, TypeDependence Dependence) |
5385 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence) { |
5386 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; |
5387 | } |
5388 | |
5389 | public: |
5390 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5391 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); |
5392 | } |
5393 | |
5394 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. |
5395 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5396 | |
5397 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. |
5398 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5399 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5400 | |
5401 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. |
5402 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); |
5403 | |
5404 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. |
5405 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword |
5406 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5407 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5408 | |
5409 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5410 | |
5411 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5412 | |
5413 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { |
5414 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); |
5415 | } |
5416 | |
5417 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; |
5418 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); |
5419 | }; |
5420 | |
5421 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type |
5422 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, |
5423 | /// or both. |
5424 | /// |
5425 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the |
5426 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. |
5427 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written |
5428 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. |
5429 | class ElaboratedType final |
5430 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5431 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
5432 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { |
5433 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5434 | friend TrailingObjects; |
5435 | |
5436 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5437 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5438 | |
5439 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. |
5440 | QualType NamedType; |
5441 | |
5442 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored |
5443 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain |
5444 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. |
5445 | |
5446 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5447 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) |
5448 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, |
5449 | // Any semantic dependence on the qualifier will have |
5450 | // been incorporated into NamedType. We still need to |
5451 | // track syntactic (instantiation / error / pack) |
5452 | // dependence on the qualifier. |
5453 | NamedType->getDependence() | |
5454 | (NNS ? toSyntacticDependence( |
5455 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())) |
5456 | : TypeDependence::None)), |
5457 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { |
5458 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; |
5459 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { |
5460 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; |
5461 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; |
5462 | } |
5463 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&(static_cast <bool> (!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5465, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
5464 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "(static_cast <bool> (!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5465, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
5465 | "and name qualifier both null.")(static_cast <bool> (!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5465, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5466 | } |
5467 | |
5468 | public: |
5469 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5470 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5471 | |
5472 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. |
5473 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } |
5474 | |
5475 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
5476 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } |
5477 | |
5478 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
5479 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5480 | |
5481 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this |
5482 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. |
5483 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { |
5484 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() |
5485 | : nullptr; |
5486 | } |
5487 | |
5488 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5489 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); |
5490 | } |
5491 | |
5492 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5493 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, |
5494 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { |
5495 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5496 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5497 | NamedType.Profile(ID); |
5498 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); |
5499 | } |
5500 | |
5501 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } |
5502 | }; |
5503 | |
5504 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is |
5505 | /// dependent. |
5506 | /// |
5507 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a |
5508 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a |
5509 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a |
5510 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a |
5511 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we |
5512 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). |
5513 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility |
5514 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until |
5515 | /// instantiation. |
5516 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5517 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5518 | |
5519 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5520 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5521 | |
5522 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. |
5523 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5524 | |
5525 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5526 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) |
5527 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, |
5528 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
5529 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())), |
5530 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} |
5531 | |
5532 | public: |
5533 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5534 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5535 | |
5536 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. |
5537 | /// |
5538 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the |
5539 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, |
5540 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". |
5541 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { |
5542 | return Name; |
5543 | } |
5544 | |
5545 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5546 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5547 | |
5548 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5549 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); |
5550 | } |
5551 | |
5552 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5553 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
5554 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5555 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5556 | ID.AddPointer(Name); |
5557 | } |
5558 | |
5559 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5560 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; |
5561 | } |
5562 | }; |
5563 | |
5564 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be |
5565 | /// resolved, e.g. |
5566 | /// A<T>::template B<T> |
5567 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType |
5568 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5569 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5570 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5571 | |
5572 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5573 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5574 | |
5575 | /// The identifier of the template. |
5576 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5577 | |
5578 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5579 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5580 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5581 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5582 | QualType Canon); |
5583 | |
5584 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
5585 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5586 | } |
5587 | |
5588 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
5589 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5590 | } |
5591 | |
5592 | public: |
5593 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5594 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } |
5595 | |
5596 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5597 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5598 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5599 | } |
5600 | |
5601 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5602 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5603 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5604 | } |
5605 | |
5606 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5607 | |
5608 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5609 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5610 | } |
5611 | |
5612 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5613 | |
5614 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5615 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h |
5616 | |
5617 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5618 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5619 | |
5620 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5621 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); |
5622 | } |
5623 | |
5624 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5625 | const ASTContext &Context, |
5626 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5627 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
5628 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5629 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
5630 | |
5631 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5632 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; |
5633 | } |
5634 | }; |
5635 | |
5636 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. |
5637 | /// |
5638 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack |
5639 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more |
5640 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion |
5641 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of |
5642 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the |
5643 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The |
5644 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded |
5645 | /// parameter packs. |
5646 | /// |
5647 | /// \code |
5648 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; |
5649 | /// |
5650 | /// template<typename ...Types> |
5651 | /// struct tuple_of_references { |
5652 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; |
5653 | /// }; |
5654 | /// \endcode |
5655 | /// |
5656 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a |
5657 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. |
5658 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5659 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5660 | |
5661 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. |
5662 | QualType Pattern; |
5663 | |
5664 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, |
5665 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) |
5666 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, |
5667 | (Pattern->getDependence() | TypeDependence::Dependent | |
5668 | TypeDependence::Instantiation) & |
5669 | ~TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), |
5670 | Pattern(Pattern) { |
5671 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = |
5672 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; |
5673 | } |
5674 | |
5675 | public: |
5676 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the |
5677 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the |
5678 | /// pack expansion itself. |
5679 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } |
5680 | |
5681 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
5682 | /// generate, if known. |
5683 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { |
5684 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) |
5685 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; |
5686 | return None; |
5687 | } |
5688 | |
5689 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5690 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5691 | |
5692 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5693 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); |
5694 | } |
5695 | |
5696 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, |
5697 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { |
5698 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5699 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); |
5700 | if (NumExpansions) |
5701 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); |
5702 | } |
5703 | |
5704 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5705 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; |
5706 | } |
5707 | }; |
5708 | |
5709 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can |
5710 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. |
5711 | template <class T> |
5712 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { |
5713 | protected: |
5714 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; |
5715 | |
5716 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { |
5717 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); |
5718 | } |
5719 | |
5720 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { |
5721 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5722 | } |
5723 | |
5724 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { |
5725 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); |
5726 | } |
5727 | |
5728 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { |
5729 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); |
5730 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&(static_cast <bool> (getNumProtocols() == protocols.size () && "bitfield overflow in protocol count") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5731, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
5731 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")(static_cast <bool> (getNumProtocols() == protocols.size () && "bitfield overflow in protocol count") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5731, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5732 | if (!protocols.empty()) |
5733 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), |
5734 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); |
5735 | } |
5736 | |
5737 | public: |
5738 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; |
5739 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5740 | |
5741 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5742 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } |
5743 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } |
5744 | |
5745 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } |
5746 | |
5747 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if |
5748 | /// there are none. |
5749 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
5750 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); |
5751 | } |
5752 | |
5753 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. |
5754 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
5755 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5755, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5756 | return qual_begin()[I]; |
5757 | } |
5758 | |
5759 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. |
5760 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { |
5761 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); |
5762 | } |
5763 | }; |
5764 | |
5765 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take |
5766 | /// a list of protocols. |
5767 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, |
5768 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, |
5769 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5770 | friend class ASTContext; |
5771 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; |
5772 | |
5773 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. |
5774 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
5775 | |
5776 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; |
5777 | |
5778 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the |
5779 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically |
5780 | /// and uniqued. |
5781 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5782 | |
5783 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5784 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5785 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5786 | return NumProtocols; |
5787 | } |
5788 | |
5789 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5790 | NumProtocols = N; |
5791 | } |
5792 | |
5793 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, |
5794 | QualType can, |
5795 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5796 | |
5797 | public: |
5798 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5799 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
5800 | |
5801 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5802 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; |
5803 | } |
5804 | |
5805 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5806 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5807 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, |
5808 | QualType CanonicalType, |
5809 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5810 | |
5811 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } |
5812 | }; |
5813 | |
5814 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. |
5815 | /// |
5816 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of |
5817 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of |
5818 | /// protocols. |
5819 | /// |
5820 | /// Given the following declarations: |
5821 | /// \code |
5822 | /// \@class C<T>; |
5823 | /// \@protocol P; |
5824 | /// \endcode |
5825 | /// |
5826 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType |
5827 | /// with base C and no protocols. |
5828 | /// |
5829 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. |
5830 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no |
5831 | /// protocol list. |
5832 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', |
5833 | /// and protocol list [P]. |
5834 | /// |
5835 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose |
5836 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType |
5837 | /// and no protocols. |
5838 | /// |
5839 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType |
5840 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually |
5841 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. |
5842 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, |
5843 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { |
5844 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; |
5845 | |
5846 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored |
5847 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5848 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored |
5849 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5850 | // |
5851 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If |
5852 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need |
5853 | // to get kindof complicated. |
5854 | // |
5855 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically |
5856 | // and uniqued. |
5857 | |
5858 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. |
5859 | QualType BaseType; |
5860 | |
5861 | /// Cached superclass type. |
5862 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> |
5863 | CachedSuperClassType; |
5864 | |
5865 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); |
5866 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { |
5867 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); |
5868 | } |
5869 | |
5870 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5871 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5872 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5873 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5874 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; |
5875 | } |
5876 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5877 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; |
5878 | } |
5879 | |
5880 | protected: |
5881 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; |
5882 | |
5883 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5884 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5885 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5886 | bool isKindOf); |
5887 | |
5888 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) |
5889 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), TypeDependence::None), |
5890 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { |
5891 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; |
5892 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; |
5893 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; |
5894 | } |
5895 | |
5896 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; |
5897 | |
5898 | public: |
5899 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly |
5900 | /// sugar for) one of: |
5901 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the |
5902 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) |
5903 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) |
5904 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) |
5905 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
5906 | |
5907 | bool isObjCId() const { |
5908 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); |
5909 | } |
5910 | |
5911 | bool isObjCClass() const { |
5912 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); |
5913 | } |
5914 | |
5915 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5916 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5917 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { |
5918 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; |
5919 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
5920 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || |
5921 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; |
5922 | return false; |
5923 | } |
5924 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5925 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5926 | |
5927 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type |
5928 | /// really is an interface. |
5929 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; |
5930 | |
5931 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning |
5932 | /// that it has type arguments. |
5933 | bool isSpecialized() const; |
5934 | |
5935 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. |
5936 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5937 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; |
5938 | } |
5939 | |
5940 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning |
5941 | /// that it has no type arguments. |
5942 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } |
5943 | |
5944 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5945 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5946 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5947 | |
5948 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). |
5949 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; |
5950 | |
5951 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were |
5952 | /// written. |
5953 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5954 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), |
5955 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5956 | } |
5957 | |
5958 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. |
5959 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } |
5960 | |
5961 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). |
5962 | bool isKindOfType() const; |
5963 | |
5964 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. |
5965 | /// |
5966 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
5967 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
5968 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if |
5969 | /// there is no superclass. |
5970 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { |
5971 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) |
5972 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); |
5973 | |
5974 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")(static_cast <bool> (CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 5974, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5975 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); |
5976 | } |
5977 | |
5978 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
5979 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
5980 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
5981 | |
5982 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5983 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5984 | |
5985 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5986 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || |
5987 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5988 | } |
5989 | }; |
5990 | |
5991 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation |
5992 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of |
5993 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type |
5994 | /// system should not reference this type. |
5995 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5996 | friend class ASTContext; |
5997 | |
5998 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() |
5999 | // will need to be modified. |
6000 | |
6001 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
6002 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
6003 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
6004 | bool isKindOf) |
6005 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} |
6006 | |
6007 | public: |
6008 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
6009 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
6010 | QualType Base, |
6011 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
6012 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
6013 | bool isKindOf); |
6014 | }; |
6015 | |
6016 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { |
6017 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); |
6018 | } |
6019 | |
6020 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
6021 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
6022 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
6023 | } |
6024 | |
6025 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
6026 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
6027 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); |
6028 | } |
6029 | |
6030 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. |
6031 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface |
6032 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which |
6033 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. |
6034 | /// |
6035 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered |
6036 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: |
6037 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which |
6038 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will |
6039 | /// fail to compile. |
6040 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, |
6041 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). |
6042 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { |
6043 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6044 | friend class ASTReader; |
6045 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
6046 | |
6047 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; |
6048 | |
6049 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) |
6050 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), |
6051 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} |
6052 | |
6053 | public: |
6054 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. |
6055 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const; |
6056 | |
6057 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6058 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6059 | |
6060 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6061 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
6062 | } |
6063 | |
6064 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this |
6065 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are |
6066 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are |
6067 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. |
6068 | enum { |
6069 | qual_iterator, |
6070 | qual_begin, |
6071 | qual_end, |
6072 | getNumProtocols, |
6073 | getProtocol |
6074 | }; |
6075 | }; |
6076 | |
6077 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { |
6078 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); |
6079 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { |
6080 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) |
6081 | return T->getDecl(); |
6082 | |
6083 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); |
6084 | } |
6085 | |
6086 | return nullptr; |
6087 | } |
6088 | |
6089 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. |
6090 | /// |
6091 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is |
6092 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' |
6093 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' |
6094 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. |
6095 | /// |
6096 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; |
6097 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. |
6098 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6099 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6100 | |
6101 | QualType PointeeType; |
6102 | |
6103 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) |
6104 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, Pointee->getDependence()), |
6105 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
6106 | |
6107 | public: |
6108 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. |
6109 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. |
6110 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
6111 | |
6112 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. |
6113 | /// |
6114 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that |
6115 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this |
6116 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: |
6117 | /// \code |
6118 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; |
6119 | /// typedef A<P> AP; |
6120 | /// typedef A A1; |
6121 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; |
6122 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; |
6123 | /// \endcode |
6124 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
6125 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
6126 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
6127 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
6128 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
6129 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
6130 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because |
6131 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the |
6132 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() |
6133 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over |
6134 | /// qualifiers more complicated). |
6135 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { |
6136 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); |
6137 | } |
6138 | |
6139 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C |
6140 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol |
6141 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. |
6142 | /// |
6143 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
6144 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; |
6145 | |
6146 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface |
6147 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. |
6148 | /// |
6149 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
6150 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { |
6151 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); |
6152 | } |
6153 | |
6154 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if |
6155 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. |
6156 | bool isObjCIdType() const { |
6157 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); |
6158 | } |
6159 | |
6160 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, |
6161 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. |
6162 | bool isObjCClassType() const { |
6163 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); |
6164 | } |
6165 | |
6166 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, |
6167 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { |
6168 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); |
6169 | } |
6170 | |
6171 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of |
6172 | /// protocols. |
6173 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6174 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); |
6175 | } |
6176 | |
6177 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of |
6178 | /// protocols. |
6179 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6180 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); |
6181 | } |
6182 | |
6183 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. |
6184 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } |
6185 | |
6186 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6187 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } |
6188 | |
6189 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6190 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
6191 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); |
6192 | } |
6193 | |
6194 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. |
6195 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } |
6196 | |
6197 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
6198 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
6199 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
6200 | |
6201 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6202 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { |
6203 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); |
6204 | } |
6205 | |
6206 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6207 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
6208 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); |
6209 | } |
6210 | |
6211 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided |
6212 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of |
6213 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. |
6214 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; |
6215 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
6216 | |
6217 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
6218 | |
6219 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { |
6220 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); |
6221 | } |
6222 | |
6223 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { |
6224 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); |
6225 | } |
6226 | |
6227 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } |
6228 | |
6229 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. |
6230 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
6231 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); |
6232 | } |
6233 | |
6234 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. |
6235 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
6236 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); |
6237 | } |
6238 | |
6239 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6240 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6241 | |
6242 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. |
6243 | /// |
6244 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
6245 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
6246 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a |
6247 | /// null type if there is no superclass. |
6248 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; |
6249 | |
6250 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
6251 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
6252 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( |
6253 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
6254 | |
6255 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6256 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
6257 | } |
6258 | |
6259 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6260 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6261 | } |
6262 | |
6263 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6264 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; |
6265 | } |
6266 | }; |
6267 | |
6268 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6269 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6270 | |
6271 | QualType ValueType; |
6272 | |
6273 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) |
6274 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->getDependence()), ValueType(ValTy) {} |
6275 | |
6276 | public: |
6277 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. |
6278 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. |
6279 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } |
6280 | |
6281 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6282 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6283 | |
6284 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6285 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); |
6286 | } |
6287 | |
6288 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6289 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6290 | } |
6291 | |
6292 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6293 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; |
6294 | } |
6295 | }; |
6296 | |
6297 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. |
6298 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6299 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6300 | |
6301 | QualType ElementType; |
6302 | bool isRead; |
6303 | |
6304 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) |
6305 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->getDependence()), |
6306 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} |
6307 | |
6308 | public: |
6309 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
6310 | |
6311 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6312 | |
6313 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6314 | |
6315 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6316 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); |
6317 | } |
6318 | |
6319 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { |
6320 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6321 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); |
6322 | } |
6323 | |
6324 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6325 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; |
6326 | } |
6327 | |
6328 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } |
6329 | }; |
6330 | |
6331 | /// A fixed int type of a specified bitwidth. |
6332 | class BitIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6333 | friend class ASTContext; |
6334 | unsigned IsUnsigned : 1; |
6335 | unsigned NumBits : 24; |
6336 | |
6337 | protected: |
6338 | BitIntType(bool isUnsigned, unsigned NumBits); |
6339 | |
6340 | public: |
6341 | bool isUnsigned() const { return IsUnsigned; } |
6342 | bool isSigned() const { return !IsUnsigned; } |
6343 | unsigned getNumBits() const { return NumBits; } |
6344 | |
6345 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6346 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6347 | |
6348 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6349 | Profile(ID, isUnsigned(), getNumBits()); |
6350 | } |
6351 | |
6352 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, bool IsUnsigned, |
6353 | unsigned NumBits) { |
6354 | ID.AddBoolean(IsUnsigned); |
6355 | ID.AddInteger(NumBits); |
6356 | } |
6357 | |
6358 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == BitInt; } |
6359 | }; |
6360 | |
6361 | class DependentBitIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6362 | friend class ASTContext; |
6363 | const ASTContext &Context; |
6364 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr*, 1, bool> ExprAndUnsigned; |
6365 | |
6366 | protected: |
6367 | DependentBitIntType(const ASTContext &Context, bool IsUnsigned, |
6368 | Expr *NumBits); |
6369 | |
6370 | public: |
6371 | bool isUnsigned() const; |
6372 | bool isSigned() const { return !isUnsigned(); } |
6373 | Expr *getNumBitsExpr() const; |
6374 | |
6375 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6376 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6377 | |
6378 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6379 | Profile(ID, Context, isUnsigned(), getNumBitsExpr()); |
6380 | } |
6381 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
6382 | bool IsUnsigned, Expr *NumBitsExpr); |
6383 | |
6384 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6385 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentBitInt; |
6386 | } |
6387 | }; |
6388 | |
6389 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. |
6390 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { |
6391 | public: |
6392 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} |
6393 | |
6394 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an |
6395 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent |
6396 | /// with those already in the type. |
6397 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { |
6398 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6399 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6400 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); |
6401 | |
6402 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6403 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); |
6404 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); |
6405 | } |
6406 | |
6407 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6408 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; |
6409 | |
6410 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6411 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; |
6412 | }; |
6413 | |
6414 | /// A container of type source information. |
6415 | /// |
6416 | /// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g: |
6417 | /// @code |
6418 | /// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc(); |
6419 | /// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr); |
6420 | /// @endcode |
6421 | class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo { |
6422 | // Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information, |
6423 | // allocated by ASTContext. |
6424 | friend class ASTContext; |
6425 | |
6426 | QualType Ty; |
6427 | |
6428 | TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {} |
6429 | |
6430 | public: |
6431 | /// Return the type wrapped by this type source info. |
6432 | QualType getType() const { return Ty; } |
6433 | |
6434 | /// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info. |
6435 | TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h |
6436 | |
6437 | /// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution! |
6438 | void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; } |
6439 | }; |
6440 | |
6441 | // Inline function definitions. |
6442 | |
6443 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { |
6444 | SplitQualType desugar = |
6445 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); |
6446 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); |
6447 | return desugar; |
6448 | } |
6449 | |
6450 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { |
6451 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; |
6452 | } |
6453 | |
6454 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { |
6455 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); |
6456 | } |
6457 | |
6458 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { |
6459 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6460 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), |
6461 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); |
6462 | |
6463 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6464 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); |
6465 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6466 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); |
6467 | } |
6468 | |
6469 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { |
6470 | Qualifiers Quals; |
6471 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6472 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); |
6473 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6474 | return Quals; |
6475 | } |
6476 | |
6477 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { |
6478 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); |
6479 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6480 | return quals; |
6481 | } |
6482 | |
6483 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { |
6484 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6485 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6486 | return cvr; |
6487 | } |
6488 | |
6489 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { |
6490 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; |
6491 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6492 | } |
6493 | |
6494 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { |
6495 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); |
6496 | } |
6497 | |
6498 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { |
6499 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; |
6500 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; |
6501 | |
6502 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); |
6503 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) |
6504 | return false; |
6505 | |
6506 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); |
6507 | } |
6508 | |
6509 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { |
6510 | return isLocalConstQualified() || |
6511 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); |
6512 | } |
6513 | |
6514 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { |
6515 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || |
6516 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); |
6517 | } |
6518 | |
6519 | |
6520 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { |
6521 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || |
6522 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); |
6523 | } |
6524 | |
6525 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { |
6526 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || |
6527 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); |
6528 | } |
6529 | |
6530 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { |
6531 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6532 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); |
6533 | |
6534 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); |
6535 | } |
6536 | |
6537 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { |
6538 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6539 | return split(); |
6540 | |
6541 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); |
6542 | } |
6543 | |
6544 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { |
6545 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
6546 | } |
6547 | |
6548 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { |
6549 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
6550 | } |
6551 | |
6552 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { |
6553 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
6554 | } |
6555 | |
6556 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
6557 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\"" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 6557, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6558 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, |
6559 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); |
6560 | |
6561 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. |
6562 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); |
6563 | } |
6564 | |
6565 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
6566 | inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const { |
6567 | return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace(); |
6568 | } |
6569 | |
6570 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
6571 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { |
6572 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
6573 | } |
6574 | |
6575 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. |
6576 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { |
6577 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); |
6578 | } |
6579 | |
6580 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
6581 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6582 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); |
6583 | return false; |
6584 | } |
6585 | |
6586 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
6587 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6588 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); |
6589 | return false; |
6590 | } |
6591 | |
6592 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
6593 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6594 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); |
6595 | return false; |
6596 | } |
6597 | |
6598 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { |
6599 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { |
6600 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6601 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6602 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6603 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6604 | |
6605 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); |
6606 | } |
6607 | |
6608 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { |
6609 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); |
6610 | } |
6611 | |
6612 | /// Determine whether this type is more |
6613 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" |
6614 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and |
6615 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile |
6616 | /// int". |
6617 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { |
6618 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); |
6619 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6620 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); |
6621 | } |
6622 | |
6623 | /// Determine whether this type is at last |
6624 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile |
6625 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", |
6626 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". |
6627 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { |
6628 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6629 | |
6630 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. |
6631 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) |
6632 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); |
6633 | |
6634 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); |
6635 | } |
6636 | |
6637 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const |
6638 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const |
6639 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used |
6640 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: |
6641 | /// |
6642 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, |
6643 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further |
6644 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function |
6645 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. |
6646 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { |
6647 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6648 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); |
6649 | else |
6650 | return *this; |
6651 | } |
6652 | |
6653 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { |
6654 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || |
6655 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
6656 | } |
6657 | |
6658 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. |
6659 | /// |
6660 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. |
6661 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { |
6662 | return isVoidType() || |
6663 | isNullPtrType() || |
6664 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an |
6665 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. |
6666 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); |
6667 | } |
6668 | |
6669 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. |
6670 | /// |
6671 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. |
6672 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { |
6673 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: |
6674 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: |
6675 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; |
6676 | return isArrayType() || |
6677 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; |
6678 | isFunctionType() || |
6679 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; |
6680 | isPointerType() || |
6681 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] |
6682 | isReferenceType() || |
6683 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; |
6684 | isRecordType() || |
6685 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different |
6686 | // types at different times; |
6687 | isUnionType() || |
6688 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; |
6689 | isEnumeralType() || |
6690 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. |
6691 | isMemberPointerType(); |
6692 | } |
6693 | |
6694 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { |
6695 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); |
6696 | } |
6697 | |
6698 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { |
6699 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6700 | } |
6701 | |
6702 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { |
6703 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6704 | } |
6705 | |
6706 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { |
6707 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6708 | } |
6709 | |
6710 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { |
6711 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6712 | } |
6713 | |
6714 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { |
6715 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6716 | } |
6717 | |
6718 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { |
6719 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6720 | } |
6721 | |
6722 | inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const { |
6723 | // Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an |
6724 | // object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv |
6725 | // void. |
6726 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6727 | return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6728 | else |
6729 | return false; |
6730 | } |
6731 | |
6732 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { |
6733 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6734 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6735 | else |
6736 | return false; |
6737 | } |
6738 | |
6739 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { |
6740 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6741 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6742 | else |
6743 | return false; |
6744 | } |
6745 | |
6746 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { |
6747 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6748 | } |
6749 | |
6750 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { |
6751 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6752 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); |
6753 | else |
6754 | return false; |
6755 | } |
6756 | |
6757 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { |
6758 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6759 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); |
6760 | else |
6761 | return false; |
6762 | } |
6763 | |
6764 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { |
6765 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6766 | } |
6767 | |
6768 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { |
6769 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6770 | } |
6771 | |
6772 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { |
6773 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6774 | } |
6775 | |
6776 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { |
6777 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6778 | } |
6779 | |
6780 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { |
6781 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6782 | } |
6783 | |
6784 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { |
6785 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); |
6786 | } |
6787 | |
6788 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { |
6789 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); |
6790 | } |
6791 | |
6792 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { |
6793 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); |
6794 | } |
6795 | |
6796 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { |
6797 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); |
6798 | } |
6799 | |
6800 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { |
6801 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6802 | } |
6803 | |
6804 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { |
6805 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6806 | } |
6807 | |
6808 | inline bool Type::isMatrixType() const { |
6809 | return isa<MatrixType>(CanonicalType); |
6810 | } |
6811 | |
6812 | inline bool Type::isConstantMatrixType() const { |
6813 | return isa<ConstantMatrixType>(CanonicalType); |
6814 | } |
6815 | |
6816 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { |
6817 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); |
6818 | } |
6819 | |
6820 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { |
6821 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6822 | } |
6823 | |
6824 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { |
6825 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6826 | } |
6827 | |
6828 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { |
6829 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || |
6830 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6831 | } |
6832 | |
6833 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { |
6834 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); |
6835 | } |
6836 | |
6837 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const { |
6838 | return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType); |
6839 | } |
6840 | |
6841 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6842 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6843 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); |
6844 | return false; |
6845 | } |
6846 | |
6847 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6848 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6849 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); |
6850 | return false; |
6851 | } |
6852 | |
6853 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { |
6854 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6855 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); |
6856 | return false; |
6857 | } |
6858 | |
6859 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { |
6860 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6861 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); |
6862 | return false; |
6863 | } |
6864 | |
6865 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { |
6866 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6867 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); |
6868 | return false; |
6869 | } |
6870 | |
6871 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { |
6872 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); |
6873 | } |
6874 | |
6875 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { |
6876 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); |
6877 | } |
6878 | |
6879 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
6880 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6881 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6882 | } |
6883 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6884 | |
6885 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { |
6886 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); |
6887 | } |
6888 | |
6889 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { |
6890 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); |
6891 | } |
6892 | |
6893 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { |
6894 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); |
6895 | } |
6896 | |
6897 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { |
6898 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); |
6899 | } |
6900 | |
6901 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { |
6902 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); |
6903 | } |
6904 | |
6905 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { |
6906 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || |
6907 | return |
6908 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6909 | false; // end boolean or operation |
6910 | } |
6911 | |
6912 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { |
6913 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); |
6914 | } |
6915 | |
6916 | inline bool Type::isBitIntType() const { |
6917 | return isa<BitIntType>(CanonicalType); |
6918 | } |
6919 | |
6920 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
6921 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6922 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6923 | } |
6924 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6925 | |
6926 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { |
6927 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ |
6928 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || |
6929 | return |
6930 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6931 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6932 | } |
6933 | |
6934 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { |
6935 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || |
6936 | return |
6937 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6938 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6939 | } |
6940 | |
6941 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { |
6942 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || |
6943 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); |
6944 | } |
6945 | |
6946 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { |
6947 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); |
6948 | } |
6949 | |
6950 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { |
6951 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
6952 | return BT->getKind() == static_cast<BuiltinType::Kind>(K); |
6953 | } |
6954 | return false; |
6955 | } |
6956 | |
6957 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { |
6958 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6959 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); |
6960 | return false; |
6961 | } |
6962 | |
6963 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { |
6964 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6965 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) |
6966 | return BT; |
6967 | return nullptr; |
6968 | } |
6969 | |
6970 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { |
6971 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))(static_cast <bool> (BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind ((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 6971, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6972 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(K); |
6973 | } |
6974 | |
6975 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
6976 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6977 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); |
6978 | return false; |
6979 | } |
6980 | |
6981 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { |
6982 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Void); |
6983 | } |
6984 | |
6985 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { |
6986 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. |
6987 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Half); |
6988 | } |
6989 | |
6990 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { |
6991 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float16); |
6992 | } |
6993 | |
6994 | inline bool Type::isBFloat16Type() const { |
6995 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BFloat16); |
6996 | } |
6997 | |
6998 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { |
6999 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float128); |
7000 | } |
7001 | |
7002 | inline bool Type::isIbm128Type() const { |
7003 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Ibm128); |
7004 | } |
7005 | |
7006 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { |
7007 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::NullPtr); |
7008 | } |
7009 | |
7010 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); |
7011 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); |
7012 | |
7013 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { |
7014 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7015 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
7016 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
7017 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) { |
7018 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. |
7019 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. |
7020 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && |
7021 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); |
7022 | } |
7023 | return isBitIntType(); |
7024 | } |
7025 | |
7026 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { |
7027 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
7028 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
7029 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
7030 | } |
7031 | return false; |
7032 | } |
7033 | |
7034 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { |
7035 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); |
7036 | } |
7037 | |
7038 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
7039 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
7040 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
7041 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
7042 | } |
7043 | return false; |
7044 | } |
7045 | |
7046 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
7047 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); |
7048 | } |
7049 | |
7050 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { |
7051 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
7052 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
7053 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || |
7054 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && |
7055 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || |
7056 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
7057 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || |
7058 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && |
7059 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); |
7060 | } |
7061 | return false; |
7062 | } |
7063 | |
7064 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { |
7065 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); |
7066 | } |
7067 | |
7068 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { |
7069 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7070 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && |
7071 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
7072 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
7073 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums |
7074 | // are not treated as scalar types. |
7075 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
7076 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7077 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7078 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7079 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || |
7080 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7081 | isBitIntType(); |
7082 | } |
7083 | |
7084 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { |
7085 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7086 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
7087 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
7088 | |
7089 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an |
7090 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. |
7091 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
7092 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
7093 | |
7094 | return isBitIntType(); |
7095 | } |
7096 | |
7097 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { |
7098 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7099 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; |
7100 | return false; |
7101 | } |
7102 | |
7103 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { |
7104 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); |
7105 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); |
7106 | } |
7107 | |
7108 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define |
7109 | /// an overloaded operator. |
7110 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { |
7111 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); |
7112 | } |
7113 | |
7114 | /// Determines whether this type is written as a typedef-name. |
7115 | inline bool Type::isTypedefNameType() const { |
7116 | if (getAs<TypedefType>()) |
7117 | return true; |
7118 | if (auto *TST = getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) |
7119 | return TST->isTypeAlias(); |
7120 | return false; |
7121 | } |
7122 | |
7123 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. |
7124 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { |
7125 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); |
7126 | } |
7127 | |
7128 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { |
7129 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || |
7130 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); |
7131 | } |
7132 | |
7133 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { |
7134 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
7135 | } |
7136 | |
7137 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { |
7138 | const Type *type = this; |
7139 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
7140 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); |
7141 | return type; |
7142 | } |
7143 | |
7144 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { |
7145 | const Type *type = this; |
7146 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) |
7147 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
7148 | else if (type->isArrayType()) |
7149 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); |
7150 | return type; |
7151 | } |
7152 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress |
7153 | /// spaces into a diagnostic with <<. |
7154 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
7155 | LangAS AS) { |
7156 | PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS), |
7157 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace); |
7158 | return PD; |
7159 | } |
7160 | |
7161 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers |
7162 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
7163 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
7164 | Qualifiers Q) { |
7165 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
7166 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
7167 | return PD; |
7168 | } |
7169 | |
7170 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's |
7171 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
7172 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
7173 | QualType T) { |
7174 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<uint64_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
7175 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
7176 | return PD; |
7177 | } |
7178 | |
7179 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does |
7180 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. |
7181 | template <typename T> |
7182 | using TypeIsArrayType = |
7183 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || |
7184 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; |
7185 | |
7186 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. |
7187 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { |
7188 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
7189 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); |
7190 | |
7191 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
7192 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
7193 | return Ty; |
7194 | |
7195 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7196 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
7197 | return nullptr; |
7198 | |
7199 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
7200 | // losing all typedef information. |
7201 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7202 | } |
7203 | |
7204 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { |
7205 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); |
7206 | |
7207 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
7208 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
7209 | return Ty; |
7210 | |
7211 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7212 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
7213 | return nullptr; |
7214 | |
7215 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the |
7216 | // type. |
7217 | const Type *Ty = this; |
7218 | while (Ty) { |
7219 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) |
7220 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); |
7221 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) |
7222 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7223 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) |
7224 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7225 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) |
7226 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7227 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) |
7228 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7229 | else |
7230 | break; |
7231 | } |
7232 | |
7233 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, |
7234 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. |
7235 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); |
7236 | } |
7237 | |
7238 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7239 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. |
7240 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) |
7241 | return arr; |
7242 | |
7243 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7244 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) |
7245 | return nullptr; |
7246 | |
7247 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
7248 | // losing all typedef information. |
7249 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7250 | } |
7251 | |
7252 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { |
7253 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
7254 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); |
7255 | |
7256 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; |
7257 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))(static_cast <bool> (isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7257, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7258 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7259 | } |
7260 | |
7261 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7262 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))(static_cast <bool> (isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 7262, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
7263 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; |
7264 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7265 | } |
7266 | |
7267 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, |
7268 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
7269 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { |
7270 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
7271 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); |
7272 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); |
7273 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))(static_cast <bool> (isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)" , "clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h", 7273, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
7274 | #endif |
7275 | } |
7276 | |
7277 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { |
7278 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); |
7279 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); |
7280 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); |
7281 | } |
7282 | |
7283 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented |
7284 | // as a scaled integer. |
7285 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an |
7286 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. |
7287 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, |
7288 | unsigned Scale); |
7289 | |
7290 | } // namespace clang |
7291 | |
7292 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |